Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats 


/HmprooementEra 


"       ^ 


4  ■■ 


:K.. 


.#»'*,,, 


*     ■ 


mm 


OCTOBER,  1941 

VOLUME  44  NUMBER  10 
RETURN  POSTAGE  SUMTAJJTEED 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,   U 


I 


Picking  asparagus  is  a  race  with  the  sun  on  Jack  Klein's 
ranches.  Each  field  must  be  picked  daily  during  harvest 
period  because  —  believe  it  or  not !  —  the  grass  grows 
as  much  as  6  inches  in  24  hours  of  warm  weather. "What's 
even  more  amazing  is  that  stalks  keep  on  growing  up  to 
2  inches  more  even  after  they're  in  crates  and  on  their 
way  to  market.  As  you  can  see  in  my  photo  above,  the 
pickers  use  a  special  cutting  tool  which  slices  the  stalks  3 
or  4  inches  underground.  Asparagus  for  shipping  fresh  is 
cut  about  9  inches  long;  canning  asparagus  about  7  inches 


Why  America 
is  eating 


more  "grass" 

TO  UTAH  FARMERS 

A  SPARAGUS  was  "grass"  to  everyone  I  met  with  in 
x\  the  fertile  Delta  lands  of  the  San  Joaquin  and 
Sacramento  Rivers.  Here  in  this  "land  of  dikes,"  near 
Stockton,  Jack  Klein  started  planting  asparagus  in 
1930.  Now  he  operates  3500  acres  of  asparagus — often 
ships  5000  35-pound  crates  of  fresh  "grass"  daily.  Mr. 
Klein  is  a  director  of  the  California  Asparagus  Asso- 
ciation, a  farm  cooperative  that  acts  as  a  service  or- 
ganization for  the  industry ;  and  a  farmer-representative 
on  the  Asparagus  Prorate  Board. 

"I  gambled  my  future  on  San  Joaquin  River  grass," 
Jack  Klein  told  me,  "and  I  started  in  tough  times.  By 
1932  the  price  of  canning  asparagus  was  V>fai  a  pound 
—  way  under  my  production  cost.  Finally  we  asparagus 
growers  got  a  State  Prorate  Law  plus  a  State  Market- 
ing Order  which  eliminated  all  #2  asparagus  from  can- 
ning. The  Prorate  provided  for  the  size  of  the  pack  of 
#1  grass.  Then  in  1939  Safeway  began  buying  direct 
from  the  growers  here  and  expanding  our  distribution. 

"The  trouble  had  been  that  grass  was  being  sent  only 
to  the  big  terminal  markets  such  as  San  Francisco,  New 
York,  Chicago,  Boston  and  Philadelphia.  Smaller  mar- 
kets got  only  small  lots  by  express,  and  at  high  cost. 
Naturally  we  growers  suffered  because  our  fresh  grass 
usually  brings  a  lot  more  per  pound  than  canning  aspar- 
agus. Safeway  shipped  the  first  straight  car  of  asparagus 
ever  shipped  from  this  area  to  such  markets  as  Dallas 
and  Oklahoma  City. 

"I've  checked  market  returns  carefully  and  I  know 
the  fresh  grass  market  has  been  increasing  every  season 
since  1939.  That's  due  to  better  distribution  through 
such  chain  stores  as  Safeway.  Canned  asparagus,  too, 
is  in  better  shape  today  because  Safeway  has  helped 
us  get  a  bigger  market." 

YOUR  SAFEWAY  FARM  REPORTER 


\\  the  packing  shed  I  saw  asparagus  washed,  graded, 
and  packed  tightly  into  crates.  "We  don't  bunch  and  tie 
any  more,"  Jack  Klein  told  me.  "These  operations  are 
expensive  and  bunching  tends  to  limit  consumer  buying. 
When  dealers  break  bunches,  as  they  often  do,  the  cost 
of  bunching  is  wasted  anyway.  There's  a  definite  swing 
on  now  to  what's  known  as  the  loose,  heavy  pack  —  the 
kind  we're  using  here.  Safeway  likes  the  loose  pack  as 
it  means  a  saving  for  their  customers.  You  see,  only  30 
pounds  of  bunched  grass  are  packed  in  a  crate — 12 
bunches  of  iy2  pounds  each.  The  loose  pack  weighs 
around  35  pounds  and  costs  no  more" 


"All  during  the  fresh  grass  harvest  sea- 
son," Jack  Klein  told  me,  "Safeway 
keeps  a  buyer  right  here  in  the  Delta 
lands.  He  buys  daily  in  carload  lots, 
and  sends  the  grass  off  to  Safeway 
stores  so  customers  get  it  fresh.  Last 
year  Safeway  bought  about  100,000 
crates  from  me.  We  ship  fresh  grass 
as  long  as  the  market  is  good,  starting 
in  February.  Usually  by  April  first  the 
canning  season  has  started.  We  keep 
picking  until  about  the  middle  of 
June,  when  the  canneries  shut  down." 
About  98%  of  all  the  white  asparagus 
canned  in  this  country  comes  from 
these  Delta  lands.  Asparagus  is  green 
when  grown  in  the  open  field — white 
when  shut  away  from  the  sunlight  by 
mounds  of  soil 


By  FRANKLIN  S.  HARRIS,  JR. 

Plants  recovering  from  certain  virus 
diseases  have  been  found  to  have 
acquired  an  immunity. 

4 

V^east  cells  dying  of  mechanical  in- 
jury  release  a  substance  which  helps 
their  surviving  neighbors  to  grow  and 
multiply  at  a  faster  rate. 
4 

At  various  times  and  places  the  foot 
**  has  represented  lengths  varying 
from  eleven  to  fourteen  inches. 


'T'he  surface  area  of  the  lungs  has  been 
estimated  to  be  nearly  two  thou- 
sand square  feet,  that  of  the  intestines 
fifty  square  feet  and  the  area  of  the  red 
corpuscles  of  the  blood  to  be  nearly 
three-quarters  of  an  acre. 
> 

'^TThen  England  was  expecting  inva- 
vv  sion  by  Spain  in  the  pre-armada 
years  of  1585  and  1586,  propagandist 
poetry  was  written  to  combat  "fifth- 
column"  activities  centering  around 
Mary,  Queen  of  Scots.  A  series  of 
sixteen-page  pamphlets  of  Latin  poetry 
were  issued  by  the  Oxford  University 
Press  to  sustain  national  morale  by 
their  wide  distribution. 

4 — — 

HThe  sea  level  on  the  Australian  side 
of  the  equatorial  belt  is  two  feet 
higher  than  the  American  side  of  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  This  gives  rise  to  an 
eastward  current  along  the  equator  of 
two  knots  instead  of  the  seven  knots  it 
would  go  if  there  were  no  friction. 
4 

A  ncient  and  modern  solutions  to  the 
**  problem  of  stopping  itching  insect 
bites  have  been  found  effective.  Car- 
bon tetrachloride,  and,  even  better, 
chloroform  are  very  effective.  The 
ancient  Egyptians  found  relief  with 
onion  juice  and  salt,  or  garlic  and  salt. 
^ 

Tn  1939,  over  two  million  Bibles  were 
■*  published  in  the  United  States,  over 
a  million  New  Testaments  published 
separately,  and  over  three  million  ad- 
ditional volumes  consisting  of  parts  of 
the  Bible.  The  total  of  all  kinds  of 
books  published  numbered  one  hun- 
dred eighty  million,  of  which  school 
text-books  contributed  seventy-three 
million,  fiction  thirteen  million,  and 
scientific  and  technological  three  and 
a  half-million  volumes. 


/^ATS  and  dogs  hear  best  at  a  higher 
sound  frequency  than  man,  and  they 
can  hear  higher  notes,   but  a  rat  can 
hear  higher  still. 

(Concluded  on  page  580) 


9b 


.V 


You  can  get  a 
DICTIONARY 
too,  tor  only 
a  dime  I 


a 


i 


e¥1 


vt 


That's  all a  dime  and  a  coupon 

(or  box  top)  from  a  package  of 
HONEY  BEE  GRAHAMS  by  Purity 
brings  you  Webster's  Practical 
Illustrated  Dictionary  ...  a  big  375 
page  desk-size  volume  containing 
1940  census  figures.  Get  yours 
now  by  mailing  coupon  below. 


pysa 


■m^w1 


6)4  ozs. 

1  lb. 

2  lbs. 


GRAHAMS 

»  plat.  o«  ***»  "°"-J,  are  the  Waal 
vour  children. 


PURITY  BISCUIT  CO.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Gentlemen:    Enclosed  find  10c  plus  coupon  from  package  of  Honey  Bee  Grahams.    Please  send  Webster's 
Practical  Illustrated  Dictionary. 

_ Address — 


BUY 

DEFENSE 

BONDS 


WITH    THE 

DOLLARS   SAVED 

TRAVELING 

BY    BUS 


—Travel  by  SUPER-COACH 
and  Help  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


•  Make  your  car  last  longer! 
Save  tires,  parts,  wear  and 
tear.  Go  by  thrifty  Union  Pa- 
cific bus  on  every  out-of-town 
trip  and  keep  your  car  in  good 
shape  for  the  times  when  you 
need  it  most.  You'll  help  save 
vital  defense  materials,  too. 
And  the  cost  is  tar  less  than 
driving! 


SEE    YOUR    LOCAL    BUS    AGENT    FOR. COMPLETE    INFORMATION 


union  pacific  stages 


577 


/MmprouemenMira 


"The  Glory   of   God   is  Intelligence" 


OCTOBER,    1941 


VOLUME     44 


NUMBER     10 


"THE   VOICE    OF    THE    CHURCH" 

OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE  PRIESTHOOD  QUORUMS, 
MUTUAL  IMPROVEMENT  ASSOCIATIONS,  DEPART- 
MENT OF  EDUCATION,  MUSIC  COMMITTEE,  WARD 
TEACHERS,  AND  OTHER  AGENCIES  OF  THE  CHURCH 
OF     JESUS     CHRIST     OF     LATTER-DAY     SAINTS. 


Heber  J.  Grant, 
John  A.  Widtsoe, 

Editors 
Richard  L.  Evans, 

Managing  Editor 
Marba  C.  Josephson, 

Associate  Editor 

George  Q.  Morris,  General  Mgr. 
Lucy  G.  Cannon,  .Associate  Mgr. 
J.   K.  Orton,  Business  Mgr. 


JobJjL  d^  ConismiA. 


Response  


.Heber  J.  Grant  585 


(fkuAck.  JsxrfWlBA, 

The  Doctrine  and  Covenants 

Mormonism  and  an  Ideal  Society 

Cycle 

Thou  Shalt  Have  Long  Life 

Evidences  and  Reconciliations — 
Religion? 

The  Salt  Lake  Tabernacle  Choir 
at  the  Hollywood  Bowl,  Verna 
M.  Phillips 581 

Brigham  Young  Said,  Compiled 
By  Heber  Q.  Hale 582 

Visit  to  Mt.  Pisgah,  Leo  J. 
Muir 597 

Brevities,  Albert  L.  Zobell,  Jr 600 

Church  Moves  On  602 

Regimental  Committee,  A.  H. 
Lee  606 

Priesthood:      Melchizedek  616 

You  Can  Say  No  in  Camp,  Too. 

The  Story  of  the  Telescope 

Saga  of  the  Handcart  Pioneers.. 

Exploring  the  Universe,  Frank- 
lin S.  Harris,  Jr 577 

"I  Should  Worry,"  Jack  Sears..579 

Telefacts  580 

Cast  Not  the  Old  Aside,  Pearl 
Spencer  583 

Chiapas  Ruins,  Charles  E.  Dib- 
ble  599 

Ten  Commandments  for  Teach- 
ers, Hector  Lee 599 

Looking  Back  at  Ancient  Amer- 


fidtttfriolA, 


John  W.  Fitzgerald  586 

Eldin  Ricks  588 

C.  Peacock  590 

LeRoi  C.  Snow  592 

XLIL     What  is  a  Liberal 
John  A.  Widtsoe  609 

Aaronic  619 

Ward  Teaching  _..621 

No  Tobacco-Liquor  

591,  616,  620,  621 

Genealogy:  A  Genealogical 
"Crusade"  in  the  Northern 
States  Mission,  Leo  J.  Muir....622 

Music 623 

Department  of  Education 624 

Mutual  Messages:    Executives.  625 

M    Men-Gleaners   626 

Explorers    627 

Field  Photos  625,  626,  627 

...Nettie  Allen  Thomas  591 

Winifred  Heath  594 

John  Sherman  Walker  595 

ica,     William     and     Dewey 

Farnsworth  - 600 

Peaceful   Cumorah  606 

On  the  Book  Rack ..607 

Homing:    "So  You're  My  Son," 

Theodore  R.  Martin  610 

Cooks'    Corner,    Barbara    B. 

Burnett 61 1 

Handy  Hints  612 

Gustaf  Adolf  Male  Chorus... 628 

Index  to  Advertisers  636 

Your  Page  and  Ours  640 


Conference  Announcements  608 

The  Dangerous  Slumber  of  Indifference,  Richard  L.  Evans....  608 


SiOiiSA.,  (pJDSdAl^,  (?A0A&IV(flcL  (pjUjjliL 


Justice James  P.  Sharp  589 

"The  Mother  of  Grass  Valley" Reed  Brown  596 

Tangible  Payment  George  Petrick  598 

Frontispiece:      The   Sun  Leans  Desert     Graces,     Gertrude     P. 

Southward,  Edna  S.  Dustin....584  Stanton  632 

Poetry  Page  601       Scriptural  Crossword  Puzzle 638 


J/UL  fov&A. 


This  welcome  sign  on  Temple  Square  speaks  its  message  to  the  members  of  the 
Church  and  to  the  stranger  who  comes  among  us — at  times  of  conference,  and 
throughout  the  year.    The  photograph  is  by  Jeano  Orlando. 

578 


(bo  I^DIL  JilWW- 


What  will  help  you  to  achieve  suc- 
cess?     579 

What  the  world's  largest  airplane 
weighs?  580 

How  to  determine  what  sin  is? 582 


Why  we  should  follow  the  inspira- 
tion of  our  leaders? 585 


How  the  Doctrine  and  Covenants 
came  to  its  present  form? 586 


What  draftees  think  about  drink- 
ing in  camps? 591 


How  President  Lorenzo  Snow  was 
saved  from  drowning?  593 

Who  are  conceded  to  be  the  most 
courageous  emigrants  of  all 
time?    595 


Who  settled  Koosharem?  -596 


Where  Mt.  Pisgah  is,  and  for  what 
noted?    597 


What  new    stake   was   recently   cre- 
ated?   602 

When  the  dates  for  October  con- 
ference are?  608 

Whether   or  not  your   religion   is 
liberal?   609 

What  new  chapels  have  been  dedi- 
cated?   603 


EXECUTIVE   AND    EDITORIAL 
OFFICES: 

50  North  Main  Street,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 
Copyright  1941,  by  Mutual  Funds.  Inc.,  a  Cor- 
poration of  the  Young  Men's  Mutual  Improve- 
ment Association  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ 
of  Latter-day  Saints.  All  rights  reserved.  Sub- 
scription price,  $2.00  a  year,  in  advance:  20c 
single  copy. 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  as  second-class  matter.  Acceptance  for 
mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided 
for  in  section  1103,  Act  of  October.  1917, 
authorized  July  2,  1918. 

The  Improvement  Era  is  not  responsible 
for  unsolicited  manuscripts,  but  welcomes  con- 
tributions. All  manuscripts  must  be  accompanied 
by  sufficient  postage  for  delivery  and  return. 

NATIONAL  ADVERTISING 
REPRESENTATIVES 

Francis  M.  Mayo,  Salt  Lake  City 
Edward  S.  Townsend,  San  Francisco 

MEMBER  OF  THE  AUDIT  BUREAU  OF 
CIRCULATIONS 


A  MAGAZINE  FOR  EVERY 
MEMBER  OF  THE  FAMILY 


//, 


// 


'9  Should  Wovuf 

By  JACK  SEARS 


A  big  mercantile  house  had  taken 
over  the  stock  of  a  merchant  who 
was  quitting  business.  The  man- 
ager of  the  firm  put  two  clean,  vigorous 
young  men  to  work  taking  inventory 
of  the  stock  before  moving  it  to  head- 
quarters. The  manager  left  these  in- 
structions, "You  young  men  are  to  work 
until  six  p.  m.,  and  when  you  leave, 
put  out  the  lights,  lock  the  doors,  and 
report  at  eight  a.  m.  tomorrow  morn- 
ing. When  you  have  finished  with  the 
inventory,  bring  it  to  me  at  my  office." 

At  nine  o'clock 
the  same  evening, 
the  manager,  in 
passing  the  store 
of  newly  -  ac- 
quired stock,  saw 
the    lights    burn- 


THE  CITIES  ARE 
FULL  OF  DISSATIS- 
FIED MEN. 


ing,  and  investigated.  Imagine  his 
surprise  when  he  entered  the  store  to 
find  those  two  men  perched  high  upon 
a  ladder  still  taking  inventory.  "Well, 
boys,"  said  he,  "have  you  had  your 
dinner?  Why  are  you  working  so  late?" 

"Well,"  answered  one  of  them,  "we 
knew  you  were  very  anxious  to  get  this 
stock  away  from  here  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible; we  heard  you  say  that  you  did 
not  wish  to  pay  another  month's  rent 
on  this  building." 

"You  boys  are  made  of  the  right 
stuff.  I  am  convinced  you  will  develop 
into  splendid  and  trustworthy  business 
men — the  kind  of  men  we  are  looking 
for.  Your  reward  for  these  few  freely 
contributed  hours  of  overtime  will  be  a 
permanent  position  at  the  big  store. 
When  you  have  finished  this  check-up, 
go  up  to  the  store  and  tell  Mr.  Hyrum 
I  said  you  were  to  be  put  on  as  regular 
employees  in  the  best  positions  possible. 
If  you  ever  wish  to  consult  me  in  regard 
to  business  or  personal  matters  come  to 
my  office,  for  you  will  always  be  wel- 
come and  I  will  take  a  keen  interest  in 
you  both!  Now  come  down  and  let  me 
shake  hands  with  you — let  me  congratu- 
late you  and  wish  you  success." 

Those  few  hours  of  overtime  put 
these  two  young  fellows  into  good 
positions  that  became  bigger  and  better 
as  the  years  rolled  by- — positions  of 
dignity  and  leadership  which  lasted  for 
nearly  half  a  century. 


Just  a  few  days  ago  I  stepped  into  an 
elevator  in  a  modern  building.  The 
operator  was  a  man  of  very  indifferent 
attitude.  Next  to  him  was  a  boy  about 
sixteen  years  old.  He  was  a  messenger, 
boy,  clean  and  cocky,  and  in  his  arms 
was  a  bundle  of  neatly  addressed  en- 
velopes. 

From  the  messenger  boy:  "What! 
me  hurry? — I  should  worry.  I  can  take 
as  long  as  I  want  to  for  this  job  deliver- 
ing these  envelopes.  I  am  getting  paid 
by  the  hour,  not  by  the  job." 

From  the  elevator  chin-chinner : 
"You're  right,  kid!  Don't  ever  do  any 
more  work  than  you  have  to  to  get  by. 
You  will  get  further  that  way,  I'm  tell- 
ing you,  and  you  will  live  a  lot  longer." 


W*-'  ^^8  cert*  a»»8,W  ^ 


„_locfte4.  B0  " 
.very  «^case  pjAvW"* 


Ae  same  W1!"    „eteatt 
•,WWaSr^^^^eve^d 
*»*  iot  *[««H»-***£  to  m*e 


tfth  ousted 
That's  cert*  ^  %,1»  ^ 

Co*°C        that  every  ***  ^tX«* 

quart  or  h  oly. 


579 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


You'll  ENJOY 


Delicious   CANDIES 

NEXT  TIME  TRY  THESE 


PERFECTIDn 


IF  IT'S  GLADE'S  IT'S  GOOD 


Recommended  by  all  the 
BETTER  CANDY   DEALERS 


TRY  THE  V 


—  VICTORY  BAR 


WAY 


DISCOVER^ CI  110 

|    -the  sensational 
\way  to  clean  walls 
1  and  woodwork 


VANO  is  a  clear,  odor- 
less, non-inflammable 
liquid  that  quickly  re- 
moves grease  and  grime 
from  walls,  woodwork, 
Venetian  blinds,  lino- 
leum, stoves.  Brightens 
finish  —  doesn't  streak 
—  leaves  hands  soft. 
Ready  to  use  —  nothing 
to  add.  Indispensable 
for  daily  cleaning.  Get 
a  bottle  today!  M'f'd 
by  Chemicals,  Inc., 
San  Francisco. 

get  Vano  — 

For  VANO  Gets  Dirt! 


$1  A  GALLON 
Al  Leading  Grocery  and 
Department  Stores. . . . 
Apartment  Size  Avail- 
able at  F.W.Woolworth 
and  Other  Variety  Stores 


TEIEFACT 


DIVISION  OF  NATIONAL  INCOME 


EMPLOYEES 


I  INVESTORS  AND 
OTHER  PROPERTY  HOLDERS 


1920 


1929 


1933 


1940 


®®®#®e@*#®#### 


Each  due  represent*  5  billion  dollars 


SCIENCE  SERVICE-PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  COMMITTEE,  INC.  CHART  8-1? 


Exploring  the  Universe 

(Concluded  from  page  577) 

^TPhe  world's  largest  airplane,  the 
A  Douglas  B-19  which  is  now  making 
test  flights,  is  so  large  that  it  takes  eleven 
thousand  gallons  of  gasoline  to  fill  its 
tanks,  about  the  amount  carried  by  a 
standard  railway  tank  car.  It  took  three 
million  rivets  and  two  million  man-hours 
in  engineering,  research,  and  shop  time, 
for  a  period  of  four  years.  The  total 
load  capacity  is  twenty-eight  tons. 


A  wingspread  of  over  a  foot  is  at- 
*r  tained  by  the  Thysania  moth  of 
Guatemala. 


HP  he  ability  of  camels  to  go  without 
water  has  been  much  exaggerated. 
William  Beebe  tells  what  camels  can 
do.  He  says  a  full-grown  camel  can 
drink  fifteen  gallons  to  start  with  and 
carry,  at  thirty  miles  a  day  for  three  or 
four  days,  a  load  of  four  to  six  hundred 
pounds.  The  limit,  with  lesser  speed 
and  distance,  is  a  load  of  about  thirteen 


hundred  pounds  for  six  to  as  much  as 
ten  waterless  days. 

4 

A  man  with  almost  no  clothes  on  and 
■**  with  plenty  of  water  to  drink  can 
maintain  a  normal  body  temperature  in 
perfectly  dry  air  at  a  temperature  as 
high  as  two  hundred  and  fifty  degrees 
Fahrenheit.  This  temperature  is  above 
the  boiling  point  of  water  and  above 
the  point  where  meat  will  cook. 
4 

/^ertain  bats,  common  in  France  dur- 
^  ing  the  summer,  are  not  to  be  found 
in  the  winter,  even  in  caves.  In  the 
cold  season  they  go  to  Japan. 

4 : 

T3  ees  can  carry  loads  of  honey  or  thick 
syrup  up   to   one   hundred  or    one 
hundred   and  twenty  percent  of  their 
own  weight. 

4 

At  between  twenty  and  thirty  thou- 
■^  sand  feet  altitude  it  becomes  im- 
possible for  the  average  person  to 
whistle  due  to  the  decreased  density 
of  the  air. 


TELEFACT 


WE  LIVE  LONGER 

EXPECTATION  OF  LIFE  AT  BIRTH 


1789 


1911 


1930 


1940 


62.9  YEARS 


SCIENCE  SERVICE-PICTOGRAPH  CORPORATION  8-21 


380 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


JhsL  Salt  3kdvL 
JabsuwadsL  QImVl.  at 
ituL  3iollspvDOjcL  (BdjluJL 

By  Vetna  M.  Phillips, 
Pomona,  California 

HThe  Hollywood  Bowl  on  the  evening 
of  August  20  was  indeed  a  most 
appropriate  setting  for  the  Mormon 
Tabernacle  Choir  to  sing  their  praises 
of  God. 

As  we  sat  there  listening  under  the 
stars  to  the  beautiful  voices  of  the 
choir  coming  up  to  us  from  below  I 
couldn't  help  but  feel  that  He  was  very 
near  in  the  heavens  above. 

I  do  not  know  how  many  of  our 
Southern  California  Mormons  attended, 
but  it  seemed  they  were  all  there,  and 
many  more  who  listen  to  the  Sunday 
morning  radio  program. 

Wagner's  "Hail  Bright  Abode"  as  the 
opening  chorus  was  most  fitting  for  this 
particular  setting;  then  as  the  third  num- 
ber, "Mountains,"  was  sung,  the  hills 
surrounding  the  Bowl  seemed  to  echo 
their  appreciation. 

I  wish  it  were  possible  to  express  the 
feeling  that  came  with  the  rendition  of 
the  five  Mormon  hymns:  "Come, 
Come,  Ye  Saints,"  that  stirring  song  of 
courage  that  thrills  one  to  the  heart 
when  hearing  it;  "Lord  Thou  Wilt  Hear 
Me,"  a  song  of  supplication  and  prayer 
so  beautiful  that  I  am  sure  it  was  heard 
in  the  heavens  which  seemed  so  near  as 
we  sat  there;  "The  Morning  Breaks," 
the  glorious  Mormon  song  where  our 
lovely  tenor  voices  come  out  so 
sweetly;  "Though  Deepening  Trials," 
which  to  all  Mormons  in  their  days  of 
tribulations  has  been  such  a  source  of 
strength  that  I  couldn't  help  feeling  in 
the  days  that  are  ahead  of  us  it  will  be 
again  a  comfort,  for  it  is  our  songs  that 
carry  us  through.  The  last  of  this 
group,  "Oh  My  Father,"  never  fails  to 
please. 

I  am  sure  that  the  Saints  as  they  sat 
listening  felt  as  I  did  that  they  could 
hardly  restrain  themselves  from  sing- 
ing these  five  songs  with  the  choir. 
What  a  chorus  that  would  have  been! 

Many  times  have  I  listened  to  the 
singing  of  those  five  songs  but  never 
have  they  seemed  so  beautiful  as  that 
evening  under  the  stars  in  the  Holly- 
wood Bowl. 

"The  Hallelujah  Chorus"  from  Han- 
del's Messiah  and  "The  Star  Spangled 
Banner"  as  the  grand  finale  were  re- 
ceived with  great  applause. 

The  peaceful  voice  of  Richard  Evans 
seemed  as  if  it  were  Sunday  morning — ■ 
then  all  too  soon  it  was  over  and  we 
began  our  descent  down  the  hillside 
with  the  crowd  that  moved  as  a  river, 
so  congested  that  it  seemed  for  a  while 
it  would  be  impossible  to  reach  our 
cars. 

I  am  sure  everyone  there  returned 
to  their  homes  with  the  truly  refreshed 
spirit  that  only  our  Mormon  hymns 
can  give. 


Proved  On  The  West's 
Toughest  Jobs 

Since  1850,  LEVI'S  Waist  Over- 
alb  have  proved  they  could  "take 
it"  on  ranches  and  farms,  in  mines 
and  lumber  camps.  Guaranteed  — 
"A  new  pair  free  if  they  rip." 

LEVI'S 

WAIST  OVERALLS 

with  patented  CONCEALED  COPPER  RIVETS 
on  back  pockets 

LEVI  STRAUSS  &  CO.,  Sao  Francisco 


OF  THESE 

TWO 
POWERFUL 
HIGH- 
COMPRESSION 
TRACTORS 
IS  THE  ONE 
FOR  YOU? 


A  FREE  DEMONSTRATION  IN  YOUR  FIELDS  WIFE  SHOW  YOU! 

T'fofjfttj'  mr       —     — what   you    want   your   tractor    to    do — how   much   work   you   have— 

M    MMmMMmm.    ~        ™       how  heavy  the  work  is. 

^l    PkgtZ        S  — with   men  who  know   tractors — men   who've   used  sturdy   Oliver  tractors. 

*T*si£+4  — trY   one   ou*   ™   your   own   fields  1     Oliver  makes  this  possible.     Free!     See   us 

M    G*Sl~      today  1 


-v 


GIVE  OLIVER 
PLOWS 
THE  3T 
TEST  ; 

NO.  21  TWO-WAY  SULKY,  (illustrated  above)  A  strong  plow  with  a  reputation  for  good 
work.  Can  plow  up  to  12  inches  deep.  Adjustable  for  16.  17  or  18-inch  furrows.  Power 
lift  for  each  beam.  Easy  operating  depth  screw.  Adjustable  hitch.  Ask  for  folder. 
"QD"  TRACTOR  MOUNTED  SULKY.  Handles  18-inch  bases.  Short-coupled  and  strong. 
Runs  level.  Easy  to  handle.  Has  large  capacity  and  clearance  to  turn  under  corn  stalks, 
small  grain  stubble  and  weeds.    Quick-acting  power  lift. 

PLOW  MASTER  TRACTOR  GANG.  A  light  draft,  light  weight,  plow  with  the  sensational 
Raydex  bases  and  points.  Simpler  hitch,  strong  flat  steel  beams,  foolproof  lift,  extra 
high  clearance,  ball  bearing  depth  screw.  A  different  kind  of  plow  backed  by  nearly 
a  century  of  good  plow  making. 

MOUNTAIN  STATES  IMPLEMENT  CO. 

OGDEN.  UTAH 

BRANCHES:    UTAH:    Murray,  Ogden,  Logan,  Tremonton 

IDAHO:     Preston,  Blackfoot,  Shelley,  Idaho  Falls,  Rexberg,  Rupert,  Twin  Falls,  Buhl 


Mountain  States  Implement  Company,  Ogden,  Utah. 

I  would  like  to  test  an  Oliver  60  (  )     70  (  )  tractor.    (Check  which.) 
Please  send  me  folders  describing  (check  which) — 

(  )     60  Tractors  (   ) 

(  )     70  Tractors  (   ) 


(  )     QD  Mounted  Plow 


No.  21  Two-Way  Plow 
Plow  Master 


Name  R.  F.  D... 

I  farm acres. 


..Town  _ State 


581 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


"OnsL'Siudsivd"  Classes 

ANYWHERE-ANYTIME 


•  For  teachers,  both  re- 
ligious and  secular,  for 
young  men  in  defense 
services,  for  mature  per- 
s  o  n  s  anywhere  who 
would  like  to  progress  to- 
ward a  college  degree,  a 
teaching  certificate,  gen- 
eral advancement  or  cul- 


ture, B.  Y.  U.  offers  "one- 
student"  classes.  These 
Home  Study  courses  may 
be  undertaken  anywhere, 
at  anytime. 

More  than  160  courses  in 
30  departments  are  avail- 
able. A  catalogue  will  be 
sent  on  request. 


Extension  Division 

BRIGHflm  vounG  UI1IUERSITV 

Provo,  Utah 


Kil    Noxious  Weeds  at  the  Roots! 


[THIS  PULLING   NOXIOUS 
WEED  TOPS  IS  DRUDGERY! 
AND  NEVER  SEEMSTOGETI 
ME  ANYWHERE. I'VE  BEEN 
DOING  IT  FOR.  YEARS. 

77 


I  HAVE  NO  NOXIOUS  WEEDS 
NOW,  THANKS  TO  A  MACK  AHTI- 
WEEDGUNANDAFEIVGAL10NS 
OF  CARBON  BISULPHIDE  USED 
YEARS  AGO.THE  COST  WAS  MOD- 
ERATE AND  TH£J08 WAS  EASV. 

KILLED 
JHE  WEEDS 
jATTHE 
ROOTS. 


t 


L"sr 


;-Vsh 


-a*s* 


«" 


_>£»- 


V%* 


j&-~-%- 
"*«= 

«*»-: 


rjSf^^K 


T*r 


<&sx^> 


^c 


wxf' 


m 


!&3S 


&~ 


"■^Fd 


\ 


~^&m 


K^r"3 


^ 


71       who  has  benefited  from  the  use  of 


,^ 


«^~ 


^'^^ 


^\Wj 


Nobody  knows    better   than   the   man 


CARBON  BISULPHIDE 

Send  for  Booklet  212E  telling  how  weed- 
work  is  accomplished. 


WHEELER,  REYNOLDS  &  STAUFFER,  636  California  St,  Sah  Francisco 


Distributors — Wasatch   Chemical  Co.,   Salt  Lake  City  and   Branches 


The  "Era  Master  Index"  will  help  all  students  to  find  source  ma- 
terials on  Church  history,  doctrine,  biography,  and  general  subjects. 


Compiled  by  Heber  Q.  Hale 

(From  his  public  addresses,  as 
recorded  in  the  Journal  of  Dis~ 
courses.  The  volume  and  page 
are  indicated  after  each  quo- 
tation; as  also  the  year  in  which 
uttered. ) 


M 


an  may  propose,  but  God  will 
dispose.— 13:308   (1870). 


If  each  and  every  one  of  us  would 
fervently  perform  his  duty,  it  would  not 
be  necessary  to  talk  quite  so  loud  and 
quite  so  long  as  we  do  now. — 13:274 
(1870). 

I  am  prepared  to  prove  from  all  the 
facts  that  have  existed  or  that  now  exist 
in  all  branches  of  human  affairs,  that 
union  is  strength,  and  that  division  is 
weakness  and  confusion.  —  13:267 
(1870). 


We  are  blessed  in  having  the  living 
oracles  in  our  midst,  and  in  having  a 
standard  erected  around  which  we  can 
rally.  The  Bible  is  good,  and  we  be- 
lieve in  it  more  than  any  other  people. 
The  Book  of  Mormon  and  the  book  of 
Doctrine  and  Covenants  are  the  word 
of  God,  and  they  contain  many  precious 
gems;  every  line  is  full  of  knowledge, 
intelligence,  and  truth  and  is  calculated 
to  be  a  benefit  to  us;  but  yet  above  and 
far  beyond  all,  we  have  the  living  or- 
acles in  our  midst  to  tell  us  what  to  do 
today.  A  great  portion  of  the  scripture 
we  have  was  the  living  oracles  to  the 
people  in  the  day  in  which  it  was  given, 
and  it  has  become  scripture  because  it 
was  given  by  the  inspiration  of  the 
Almighty.  It  was  applicable  to  the  day 
in  which  it  was  given.  We  have  the 
living  oracles  in  our  midst  to  give  us 
that  which  is  applicable  to  our  day. — 
13:28-9  (1869). 


Not  only  does  the  religion  of  Jesus 
Christ  make  the  people  acquainted  with 
the  things  of  God  and  develop  within 
them  moral  excellence  and  purity,  but 
it  holds  out  every  encouragement  and 
inducement  possible  for  them  to  in- 
crease in  knowledge  and  intelligence, 
in  every  branch  of  mechanism  and  in 
the  arts  and  sciences;  for  all  wisdom 
and  all  the  arts  and  sciences  in  the  world 
are  from  God  and  are  designed  for  the 
good  of  His  people.— 1 3 :  147  ( 1 869 ) . 


In  my  youth  I  was  called  an  infidel, 
and  I  was  an  infidel.  What  to?  This 
Bible?  No,  to  false  creeds,  and  to  pro- 
fessing without  possessing.  ...  I  ask  the 
infidel  world  what  they  can  give  in  ex- 
change for  the  faith  I  have  in  Jesus 
Christ  and  the  religion  I  believe  in  and 
practice.— 13:215,  219  (1870). 


Sin  or  evil  is  simply  that  which  in- 
jures   some    thing    or    being/ — 13:249 

(1870). 


582 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


"CoaL  TbtiPuL  Old  OauHsl' 


By  Pearl  Spencer 


Faced  with  the  yearning  for  books 
whichennoble  goodness  rather  than 
make  it  look  stodgy  and  dull,  one 
dips  again  into  some  of  the  good  old 
books  with  a  deep  sense  of  refresh- 
ment. One  of  the  best  of  these  is  Pil- 
grim's Progress,  which  has  lost  none  of 
its  dramatic  power  since  Christian  first 
set  out  for  the  Celestial  City,  and  on 
his  way  encountered  Faithful  and 
Talkative,  Piety  and  Prudence,  fell  into 
the  Slough  of  Despond,  visited  Doubt- 
ing Castle,  and  viewed  the  wares  of 
Vanity  Fair — even  as  you  and  I.  And 
one  is  struck  anew  with  the  realization 
that,  after  all,  most  of  the  good  thoughts 
and  reflections  of  the  world  lie  buried 
in  these  rich  old  books,  in  spite  of  the 
great  number  of  earnest  contemporary 
philosophers  who  belabor  their  favorite 
idea  in  blissful  ignorance  of  its  ever 
having  been  thought  before. 

One  of  the  great  delights  of  reading 
in  these  good  old  books,  therefore,  is 
the  thrill  of  discovering  a  "modern" 
idea  in  a  firm  old  setting.  Often  so 
casually  that  they  seem  to  be  careless 
with  their  riches  or  unconscious  of 
their  worth,  they  toss  us  priceless  bits 
that  we  can  consider  and  apply  as  far 
as  our  own  capacity  will  permit.  Cer- 
tainly there  is  hardly  a  page  of  PiU 


grim's  Progress  that  could  not  be  ex- 
panded into  an  essay  by  anyone  intent 
on  digesting  it  for  himself  or  predigest- 
ing  it  for  someone  else;  for  example, 
has  the  road  to  loss  of  faith  ever  been 
more  thoughtfully  and  shrewdly  pic- 
tured than  in  Hopeful's  earnest  expla- 
nation to  Christian  of  "the  reason  of 
the  sudden  backsliding  of  Temporary 
and  Save-self"? 

1.  Though  the  consciences  of  such  men 
are  awakened,  yet  their  minds  are  not 
changed;  therefore,  when  the  power  of 
guilt  weareth  away,  that  which  provoke th 
them  to  be  religious  ceaseth.  So  then  it 
comes  to  pass,  that  when  their  guilt  and 
fear  is  gone,  their  desires  for  heaven  and 
happiness  die,  and  they  return  to  their 
course  again. 

2.  Another  reason  is,  they  have  slavish 
fears  that  do  overmaster  them;  I  speak  now 
of  fears  that  they  have  of  men,  ("For  the  fear 
of  men  bringeth  a  snare" ) .  So  then,  though 
they  seem  to  be  hot  for  heaven  so  long  as 
the  flames  of  hell  are  about  their  ears,  yet 
when  that  terror  is  a  little  over,  they  be- 
take themselves  to  second  thoughts;  namely, 
that  'tis  good  to  be  wise,  and  not  run  the 
hazard  of  losing  all;  or  at  least,  of  bring- 
ing themselves  unto  unavoidable  and  un- 
necessary troubles;  and  so  they  fall  in  with 
the  world  again. 

3.  The  shame  that  attends  religion  lies 
also  as  a  block  in  their  way;  they  are  proud 
and  haughty,  and  religion  in  their  eye  is 


low  and  contemptible;  therefore  when  they 
have  lost  their  sense  of  hell  and  wrath  to 
come,  they  return  again  to  their  former 
course. 

4.  Guilt,  and  to  meditate  terror,  are 
grievous  to  them.  They  like  not  to  see 
their  misery  before  they  come  into  it;  though 
perhaps  the  sight  of  it  first,  if  they  loved 
that  sight,  might  make  them  fly  whither  the 
righteous  fly  and  are  safe. 

And  the  manner  of  their  going  back, 
Christian  says,  is  in  this  manner : 

1.  They  draw  off  their  thoughts,  all  they 
may,  from  the  remembrance  of  God,  death, 
and  judgment  to  come. 

2.  Then  they  cast  off  by  degrees  private 
duties,  as  closet-prayer,  curbing  their  lusts, 
watching,  sorrow  for  sin  and  the  like. 

3.  Then  they  shun  the  company  of  lively 
and  warm  Christians. 

4.  After  that,  they  grow  cold  to  public 
duty,  as  hearing,  reading,  godly  conference, 
and  the  like. 

5.  Then  they  begin  to  pick  holes,  as  we 
say,  in  the  coats  of  some  of  the  godly;  that 
they  may  have  a  seeming  color  to  throw 
religion  (for  the  sake  of  some  infirmity 
they  have  spied  in  them)  behind  their  backs. 

6.  Then  they  begin  to  adhere  to,  and 
associate  themselves  with,  carnal,  loose, 
and  wanton  men. 

7.  Then  they  give  way  to  wanton  dis- 
courses in  secret;  and  glad  are  they  if  they 
can  see  such  things  in  any  that  are  counted 
honest,  that  they  the  more  boldly  do  it 
through  their  example. 

8.  After  this  they  begin  to  play  with  little 
sins,   openly. 

9.  And  then,  being  hardened,  they  show 
themselves  as  they  are  and  everlastingly 
perish  in  their  own  deceiving. 


^     >f  he  idt€         — 


YOU* 


dtWe 


todaV  i 


Drive    in    at    the    familiar 
Vico-Pep  88  sign  of  service 

UTAH  OIL  REFINING  CO.  STATIONS 

Everywhere  in  Utah  and  Idaho 


IN  PER* 


583 


JPul  $wl  ^teanA.  SouiPuvahxL 


By 

EDNA  S.  DUSTIN 


T 


he  sun  leans  southward;  on  the  moody  earth 
His  slanting  finger  traces  platinum  dew 
Upon  the  earth's  once  lacy  pastel  shawl, 
Now  quite  flamingo-hued  and  starched  anew. 


W. 


hile  roots  retrieve  and  store  their  jaded  sap, 
He  quickens  amber  fields  of  pregnant  grain 
And  rouges  cheeks  down  in  the  orchard's  lanes, 
Where  leaves  like  bright-scarfed  gypsies  dance  again. 


I 


N  saffron  fields  stretch  cornstalk  wickiups, 
And  lead-blue  streams  through  sedgy  swamps  now  thread; 
Grapevines  have  leaped  each  fence  with  strained  arms  full, 
And  wild  duck  wings  are  whispering  overhead. 


Photograph    by   Jeano  Orlando, 


V r  u  .'  ' 


SSB  '■ ' i  ?&:3i&S&  i  *g.   t»^.t'>"  -  .■-  --:,-.".    -. 


V*  ?  *;  «rwo  S  ■;■  iAafimj\^jOs*Kr««:.  .^aSwHH&aftSss 


WISBBKBiSSm^KSHBBSSSnBBSBSSS^^w^^^s^^f^s^^m 


584 


7fo  Ed  iio  rsT  a  q  e  ^ 


&SL&fmusL 


C^FTTIMES  OUR  BRETHREN  IN  POSITIONS  OF  RESPONSI- 
BILITY  RECEIVE  INSPIRATION  THAT  A  CERTAIN  THING 
SHOULD  BE  DONE,  AND  IT  IS  A  WISE  THING,  I  HAVE 
DISCOVERED,  TO  CARRY  IT  OUT,  AND  NOT  URGE  CONTRARY 
VIEWS  TO  THE  CALLS  AND  DIRECTIONS  THAT  COME  TO 
US  FROM  THOSE  IN   AUTHORITY 


By  PRESIDENT  HEBER  J.  GRANT 


T  had  a  very  great  disappointment  in  my  life  by 
not  listening  to  an  inspiration  that  came  once  to 
John  Henry  Smith,  my  senior  by  two  years  in  the 
quorum  of  the  Twelve  Apostles.  I  was  appointed 
by  President  Lorenzo  Snow  to  go  to  the  City  of 
Mexico  and  reopen  the  Mexican  Mission,  and  it 
was  a  very  great  pleasure  to  me  to  have  that  ap- 
pointment because  my  cousin,  Anthony  W.  Ivins, 
was  president  of  the  Mexican  colonists  of  the 
Juarez  Stake  of  Zion.  Also,  I  had  never  met  Diaz. 
A  great  many  people  looked  upon  President  Diaz 
as  one  of  the  greatest  rulers  in  all  the  world,  con- 
sidering the  conditions  under  which  he  had  to  rule, 
and  I  had  always  had  a  strong  desire  to  meet  him. 

When  this  appointment  came  I  was,  therefore, 
very  much  delighted,  and  told  President  Snow  that 
I  was  very  pleased,  but,  I  said,  "Brother  Snow,  my 
mother,  my  wife  and  my  daughters,  most  of  them, 
are  at  Pacific  Grove.  I  have  been  in  the  Council 
of  the  Twelve  for  nearly  twenty  years,  and  I  have 
never  taken  a  holiday,  and  I  would  very  much  ap- 
preciate it  if  I  could  have  two  or  three  weeks  holiday 
and  go  down  and  celebrate  my  mother's  eightieth 
birthday.  I  have  arranged  to  be  at  Pacific  Grove 
for  this  occasion  and  when  I  return,  I  will  go  to 
the  City  of  Mexico." 

President  Snow  replied,  "That  will  be  all  right, 
Brother  Grant;  you  are  perfectly  welcome  to  that 
holiday." 

After  the  meeting  in  the  temple,  Brother  John 
Henry  said,  "Heber,  I  have  an  impression  that  you 
should  not  go  and  celebrate  your  mother's  eightieth 
birthday.  He  continued,  "If  you  do  go  to  California 
you  will  never  have  the  privilege  of  seeing  Diaz,  and 
you  will  not  have  the  privilege  of  opening  that  mis- 
sion for  the  preaching  of  the  Gospel  to  that  nation." 

I  asked,  "Why  not?"  and  he  replied,  "If  you  go 
to  California,  you  will  not  have  that  privilege." 

I  said,  "Well  now,  Brother  John,  if  you  think 


you  are  going  to  frighten  me  from  having  a  pleasant, 
delightful  visit  with  my  mother  and  the  first  holiday 
I  have  had  in  nineteen  years,  you  are  mistaken." 

He  said,  "All  right,  you  will  never  see  Diaz,  and 
I'll  have  to  go  and  open  the  Mexican  Mission.  Of 
course,  I've  seen  Diaz  two  or  three  times,  but  I'll 
be  glad  to  see  him  again." 

The  day  after  I  returned  home  from  California 
I  was  called  to  go  to  Japan  to  open  the  mission 
there,  and  President  Snow  said  to  me,  "Now, 
Brother  Grant,  you  are  engaged  in  many  different 
businesses,  and  we  will  give  you  a  whole  year  to 
arrange  your  affairs  before  you  start  on  this  mis- 
sion, if  you  need  it.  If  you  can  get  ready  in  four, 
five,  or  six  months,  do  so;  but  do  not  hurry;  get  out 
of  your  various  business  obligations  as  best  you 
can,  without  too  much  sacrifice,  and  then  go  on 
your  mission." 

In  response  to  these  instructions,  I  said:  "The 
first  thing  I  want  to  do  is  to  go  down  to  the  city  of 
Mexico  with  my  cousin  and  organize  that  mission." 

President  Snow  replied,  "There  is  no  need  of 
your  doing  that;  there  are  plenty  of  men  who  can 
do  that  as  well  as  you,  and  we  will  send  somebody 
else. 

"But,"  I  said,  "I  want  to  do  it."  And  then  Pres- 
ident Snow  without  hesitation  replied,  "Oh,  that 
doesn't  make  any  difference;  we  will  appoint  some- 
one else — whom  shall  we  appoint?"  He  looked 
around  and  said,  "John  Henry,  you  go  and  do 
that."  And  when  John  Henry  returned  from  filling 
my  appointment  in  Mexico,  he  told  me  that  he  had 
had  a  very  wonderful  visit  with  Diaz. 

Ofttimes  our  brethren  in  positions  of  responsi- 
bility receive  inspiration  that  a  certain  thing  should 
be  done,  and  it  is  a  wise  thing,  I  have  discovered, 
to  carry  it  out,  and  not  urge  contrary  views  to  the 
calls  and  directions  that  come  to  us  from  those  in 
authority. 


585 


jhsL  DOCTRINE  w 
COVENANTS 


An  abbreviated  account  of  its  various  editions  and  of 
the  sections  which  make  up  the   contents  of  the 
"Book  of  Commandments." 


By  JOHN  W.  FITZGERALD 


Director,  L.  D.  S.  Seminary, 
St.  Johns,  Arizona 


The  foundation  upon  which  the 
Church  is  built,  the  rock  upon 
which  it  stands  and  the  reason 
for  its  progress,  is  discovered  in  the 
principle  of  continuous  revelation. 

Broadly  speaking,  this  principle 
is  also  the  basis  of  science.  All  men, 
some  unknowingly,  live  constantly 
by  this  everlasting  principle.  It  is 
the  method  used  by  the  Lord  to  en- 
lighten any  person,  no  matter  what 
field  of  knowledge  he  may  be  un- 
covering. For  that  is  the  meaning 
of  the  word:  "to  uncover  that  which 
is  hidden."1  Whether  it  is  to  re- 
discover or  restore  something  that 
was  known  at  some  previous  time  or 
to  bring  forth  a  new  truth,  the  prin- 
ciple of  revelation  is  the  same. 

However,  nothing  is  revealed  in 
its  perfection  or  its  fulness  to  man- 
kind." Even  Jesus  "received  not  of 
the  fulness  at  first,  but  continued 
from  grace  to  grace,  until  he  received 
a  fulness."8 

The  Lord  speaks  to  men  in  their 
own  language,  after  the  manner  of 
their  understanding,  and  then  gives 
or  reveals  to  them  only  as  much  as 
they  can  use.  To  give  less  would 
hinder  progress,  to  give  more  would 
promote  indolence.  Hence  men  re- 
ceive "here  a  little  and  there  a  little" 
as  their  minds  are  able  to  grasp  and 
understand  the  added  knowledge. 
It  must  also  necessarily  be  true  that 
the  greater  the  effort  of  men  in  any 
field,  religious  or  otherwise,  the 
greater  the  fund  of  information  they 
receive  over  a  period  of  time.  This 
knowledge  may  be  learned  from  peo- 
ple; from  books,  secular  and  reli- 
gious; or  with  the  aid  of  special 
instruments  like  the  Urim  and  Thum- 
mim.    It  may  also  come  in  the  form 

1Webster's  Dictionary. 

2Bcigham   Young's  Discourses,   pp.  60-65. 

sDoctrine  and  Covenants,  Section  93:13. 

586 


TITLE  PAGE  OF  THE  1S33   EDITION 
OF  "A   BOOK  OF  COMMANDMENTS." 


of  open  vision  wherein  heavenly 
messengers  speak  to  men  face  to 
face;  by  the  voice  of  such  mes- 
sengers without  their  actually 
being  seen;  or  by  the  Spirit  of  God 
acting  upon  the  minds  of  certain 
men,  who  through  diligence  and  obe- 
dience are  able  to  receive  such  in- 
spiration. The  principle  of  divine 
revelation  as  a  growing,  developing 
influence  in  the  Church  and  in  the 
world  is  an  everyday  fact  easily 
observed. 

God  sometimes  revokes  certain 
commandments  or  revelations  that 
He  has  given,  especially  when  men 
do  not  obey  them.4  Changing  con- 
ditions make  it  necessary  to  give  new, 
or  add  to  the  existing  revelations:  In 
a  dynamic,  moving  society  God 
should  and  does  provide  for  change; 
revoking  some  commandments,  add- 
ing to  others,  giving  new  ones,  yet 
keeping  unchanged  the  fundamental 
precepts  of  His  Church  as  the 
foundation  upon  which  to  build  an 
eternal  edifice. 

^Doctrine  and  Covenants,  Section  56:5. 


Brief  History  of  The  Doctrine 
and  Covenants 

Joseph  Smith  the  Prophet  received 
numerous  revelations  from  1820 
until  his  death  in  June,  1 844.  Some 
of  the  revelations  were  given  to  cer- 
tain individuals  for  their  benefit  and 
guidance.  Others  were  for  the  in- 
formation of  the  Church  as  a  whole, 
or  for  certain  groups  of  men  in  the 
Church  making  known  to  them  their 
duties  and  responsibilities  in  the  new 
Church.6 

Revelations  were  received  when 
the  Aaronic  and  Melchizedek 
Priesthood  was  restored  and  con- 
ferred, and  the  members  who  re- 
ceived it  were  told  of  their  respective 
duties. 

Doctrines  of  the  hereafter  and 
vicarious  work  for  the  dead  are 
among  other  items  of  knowledge 
which  are  contained  in  the  revela- 
tions received  by  the  Prophet.  They 
contain  information  for  the  welfare 
of  the  Church  and  for  all  men  every- 
where. 

The  Publication  of  Latter-day 
Revelation 

HpHE  revelations  that  had  been  re- 
ceived by  the  Prophet  up  to  the 
year  1833,  still  in  manuscript  form, 
were  already  known  as  the  Book  of 
Commandments.6 

At  a  special  conference  held  No- 
vember 1,  1831,  at  Hiram,  Ohio,  a 
preliminary  decision  was  made  to 
print  ten  thousand  copies  of  A  Book 
of  Commandments.  During  the 
afternoon  of  the  first  day  of  the  con- 
ference the  Preface  to  the  Book  of 
Commandments  was  "received  by 
inspiration."7 

The  Elders  present  at  the  con- 
ference testified  to  the  fact  that  the 
revelations  or  commandments  "were 

BSee  Sections  15,  16,   17.  18,  20,  107,   Doctrine  and 
Covenants,  for  examples. 
"Joseph  Smith,  History  of  the  Church.  Vol.  I,  p.  225. 
Vbid..  p.  222   (note). 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


EDITOR'S  NOTE 

THE  Doctrine  and  Covenants  has 
gone  through  many  editions 
since  it  first  appeared  in  print  more 
than  one  hundred  years  ago  as  "A 
Book  of  Commandments."  When 
these  various  editions  have  appeared, 
and  what  textual  and  mechanical 
changes  have  occurred  is  the  subject 
of  a  Master's  thesis  by  the  author, 
prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  A.  C.  Lambert,  Brigham  Young 
University,  from  which  work  this 
abbreviated  statement  on  this  subject 
has  been  made. 


given  by  inspiration  of  God,  and  are 
profitable  for  all  men,  and  are  verily 
true."8 

The  Prophet  closely  reviewed  the 
commandments,  and  in  the  last  of 
four  special  conferences  held  in 
Hiram,  Ohio,  in  November,  1831,  it 
was  decided  that  "after  deliberate 
consideration,  in  consequence  of  the 
Book  of  Revelations,  now  to  be 
printed,  being  the  foundation  of  the 
Church  in  these  last  days,  and  a 
benefit  to  the  world,  showing  that 
the  keys  of  the  mysteries  of  the 
Kingdom  of  our  Savior  are  again 
entrusted  to  man;  and  the  riches  of 
eternity  within  the  compass  of  those 
who  are  willing  to  live  by  every  word 
that  proceedeth  out  of  the  mouth  of 
God — therefore  the  conference  voted 
that  they  prize  the  revelations  to  be 
worth  to  the  Church  the  riches  of 
the  whole  earth,  speaking  tempor- 
ally."9 

The  following  spring,  April  30 
and  May  1,  1832,  it  was  decided  to 
print  three  thousand  copies  of  A 
Book  of  Commandments  instead  of 
ten  thousand.  William  W.  Phelps, 
Oliver  Cowdery,  and  John  Whitmer 
were  appointed  "to  review  and 
prepare  such  revelations  for  the  press 
as  shall  be  deemed  proper  for  pub- 
lication, and  print  them  as  soon  as 
possible     at     Independence,     Mis- 

•    "10 

souri. 

Oliver  Cowdery  was  chosen  to 
take  the  revelations,  accompanied 
by  John  Whitmer,  from  Hiram, 
Ohio,  to  the  land  of  Zion,  Missouri. 

The  revelations  were  duly  re- 
viewed and  prepared  and  the  print- 
ing of  them  began,  when  on  the 
20th  of  July,  1 833,  a  mob  destroyed 
the  press,  scattering  the  papers  and 
other  supplies,  and  threw  down  the 
printing  establishment  itself.11 

Just  how  many  copies  of  A  Book 
of  Commandments  were  saved  or 
how  many  of  the  revelations  that 
were  to  be  printed,  were  printed  is 

mid.,  p.   226. 
Vbid..  p.  235. 
10Ibid.,  p.  270. 
^■Ibid..  pp.  390,  393. 


not  known.  It  is  known  that  sixty- 
five  chapters  or  revelations  were 
printed  and  a  few  copies  of  that 
many  printed  revelations  were  saved. 

It  was  not  intended  that  the  Book 
of  Commandments  should  contain 
all  the  revelations  that  had  been 
given  up  to  the  year  1833,  and,  when 
the  press  was  destroyed,  it  is  doubt- 
ful that  all  those  selected  were 
printed. 

The  Prophet  was  receiving  and 
giving  revelations  to  the  Church 
continually,  so  that  to  bring  them 
before  the  Church  and  the  world  in 
printed  form,  it  was  determined  in 
a  conference  held  September  24, 
1834,  in  Kirtland,  Ohio,  that  the  said 
conference  "appoint  a  committee  to 
arrange  the  items  of  the  doctrine  of 
Jesus  Christ,  for  the  government  of 
the  Church  of  the  Latter-day  Saints. 
These  items  are  to  be  taken  from 
the  Bible,  Book  of  Mormon,  and  the 
revelations  which  have  been  given 
to  the  Church  up  to  this  date,  or  that 
shall  be  given  until  such  arrange- 
ments are  made."12  The  committee 
chosen  was  "President  Joseph  Smith, 
Jun.,  Oliver  Cowdery,  Sidney  Rig- 
don,  and  Frederick  G.  Williams.'  u 

"The  council  then  decided  that 
said  committee,  after  arranging  and 
publishing  said  Book  of  Covenants, 
have  avails  of  the  same."13 

This  action  of  the  conference  re- 
sulted in  the  committee's  working 
on  the  assignment  given  it  until  Au- 
gust 17,  1835,  when  at  the  general 
assembly  of  the  Priesthood  and  the 
Church  held  in  Kirtland  the  book  or 
manuscript  of  the  book  of  Doctrine 
and  Covenants  was  presented  for 
approval.     It  contained  seven  Lec- 

^Ibid.,  Vol.  II,   p.    165. 
18lbid.,  p.  165. 


tures  on  Faith  which  had  been  given 
previously  to  a  class  of  Elders  in 
Kirtland,  Ohio.  They  were  placed 
in  the  1835  edition  of  the  Doctrine 
and  Covenants  because  "they  were 
judiciously  arranged  and  compiled 
and  were  profitable  for  doctrine."14 

One  hundred  two  sections,  includ- 
ing an  article  on  "Marriage"  and 
another  on  "Of  Governments  and 
Laws  in  General,"  were  also  included 
in  the  book  to  be  printed. 

All  the  members  holding  the 
Priesthood  and  all  other  members 
of  the  Church  attending  the  confer- 
ence voted  unanimously  to  have  these 
items  in  the  forthcoming  book. 

Book  of  Covenants  and  Doctrine 
and  Covenants 


I 


T  will  be  noticed  that  when  some 
of  the  revelations  were  first 
printed  in  1833  the  resulting  volume 
was  called  A  Book  of  Command- 
ments. In  September  1834,  the  reve- 
lations or  the  manuscript  of  them  is 
labeled  Book  of  Covenants,  while 
the  1835  edition  of  them  is  printed 
Doctrine  and  Covenants. 

In  the  1835  edition  of  the  book 
there  are  no  items  included  from  the 
Bible  or  the  Book  of  Mormon  al- 
though both  these  volumes  are  men- 
tioned in  the  minutes  of  the  confer- 
ence held  September  24,  1834,  from 
which  it  is  said  the  committee  should 
extract  information  for  inclusion  in 
the  Doctrine  and  Covenants.  Why 
items  from  the  Bible  and  the  Book 
of  Mormon  were  not  used  is  not 
definitely  known  to  the  present 
writer.  His  opinion  is  that  the  com- 
mittee thought  it  would  be  better  to 
(Continued  on  page  630) 

uIbid..  p.  244. 


TITLE  PAGE  OF 
THE  1S35  EDI- 
TION OF  THE 
"DOCTRINE  AND 
COVENANTS." 


587 


Nineteen  hundred  years 
ago,  the  Son  of  God  of- 
fered mankind  a  plan  for  an  ideal 
society.  It  has  seemed  strange  to 
some  that  though  the  nation  in  which 
He  was  born  was  chafing  under 
Roman  tyranny  He  raised  no  army 
to  throw  off  the  yoke.  Though  the 
government  under  which  He  lived 
was  rotten  with  corruption,  He  ad- 
vocated no  political  reforms,  as  such. 
Though  at  the  age  of  thirty-three  the 
masses  acclaimed  Him  their  king  and 
their  liberator,  He  accepted  no  office. 
Whatever  may  have  been  the  ex- 
pected ways  of  attempting  to  remake 
the  world,  He  seemingly  did  not 
follow  but  concerned  Himself  in- 
stead with  teaching  men  and  women 
how  to  live.  With  profound  insight, 
He  recognized  what  the  world  yet 
must  learn — that  there  can  never  be 
an  ideal  society  until  there  is  an 
ideal  people. 

In  an  age  when  the  message  of 
Jesus  had  been  discarded  and  gross 
darkness  covered  the  earth,  a  new 
dispensation  was  opened,  and,  once 
again  the  plan  was  restored  in  all  of 
its  fulness  and  glory.  "Mormonism" 
— so-called — is  that  message  in  the 
world  today,  and  no  better  indication 
do  we  have  of  its  vitality  and  power 
than  the  fruits  it  has  produced. 

It  long  has  been  the  marvel  of  the 
world,  how  the  Latter-day  Saints 
have  been  able  to  take  people  of 
every  nationality,  creed,  and  condi- 
tion of  life  and  mould  them  into  a 
cooperative,  unified  society.  With 
converts  from  Scandinavia,  Britain, 
France,  Germany,  North  and  South 
America,  Joseph  Smith,  in  the  eight- 
een thirties,  transformed  a  swamp 
in  western  Illinois  into  the  city  of 
Nauvoo,  the  largest,  most  thriving 
metropolis  in  the  state.  When,  after 
the  death  of  the  Prophet,  the  Mor- 
mon people  were  forced  by  jealously 
angry  neighbors  to  leave  their  beau- 
tiful city,  their  farms,  and  their 
homes,  to  seek  refuge  somewhere 
in  the  West,  it  is  an  interesting  fact 
of  history  that  a  band  of  French 
communists,  called  Icarians,  led  by 
588 


MORMONISM 


AND  AN 


IDEAL  SOCIETY 


By  ELDIN  RICKS 

Principal,  L.  D.  S.  Seminary, 
Overton,  Nevada 

one  Monsieur  Cabet,  acquired  pos- 
session of  their  property  and  at- 
tempted an  experiment  in  communal 
living.  Under  the  most  desirable 
circumstances,  in  a  community  made 
to  order,  and  financed,  it  is  said,  by 
a  vast  sum  of  money,  a  few  short 
years  saw  their  system's  collapse. 
In  the  meantime,  the  Mormon  peo- 
ple, faced  with  well-nigh  insuperable 
obstacles,  had  conquered  a  desert, 
laid  the  foundations  for  greater 
cities  than  Nauvoo,  and  had  begun 
the  building  of  a  great  common- 
wealth in  the  midst  of  the  Rockies. 
It  is  unlikely  that  history  provides 
a  more  vivid  comparison  between  a 
man-made  society,  motivated  by  hu- 
man aspirations,  and  a  society  in- 
spired by  the  Gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ.1 

In  1926,  President  Franklin  S. 
Harris  of  Brigham  Young  Uni- 
versity visited  Japan  as  an  American 
delegate  to  a  scientific  congress, 
when  several  of  the  members  of  the 
Church  there,  learning  of  his  pres- 
ence, sought  opportunity  to  meet  and 
converse  with  him.  At  his  invitation 
a  small  group  boarded  a  train  with 
him  one  evening,  and,  as  the  train 
rumbled  into  the  night,  ten  Japanese 
and  one  American  discussed  until 
the  morning  hours  the  glorious  pro- 
gress of  the  restored  Church  of 
Christ.  The  fact  that  they  repre- 
sented different  nationalities  and 
traditions  mattered  not  at  all.  They 
were  brothers  in  a  common  cause. 

'B.  H.  Roberts,  The  Life  o[  John  Taylor,  pp.  225. 


THIS  was  one  of  the  winning  state- 
ments delivered  at  Brigham 
Young  University  during  the  1940-41 
Heber  J.  Grant  contest  for  which  the 
author  received  an  inscribed  copy  of 
the  Book  of  Mormon  from  President 
Grant. 


Here  is  a  practical  political  Gospel 
that  arises  before  a  chaotic  world 
neighborhood  of  today  and  points 
forward  to  a  brotherhood  of  tomor- 
row. 

iM"ot  only  has  Mormonism  demon- 
strated its  power  to  found  suc- 
cessful communities  and  to  erase  so- 
cial and  racial  barriers  from  among 
men;  it  has  also  revealed  an  excep- 
tional ability  to  produce  outstanding 
men  and  women.  Horace  Have- 
myer,  head  of  the  United  States 
sugar  industry,  came  to  Utah  a  few 
years  ago  to  find  a  Latter-day  Saint 
man  to  fill  a  certain  responsible  posi- 
tion. When  asked  why  he  selected 
a  western  man  to  assume  an  eastern 
job,  he  replied,  "There  is  something 
about  those  Mormon  boys  that 
makes  them  especially  adaptable  to 
positions  of  trust  and  responsibility." 
Despite  the  humble  beginnings  of 
the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Lat- 
ter-day Saints,  scarcely  more  than 
a  century  ago,  it  is  a  significant  fact 
that  "Who's  Who"  today  credits  it 
with  a  larger  number  of  prominent 
men  and  women  than  any  community 
of  like  size  in  America.  Though  this 
may  seem  remarkable,  actually  it  is 
no  more  nor  less  so  than  the  Church 
itself,  for  its  philosophy  permeates 
the  home,  influences  the  rearing  of 
(Continued  on  page  635) 


Justice? 


A  NOTHER  STORY  OF  THE  OVERLAND  STAGE 


and  Orrin  Porter  Rockwell 


I 


,N  the  early  days  of  the 
West  there  were  few  men  who  did 
not  fear  the  Indians.  Jim  Bridger 
and  Porter  Rockwell  were  two  such 
men.  They  had  learned  to  give  the 
red  men  the  benefit  of  the  doubt. 

It  took  the  owners  of  the  Over- 
land Stage  a  long  time  to  realize  the 
value  of  "Port,"  as  he  was  best 
known.  They  finally  placed  him  in 
charge  of  affairs  west  from  Salt 
Lake. 

At  Fish  Springs  there  was  a  home 
station.  A  short  distance  away  was 
an  Indian  camp.  One  of  the  drivers 
known  only  as  "Windy  Bill"  drove 
the  east  run.  He  seemed  to  have 
persistently  forced  his  attentions  on 
a  young  Indian  woman,  Phoebe, 
whose  husband,  "Dawy-Wunce," 
invariably  carrying  a  heavy  bow 
and  a  number  of  short,  thick  arrows, 
had  many  times  escorted  him  out  of 
the  camp  on  a  mighty  fast  walk. 
Port  heard  of  those  visits  and  warned 
Windy  to  expect  trouble  unless  he 
kept  away  from  that  camp. 

The  eastbound  stage  pulled  into 
Fish  Springs  one  summer  evening. 
A  lone  passenger,  a  woman,  got  out, 
ate  her  supper  and  climbed  up  in  the 
boot  with  Windy.  Most  of  the 
men  knew  her  by  reputation,  for  she 
did  considerable  traveling  along  the 
line.  Reports  had  it  that  she  was 
capable  of  taking  care  of  herself  un- 
der any,  and  all,  conditions. 

At  Simpson  Springs  the  men 
waited.  The  stage  was  over  one 
hour  late  and  not  in  sight.  Some- 
thing must  have  happened,  for 
Windy  often  boasted  that  the  only 
time  he  would  be  late  was  for  his 
own  funeral.  Presently  they  saw  it 
coming,  leaving  a  streak  of  dust  be- 
hind it. 

When  it  arrived  there  was  a 
woman  driving.  She  threw  the  lines 
to  one  of  the  hostlers  and  said,  "Get 
those  crow  baits  off  and  get  some 
real  horses  hitched  up.    We're  late." 

She  climbed  down  and  entered  the 
cabin  for  breakfast.  Many  ques- 
tions those  men  asked.  She  an- 
swered none.  As  she  sat  down,  Port 
sat  beside  her.  He  told  the  cook  to 
help  hitch  his  team  up,  and  when 
they  were  alone  he  said,  "My  name 
is  Porter  Rockwell,  in  charge  of  law 
and  order  along  this  line.  Do  your 
talking." 


By  JAMES  P.  SHARP 

She  did — she  talked  freely  of  the 
wonderful  ride  until  Windy  paid 
more  attention  to  her  than  to  the 
horses,  when  she  pulled  a  revolver 
from  inside  her  dress  and  com- 
manded him  to  stop  the  horses  while 
she  got  inside  the  coach,  where  she 
soon  fell  asleep.  When  she  awoke 
the  horses  had  stopped.  She  called 
the  driver  and,  getting  no  answer, 
got  out,  gathered  up  the  reins,  and 
here  she  was. 

"Your  gun.     Let  me  see  it." 

He  examined  it.  One  empty  cham- 
ber. Taking  his  handkerchief,  and 
a  small  stick  from  the  wood  box  he 
wiped  the  barrel  out.  Yes,  just  as 
he  thought.  Fresh  powder  stains. 
He  gave  it  back.  Plenty  of  time  to 
pick  her  up  later. 

The  stage  continued  east  with  a 
relief  driver,  while  Port,  after  filling 
his  two  canteens  with  water,  headed 
west.  He  made  good  time  until  he 
came  to  the  place  where  she  said  she 
had  driven  from.  From  there  on  he 
drove  cautiously,  scanning  every 
inch  of  the  ground.  Halfway  up 
Dugway  Mountain  he  found  the  ob- 
ject of  his  search.  He  got  down, 
examined  the  body,  scratched  his 
chin,  ran  his  fingers  through  his  long 
hair,  then  turned  the  body  over.  Not 
a  drop  of  blood  anywhere.  When 
he  had  searched  the  body,  he  stood 
up,  looked  to  one  side  of  the  road, 
and  walked  to  a  large  rock  some 
thirty  feet  away. 

Satisfied  with  what  he  saw,  he 
returned.  He  removed  Windy' s 
guns  and  personal  belongings  and 
began  the  task  of  loading  what  re- 
mained of  Windy  in  a  buckboard,  a 
hard  job,  even  for  a  big  man,  which 
Port  was  not.  He  drove  up  the  road 
a  short  distance,  stopped,  thought, 


PRESENTLY  THEY  SAW  IT  COMING, 
LEAVING  A  STREAK  OF  DUST  BE- 
HIND IT.  WHEN  IT  ARRIVED 
THERE  WAS  A    WOMAN    DRIVING. 


rubbed  his  chin,  turned  the  team 
around.  He  drove  to  the  old  aban- 
doned station  at  Dugway,  backed 
the  buckboard  up  to  the  dry  well, 
and  let  Windy's  mortal  remains  find 
a  deep  grave  more  than  one  hundred 
feet  below. 

He  resumed  his  journey.  The  sun 
was  unmercifully  hot.  At  Black 
Rock  point  he  saw  something  out  in 
the  desert.  Heat  waves  cause 
strange  sights.  Sometimes  this  ob- 
ject looked  like  a  long,  shimmering 
pole;  at  others  it  resembled  a  squatty 
tea  kettle.  Port  was  used  to  these 
strange  sights  and  marked  the  spot 
as  he  drove  on  with  nothing  in  sight 
but  desert  and  heat  waves. 

He  stopped  the  team  and  shouted, 
"Davvy-Wunce.  Dawy-Wunce." 
No  answer. 

Again,  "Davvy-Wunce,  it's  me, 
Port  Rockwell." 

As  if  from  nowhere,  an  Indian  ap- 
peared. He  walked  over  to  the  road. 
Port  handed  him  a  canteen  of  water, 
for  well  he  knew  not  one  drop  of 
water  had  passed  those  parched  lips 
during  the  last  thirty  hours.  One 
swallow,  and  only  one,  the  Indian 
took,  after  which  he  climbed  in  the 
seat  beside  Port.  That  heavy  bow 
and  his  short,  thick  arrows  he  held 
tightly  all  the  time.  Not  another 
word  was  spoken  until  they  arrived 
at  the  Indian  camp,  when  Port  said, 
"Phoebe  is  making  a  pair  of  gloves 
for  me.  Bring  em  down  right  away." 


W, 


hen  the  men  at  the 
station  saw  Windy's  guns  they  be- 
gan asking  all  kinds  of  questions, 
But  apparently  Port  was  deaf,  dumb, 
and  blind.  Finally  one  said,  "I  just 
knew  that  woman  would  settle  ac- 
( Concluded  on  page  633 ) 
589 


Cycle 


We  have  all  heard  that  history 
repeats  itself.  And  look- 
ing back  over  history  we 
see  that  through  each  cycle  a  few 
more  problems  have  been  solved  and 
the  heritage  handed  down  from  one 
age  to  the  next  a  little  better  than 
the  one  the  fathers  received.  In  gen- 
eral it  was  the  great  men  of  each  time 
who  made  those  improvements  pos- 
sible. That's  just  where  we  come 
in: 

Remember  how  Moses  took  the 
people  out  of  Egypt?  Other  than 
that  they  were  to  be  the  forefathers 
of  a  great  people,  there  was  little 
to  distinguish  them  individually  from 
other  ignorant  slaves.  But  they 
were  given  a  moral  code  known  as 
the  Ten  Commandments.  They 
wrested  themselves  a  home  in  a  new 
land  and  prepared  the  way  for 
Christ.  He  brought  with  Him  the 
way  of  life:  the  standards  by  which 
man  could,  if  he  would  abide  by 
them,  live  the  happiest  and  most 
fruitful  life.  He  organized  his 
Church  and  put  it  in  the  hands  of 
leaders  of  men  to  be  perpetuated. 
Those  "pioneers"  did  their  part. 
They  withstood  every  physical 
abuse  men  of  that  time  could  devise. 
They  withstood  all  this  and  gave 
to  their  followers  (let  us  call  them 
their  children )  the  greatest  heritage 
man  had  ever  had  up  until  that  time. 
But  their  children  abused  that  her- 
itage; their  standards  became 
warped,  and  they  lost  those  ideals 
so  that  the  Church  was  taken  from 
the  earth.  How  did  they  lose  those 
ideals?  Through  a  worship  of  the 
material  things  of  life,  by  making 
compromises  of  their  standards  with 
the  standards  of  their  associates. 
Here  baptism  is  a  good  example. 
"It  didn't  matter  so  much,"  they 
said.  Besides,  it  was  the  easier 
road.  Then,  when  the  "powers  of 
force  without  ethics"  came  upon 
them,  they  sank  into  the  centuries 
of  the  Dark  Ages. 

Since  history  repeats  itself,  let  us 
follow  through  another  cycle.  The 
Pilgrim  Fathers  were  oppressed, 
subject  to  a  form  of  slavery,  mental 
and  religious  slavery.  They  crossed 
their  "Red  Sea,"  but  this  time  it 
was  the  Atlantic.  Again  they 
wrested  a  home  in  a  new  land,  had 
a  religious  philosophy.  Again  the 
way  was  prepared  for  the  Lord's 
Church,  this  time  through  Joseph 
Smith.  Again  it  was  handed  to  able 
leaders,  who  were  the  Pioneers  we 
know.  Again  were  the  people 
of  this  Church  subject  to  great  per- 
590 


secution,  and  a  true  heritage  was  es- 
tablished. And  today,  as  when  the 
Visigoths  sacked  Rome,  brute  force 
and  power  without  moral  Christian 
ideals  are  threatening  the  world. 

Then,  the  Christians  forgot 
that  their  heritage  was  not  only 
something  to  be  proud  of  but  that  it 
also  carried  with  it  a  great  responsi- 
bility. A  responsibility  which,  in 
my  opinion,  was  one  for  setting  ex- 
amples and  providing  leadership 
rather  than  meeting  sword  with 
sword.  Then,  they  who  had  re- 
ceived this  heritage  failed  and  the 
Dark  Ages  resulted.  Today  we 
have  reached  the  point  where  the 
people  failed  before.  Now  the 
Lord  has  prophesied  to  our  Pioneer 
parents  that  this  time  the  Church 
should  not  fail  and  be  taken  from 
the  earth.  He  has  told  them  that 
we  would  be  strong  enough  to  over- 
come personal  temptations  and  be- 
come leaders  of  men,  that  we  would 
become  examples  to  the  world  so 
that  others  "might  see  our  good 
works  and  glorify  their  Father  which 


By  C.  PEACOCK 

University  Ward,  Seattle  Stake 


is  in  heaven."  This  was  a  prophecy 
to  our  fathers,  the  Pioneers,  so  that 
it  might  give  them  courage  to  begin 
the  task.  Ours  is  the  even  greater 
responsibility  of  fulfilling  that 
promise. 

HPo  my  mind,  fulfilling  that  promise 
is  a  task  in  which  we  should 
spend  every  minute  of  our  waking 
time.  Think  this  over  carefully:  we 
are  to  be  the  leaders  of  men.  We 
are  to  set  such  an  example  that 
throughout  all  the  world  the  people 
who  are  watching  our  every  action 
will  be  able  to  find  no  fault,  will 
marvel,  and  will  strive  to  follow  our 
example. 

People  are  watching  us.  Books 
about  Mormons  are  becoming  very 
popular.  Newsreels  are  made. 
Stories  are  told  in  picture  magazines, 
literary  magazines.  Eyes  are  being 
turned  toward  us,  friendly  but  crit- 
ical eyes,  and  we  must  set  the  ex- 
amples and  provide  the  leadership. 

This  example-setting  is  a  very 
real  thing.  It  means  for  you,  the 
house-builder,  for  instance,  that  you 
must  build  a  little  more  sturdily,  a 
little  more  beautifully,  must  put  a 
little  more  care  and  pains  into  your 
work  than  your  neighbors  do. 

It  means  for  you,  the  mother,  not 
only  that  you  should  instil  high 
moral  values  in  your  children,  but  al- 
so that  you  should  see  to  it  that  they 
are  balanced  in  all  other  ways,  that 
they  excel  mentally  in  their  school 
lessons  and  that  they  excel  phys- 
ically in  their  school  sports.  They 
have  the  best  heritage;  the  raw  ma- 
terials are  in  your  hands. 

We  must  be  engaged  today  in 
building  a  generation  of  leaders, 
leaders  and  example-setters,  so  that 
the  world  may  know  that  we  truly 
have  the  best  way  of  life.  We  must 
not  speak  of  this  task  boastfully,  but 
rather  spend  our  time  putting  into 
practice  the  plan  which  has  already 
been  outlined  for  us. 

Economically:  We  have,  poten- 
(Conctuded  on  page  636) 


YOU  CAN  SAY 


By  NETTIE  ALLEN  THOMAS 

From  "The  Allied  Youth" 


NO 


g  in 

:nard 


about    drinking 
camp?"  I  asked  Ric 
on  his  third  week  end  at  home.  .  .  . 

"There's  lots  of  it,"  he  said,  "not  ac- 
tually in  camp,  except  for  beer,  but  in 
F ,  which  is  wide  open." 

"Are  most  of  the  boys  drinking  .  .  . 
more  or  less?"  I  wanted  to  know. 

Richard  said  he  thought  not,  at  least 
in  the  part  of  the  great  camp  that  had 
been  his  home  since  February. 

"You  see,"  he  explained,  in  the  slow, 
tolerant  way  that  had  won  popularity  in 
high  school  for  the  boy  and  his  high 
personal  standards,  "they  don't  give  a 
fellow  much  opportunity  to  make 
choices  in  the  army.  When  the  bugle 
sounds  in  the  morning,  it's  no  use  say- 
ing you  don't  want  to  get  up.  You  get 
up.  And  when  the  order  is  to  drill,  you 
may  not  like  marching  in  the  hot  sun, 
but  you  wouldn't  try  saying  "no"  more 
than  once.  In  the  mess  hall,  it's  the 
same  thing.  You  take  what  is  served. 
But  when  it  comes  to  drinking  .  .  . 
well,  you  can  do  what  you  want  to 
about  that." 

Not  all  the  young  men  in  the  camps 
that  are  scattered  throughout  the 
country  will  say  no  to  drinking,  as 
Richard  does,  but  nearly  all  will  agree 
that  it's  great  to  be  able  to  make  a 
personal  choice  in  a  society  that  must 
necessarily  be  almost  wholly  regi- 
mented. 

Life  without  liquor  has  more  advan- 
tages than  the  simple  novelty  of  inde- 
pendent choice,  points  out  this  typical 
one-of-a-million-boys  from  Uncle  Sam's 
defense  army. 

"You're  free  to  drink  as  much  as  you 
can  afford  or  carry,"  Richard  said, 
"while  you're  out  of  camp  and  on  your 


IN  CAMP,  TOO 

Tn  the  army,  as  in  industry,  the  man  at  the  top  is  con- 
*-  stantly  looking  for  young  men  who  are  worthy  of 
promotion.  This  means  a  constant  training  of  new  ma- 
terial in  higher  duties.  Any  man  that  demonstrates 
unusual  ability,  stamina,  or  character  is  at  once  "spotted" 
and  often  given  a  tryout  to  determine  whether  he  is 
worth  training.  and  it  is  not  among  the  "boozers"  that 
this  promising  material  is  sought  or  found. 

Col.  GEORGE  A.  SKINNER,  M.D. 
Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  Army,  Ret. 

(In  Signs  of  the  Times.) 


own,  but  you're  expected  to  be  in  full 
step  with  your  company  next  morning, 
hangover  or  not  .  .  .  and  the  day's 
work  is  apt  to  be  downright  torture  to 
the  fellow  who  has  had  too  much  the 
night  before." 

He  mentioned  some  of  the  young  men 
he  knew  who,  after  one  or  two  experi- 
ments, found  saying  no  to  their  asso- 
ciates less  difficult  than  "taking  it" 
from  a  top  sergeant  when  the  dulled 
senses  of  a  hangover  refused  to  func- 
tion smoothly  and  quickly. 

Richard  says  that  one  of  the  most 
serious  drinking  problems  in  his  camp 
is  caused  by  the  sale  of  beer  in  the 
cantonments. 

"The  sort  of  beer  they  sell,  with  low 
alcohol  content,"  he  went  on  to  explain, 
"is  supposed  to  be  non-intoxicating, 
and  I  suppose  when  a  fellow  drinks 
one  bottle,  along  with  a  couple  of  sub- 
stantial sandwiches  and  maybe  a  slice 
of  pie,  there  isn't  enough  alcohol  to 
have  any  effect.  But  there  are  ways 
of  mixing  different  brands  that  give 
them  real  kick  .  .  .  and  then,  the  ca- 
pacity of  some  of  the  men  for  drinking 
bottle  after  bottle  seems  unlimited." 

Young  men  in  camp,  says  one  of 
them,  are  very  much  like  young  men 
on  a  big  university  campus  where  there 
is  not  the  close  supervision  to  which 
most  high  school  students  are  accus- 
tomed. 

"The  freedom  of  being  on  your  own, 
away  from  the  home  and  family,  reacts 
on  lots  of  boys  the  way  it  often  does 
on  college  freshmen,"  Richard  says. 
He  has  had  opportunity  to  judge,  for 
he  had  just  completed  his  university 
course  when  his  number  in  the  draft 
was  called. 

"There  are  the  same  smart-alecks 
who  have  to  try  everything  once  .  .  . 
and  some  who  have  to  do  whatever  the 
crowd  does  .  .  .  and  a  good  many 
who  have  brought  drinking  habits  along 
with  them,  and  can't  perhaps  be  ex- 
pected to  get  rid  of  these  without 
drastic  measures  on  somebody's  part." 


HThere  are  other  young  men  in  the 
A  service  who  have  clear-cut  ideas 
about  the  effects  of  alcohol. 

"Our  second  lieutenant  was  a  high 
school  football  coach,"  the  young  man 
told  me,  "and  he  says  that  if  a  drinking 
fellow  isn't  fit  to  play  on  a  football 
team  against  the  team  from  the  next 
town,  ne's  even  less  desirable  as  a 
soldier.  He  can't  kick  the  drinking  men 
out  of  the  company,  the  way  he  could 
drop  them  from  the  training  squad, 
but  he  can  and  does  use  his  influence 
toward  breaking  drinking  habits." 

The  seriousness  of  training  for  Amer- 
ican defense  is  not  lost  on  the  boys 
from  all  walks  of  life  who  have  been 
called  into  service,  this  one  young  sol- 
dier believes.  News  over  the  radio 
of  military  events  abroad,  as  the  young 
defenders  of  this  country  get  it  day 
after  day,  is  tending  to  produce  a  grim- 
ness  that  leaves  alcoholic  beverages 
among  other  "foresworn  for  the  dura- 
tion" products. 

The  arguments  that  alcoholic  bever- 
ages makes  possible  a  certain  amount 
of  "letting  down,"  or  forgetting  one's 
troubles,  of  catching  a  moment  of  false 
happiness,  of  feeling  like  a  million,  are 
apt  to  get  increasingly  cold  reception 
from  young  men  who  are  taking  their 
defense  duties  seriously,  and  who  are 
beginning  to  realize  to  what  extent  the 
future  of  their  country  depends  on  their 
physical  fitness  and  mental  alertness. 

"Yes,"  said  a  tall  young  soldier  on  his 
last  evening  at  home  before  returning  to 
another  period  of  intensive  training  in 
one  of  the  more  exacting  branches  of 
military  service,  "you  can  say  no  to 
alcohol  in  the  army  .  .  .  and  plenty  of 
us  are  saying  it  every  day.  There  are 
lots  who  drink  in  the  camps  .  .  .  just 
as  there  are  citizens  who  combine  busi- 
ness with  drinking  .  .  .  and  parents  who 
think  abstinence  isn't  necessary  .  .  .  but 
there's  no  more  pressure  on  a  young 
fellow  to  drink  at  camp  than  there 
would  be  on  some  university  campuses. 
You  can  always  find  plenty  who 
agree  with  you  in  leaving  liquor  alone." 

591 


THOU  SHALT  HAVE 
LONG  LIFE 


During  his  long  life  of  nearly 
eighty-eight  years,  President 
Lorenzo  Snow  narrowly  es- 
caped death  many  times.  From  the 
circumstances  surrounding  many 
dramatic  narrow  escapes  it  would 
seem  that  an  evil  power  was  trying 
to  thwart  the  Patriarch's  promises 
made  to  Lorenzo  Snow  when  he  was 
but  twenty- two  years  old:  "Thou 
hast  a  great  work  to  perform  in  thy 
day  and  generation.  Thou  shalt 
become  a  mighty  man  in  the  earth. 
Thou  shalt  have  long  life.  No 
power  shall  be  able  to  take  thy  life." 
Surely  these  were  miraculous  pre- 
dictions made  to  a  youth  but  a  few 
months  after  his  baptism.  In  the 
light  of  subsequent  events  of  his  life 
they  could  have  been  given  only 
through  divine  inspiration. 

In  this  brief  article  are  related, 
mostly  in  his  own  words,  two  of 
Lorenzo  Snow's  experiences — a  peri- 
lous stagecoach  trip  with  a  drunken 
driver  through  the  Sierra  Nevada 
Mountains  and  his  near  drowning 
in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Tn  1857  [with  the  coming  of  Johns- 
ton's Army  to  quell  the  "Utah  Re- 
bellion"] missionaries  were  called 
home  and  the  Sandwich  Islands  mis- 
sion [now  the  Hawaiian]  was  left 
in  charge  of  a  native  Elder.  During 
this  time,  Walter  M.  Gibson  pro- 
fessed to  accept  the  Gospel,  was 
baptized,  and  went  to  the  Hawaiian 
Islands,  where  he  reorganized  the 
Church  according  to  his  own 
scheme;  he  ordained  Apostles,  for 
a  stipulated  price,  and  other  officers 
for  lesser  amounts.  When  Presi- 
dent Brigham  Young  learned  of  this, 
it  was  decided  that  Apostles  Ezra 
T.  Benson  and  Lorenzo  Snow  should 
visit  the  Islands,  and  that  Elders 
Joseph  F.  Smith,  Alma  Smith,  and 
William  W.  Guff  should  accom- 
pany them. 

Lorenzo  Snow's  journal  picks  up 
the  narrative: 

"We  took  stage  at  Salt  Lake  City 
March  2,  1864,  for  San  Francisco. 
Some  interesting  incidents  occurred 
during  our  overland  trip  to  California, 
that  seemed  to  us  at  the  time  rather 
interesting  or,  at  least,  a  little  exciting.  . 

"At  [one]  time,  having  stopped  to 
exchange  horses  just  as  night  was  set- 
ting in,  one  of  our  company  remarked 
that  our  new  driver  had  quite  the  air 
and  appearance  of  an  intelligent  gen- 

592 


By  LE  ROI  C.  SNOW 


LORENZO    SNOW   AS    HE   APPEARED 
IN     EARLIER    YEARS 


a  story  of  two  dramatic  in- 
cidents in  which  a  prom- 
ise   was    fulfilled    in    the 
preservation  of  the  life  of 
Lorenzo  Snow. 


tleman,  and  we  soon  discovered  that 
he  possessed  a  wonderful  musical  tal- 
ent, in  the  exercise  of  which  he  elicited 
our  surprise  and  admiration.  It  really 
seemed  to  me  that  a  sweeter,  a  more 
pathetic  or  melodious  voice  I  had  never 
heard.  It  is  quite  possible  that  the 
stillness  of  the  night  and  the  wild 
scenery  of  nature  around  us  had  a  ten- 
dency to  enhance  the  effect  and  increase 
our  appreciation  of  melodious  accents; 
whatever  it  might  be,  I  was  charmed, 
delighted,  and  felt  that  I  could  embrace 
that  man  and  call  him  brother. 

"Wnether  the  causes  of  these  varia- 
tions exist  originally  in  their  organiza- 
tions, or  are  the  result  of  a  life  of  train- 
ing, may  be  a  subject  for  philosophical 
discussion,  but  facts  definitely  prove 
that  some  people  are  made  up  of  op- 
posite elements,  the  proof  of  which  one 
may  visibly  notice  by  waiting  and  ob- 
serving, as  in  the  case  now  instanced. 

"A  sudden  lurch  of  the  coach,  which 
was  occasioned  by  a  miss-step  or  awk- 
ward movement  of  the  horses,  wrought 
a  sudden,  marvelous  change  in  our 
entertainer,  and  instantaneously  closed 
our  animated  entertainment,  while  a 
volley  of  oaths  and  the  most  horrid 
blasphemies  succeeded.  As  he  poured 
forth  his  disgusting  and  heart-sickening 
profanity,  he  most  furiously  lashed  the 
innocent  horses. 


"At  this  time  we  were  just  com- 
mencing the  descent  of  a  mountain 
some  miles  in  length;  it  was  quite  dark, 
the  road  rough  and  rocky,  and  it  may 
be  readily  imagined  that  our  prospects 
were  not  the  most  inviting.  Our  coach 
swayed  fearfully — the  wheels  ever  and 
anon  striking  fire  as  they  whirled  over 
the  rocks,  with  a  double  span  of  horses 
upon  a  keen  run,  tossing  us  up  and 
down,  giving  us  a  few  hard  strokes  of 
the  head  against  the  top  of  the  coach. 

"At  length  Elder  Benson,  in  a  trem- 
ulous yet  powerful  voice,  demanded  of 
the  driver  to  moderate  his  speed,  which 
was  responded  to  by  an  increased  and 
more  furious  lashing  of  the  foaming, 
panting  steeds;  thus,  and  more,  with  a 
drunken  coachman  (as  we  afterwards 
learned ) ,  we  tore  along  down  the 
mountain,  every  moment  in  jeopardy 
of  being  dashed  to  pieces.  At  last 
reaching  a  station,  we  were  happily 
relieved  from  the  perilous  adventure, 
On  our  return  we  learned  that  the 
inebriate  had  been  discharged. 

"But  one  peril  over,  another  comes. 
The  most  exciting  and  dangerous  por- 
tion of  our  overland  route  is  yet  before 
us,  which  we  encountered  in  passing 
over  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains, 
Many  portions  of  the  road  were  cov- 
ered with  snow  and  ice,  and  ran  a  long 
way  close  beside  fearful  ravines,  hun- 
dreds of  feet  in  depth.  One  sitting  in 
the  coach,  by  inclining  the  head  a  little 
to  one  side,  could  gaze  down  into  the 
vast  depths  below,  conscious  that  the 
wheels  of  the  vehicle  were  often  within 
a  few  inches  of  the  terrible  gulf;  con- 
sequently, the  slipping  of  the  wheels, 
the  least  blunder  of  a  horse,  or  a  strap 
or  buckle  giving  way,  or  the  least  care- 
lessness of  the  driver,  would  plunge  the 
whole  outfit  over  the  rocky  crags  into 
the  abyss  below.  The  danger  was  in- 
creased by  the  ice  and  snow,  and  the 
sudden,  abrupt  turns  in  the  road.  When 
we  approached  very  slippery  places, 
where  the  road  frequently  was  barely 
of  a  sufficient  width  for  the  coach  to 
pass  between  the  high,  sharp  rocks  on 
one  side  and  the  frightful  chasm  on 
the  other,  the  driver  in  guarding  against 
catastrophies,  would  put  his  two  spans 
on  their  utmost  speed. 

"Hour  after  hour,  as  we  thus  moved 
on,  particular  points  in  the  road  were 
pointed  out  to  us,  where  coaches  had 
whirled  down  precipices  and  every 
occupant  had  been  killed.  These  nerve- 
stirring  recitals  caused  us  more  seri- 
ously to  realize  the  gravity  of  our  situ- 
ation and  our  dependence  on  God  for 
the  preservation  of  our  lives;  and  we 
truly  felt  grateful  for  our  deliverance. 
and,  breathing  more  freely,  felt  our 
pulses  restored  to  their  normal  state  as 
we  dismounted  from  the  coach  at  the 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


western   base   of   the   Sierra   Nevada 
Mountains. 

"On  our  arrival  in  San  Francisco 
we  were  kindly  entertained  by  Elder 
Eveleth,  whose  hospitable  house  was 
our  home  during  our  short  stay,  while 
making  arrangements  for  our  passage 
by  steamer  for  the  point  of  our  destina- 
tion. Brother  Eveleth's  kindness  and 
hospitality  to  the  latter-day  mission- 
aries traveling  to  and  from  Salt  Lake 
is  proverbial;  and  although  called  to  a 
higher  and  broader  sphere,  he  lives  in 
the  grateful,  affectionate  remembrances 
of  those  who  knew  him." 

The  following  is  from  the  nar- 
rative of  Elder  W.  W.  Cluff: 

"We  arrived  in  Honolulu,  the  capital 
of  the  islands,  about  the  27th  of  March, 
1864.  On  the  29th  we  sailed  for 
Lahaina,  on  the  schooner  Nettie  Mer- 
rill, Captain  Fisher,  for  the  island  of 
Maui,  a  distance  of  about  ninety  miles 
from  Honolulu.  On  the  morning  of  the 
31st  of  March,  we  came  to  anchor 
about  one  mile  from  the  mouth  of  the 
little  harbor  of  Lahaina. 

"Apostles  Ezra  T.  Benson  and 
Lorenzo  Snow  and  Brother  Alma  L. 
Smith  and  myself  got  into  the  small 
boat  to  go  on  shore.  Brother  Joseph 
F.  Smith,  as  he  afterwards  stated,  had 
some  misgivings  about  going  in  that 
boat,  but  the  manifestation  was  not 
sufficiently  strong  to  indicate  any  gen- 
eral accident.  He  preferred  to  remain 
on  board  the  vessel  until  the  boat  re- 
turned. The  boat  started  for  the  shore. 
It  contained  some  barrels  and  boxes, 
the  captain,  a  white  man,  two  or  three 
native  passengers,  and  the  boat's  crew, 
who  were  also  natives.  The  entrance 
to  the  harbor  is  a  very  narrow  passage 
between  coral  reefs,  and  when  the  sea 
is  rough,  it  is  very  dangerous,  on  ac- 
count of  the  breakers.  Where  the  ves- 
sel lay,  the  sea  was  not  rough,  but  only 
presented  the  appearance  of  heavy 
swells  rolling  to  the  shore. 

"As  we  approached  the  reef  it  was 
evident  to  me  that  the  surf  was  running 
higher  than  we  anticipated.  I  called 
the  captain's  attention  to  the  fact.  We 
were  running  quartering  across  the 
waves,  and  I  suggested  that  we  change 
our  course  so  as  to  run  at  right  angles 
with  them.  He  replied  that  he  did  not 
think  there  was  any  danger,  and  our 
course  was  not  changed.  We  went 
but  a  little  farther  when  a  heavy  swell 
struck  the  boat  and  carried  us  before 
it  about  fifty  yards.  When  the  swell 
passed  it  left  us  in  a  trough  between 
two  huge  waves.  It  was  too  late  to 
retrieve  our  error,  and  we  must  run 
our  chances.  When  the  second  swell 
struck  the  boat,  it  raised  the  stern  so 
high  that  the  steersman's  oar  was  out 
of  the  water,  and  he  lost  control  of 
the  boat.  It  rode  on  the  swell  a  short 
distance  and  swung  around  just  as  the 
wave  began  to  break  up.  We  were 
almost  instantly  capsized  into  the  dash- 
ing, foaming  sea. 

"I  felt  no  concern  for  myself  about 


drowning,  for  while  on  my  former  mis- 
sion I  had  learned  to  swim  and  sport 
in  the  surf  of  those  shores. 

"The  last  I  remember  of  Brother 
Snow,  as  the  boat  was  going  over,  I 
saw  him  seize  the  upper  edge  of  it  with 
both  hands.  Fearing  that  the  upper 
edge  of  the  boat,  or  the  barrels,  might 
hit  and  injure  me  as  the  boat  was  going 
over,  I  plunged  head  foremost  into  the 
water.  After  swimming  a  short  dis- 
tance, I  came  to  the  surface  without 
being  strangled  or  injured. 

"The  boat  was  bottom  upwards,  and 
barrels,  hats,  and  umbrellas  were  float- 
ing in  every  direction.  I  swam  to  the 
boat,  and  as  there  was  nothing  to  cling 
to  on  the  bottom,  I  reached  under  and 
seized  the  edge  of  it. 

"About  the  same  time  Brother  Ben- 
son came  up  near  me  and  readily  got 
hold  of  the 'boat.  Brother  Alma  L. 
Smith  came  up  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  boat  from  Brother  Benson  and 
myself.  He  was  considerably  strangled, 
but  succeeded  in  securing  a  hold  on 
the  boat. 

"A  short  time  afterwards  the  cap- 
tain was  discovered,  about  fifty  yards 
from  us.  Two  sailors,  one  on  each  side, 
succeeded  in  keeping  him  on  the  sur- 
face, although  life  was  apparently  ex- 
tinct. 

"Nothing  yet  had  been  seen  of 
Brother  Snow,  although  the  natives  had 
been  swimming  and  diving  in  every 
direction  in  search  for  him.  The  peo- 
ple, as  soon  as  they  discovered  our 
circumstances,  manned  a  life  boat  and 
hurried  to  the  rescue.  We  were  taken 
into  the  boat,  when  the  crew  wanted 
to  row  for  the  shore,  and  pick  up  the 
captain  by  the  way.  We  told  them 
that  one  of  our  friends  was  yet  missing, 
and  we  did  not  want  to  leave.  We  dis- 
covered that  a  second  boat  had  left  the 
shore  and  could  reach  the  captain  as 
soon  as  the  one  we  were  in.     Seeing 


.i?^-^ 


"hi 


DOWN   THE    SIERRA    NEVADAS    IN    1865 


this,  the  crew  of  our  boat  consented  to 
remain  and  assist  us. 

"The  captain  was  taken  ashore,  and 
by  working  over  him  for  some  time, 
was  brought  to  life.  Probably  his  life 
would  not  have  been  much  endangered 
but  for  a  sack  of  four  or  five  hundred 
silver  dollars  which  he  held  in  his  hand, 
the  weight  of  which  took  him  at  once 
to  the  bottom.  The  natives  dived  and 
brought  him  up,  still  clinging  to  the 
sack.  When  his  vitality  was  restored, 
the  first  thing  he  enquired  about  was 
the  money,  intimating  to  the  natives, 
with  peculiar  emphasis,  that  it  would 
not  have  been  healthy  for  them  to 
have  lost  it. 

"Brother  Snow  had  not  yet  been  dis- 
covered and  the  anxiety  was  intense. 
The  natives,  evidently,  doing  all  in  their 
power.  Finally,  one  of  them,  in  edging 
himself  around  the  capsized  boat,  must 
have  felt  Brother  Snow  with  his  feet 
and  pulled  him,  at  least  partially 
from  under  it,  and  the  first  I  saw  of 
Brother  Snow  was  his  hair  floating  up- 
on the  water  around  one  end  of  the 
capsized  boat.  As  soon  as  we  got  him 
into  our  boat,  we  told  the  boatmen  to 
pull  for  the  shore  with  all  possible 
speed.  His  body  was  stiff,  and  life  ap- 
parently extinct. 

"Brother  A.  L.  Smith  and  I  were  sit- 
ting side  by  side.  We  laid  Brother 
Snow  across  our  laps  and,  on  the  way 
to  shore,  we  quietly  administered  to 
him  and  asked  the  Lord  to  spare  his  life, 
that  he  might  return  to  his  family  and 
home. 

"On  reaching  the  shore,  we  carried 
him  a  little  way  to  some  large  empty 
barrels  that  were  lying  on  the  sandy 
beach.  We  laid  him  face  downwards 
on  one  of  them  and  rolled  him  back 
and  forth  until  we  succeeded  in  getting 
the  water  he  had  swallowed  out  of  him. 

"During  this  time  a  number  of  per- 
sons came  down  from  the  town.  Among 
them  was  Mr.  E.  P.  Adams,  a  merchant. 
All  were  willing  to  do  what  they  could. 
We  washed  Brother  Snow's  face  with 
camphor,  furnished  by  Mr.  Adams.  We 
did  not  only  what  was  customary  in 
such  cases,  but  also  what  the  Spirit 
seemed  to  whisper  to  us. 

"After  working  over  him  for  some 
time,  without  any  indications  of  return- 
ing life,  the  bystanders  said  that  nothing 
more  could  be  done  for  him.  But  we 
did  not  feel  like  giving  him  up,  and 
still  prayed  and  worked  over  him,  with 
an  assurance  that  the  Lord  would  hear 
and  answer  our  prayers. 

"Finally  we  were  impressed  to  place 
our  mouth  over  his  and  make  an  effort 
to  inflate  his  lungs,  alternately  blowing 
in  and  drawing  out  the  air,  imitating, 
as  far  as  possible,  the  natural  process 
of  breathing.  We  persevered  in  this 
until  we  succeeded  in  inflating  his  lungs. 
After  a  little,  we  perceived  very  faint 
indications  of  returning  life.  .  .  . 

"When  this  result  was  reached,  it 
must  have  been  fully  one  hour  after 
the  upsetting  of  the  boat.  A  Portu- 
guese man,  living  in  Lahaina,  who,  from 
(Concluded  on  page  630) 
593 


ofc  $ojcL;  an*L  ihsL  flbimamswL 
Ah&wsdh.  hidu  Pianxlyw&ilc. 


PSALM  19,  VERSE  1. 


PALOMAR    OBSERVATORY,    HOUSING    FOR 
THE      WORLD'S      LARGEST      TELESCOPE 


Ever  since  the  dawn  days  of 
man's  life  on  the  earth  he  has 
scanned  the  heavens  above  him 
and  wondered,  awed  by  their 
beauty,  scarcely  dreaming  of  their 
immeasurable  distances  and  depth. 
David,  dreaming  on  the  hills  of  Pal- 
estine, put  into  wonderful  words  the 
things  that  all  humble  students  of 
the  skies  have  felt.  The  story  of 
the  telescope  is  the  record  of  man's 
unceasing  longing  to  learn  more  of 
God's  great  handiwork  in  the  hea- 
vens— the  sun,  the  moon,  the  brightly 
shining  stars.  And  as  with  most  of 
man's  greatest  inventions,  the  tele- 
scope had  a  very  humble  beginning. 

Back  in  the  thirteenth  century  a 
gentleman  of  the  fine  city  of  Florence 
in  Italy  invented  spectacles.  They 
were  mentioned  in  an  old  manuscript, 
as  follows:  "Those  glasses  they 
call  spectacles,  lately  invented,  to 
the  great  advantage  of  poor  old  men 
when  their  sight  grows  weak." 

It  was  these  spectacles  which 
made  the  telescope  possible.  About 
a  century  after  the  invention  of 
glasses  a  certain  young  apprentice 
who  worked  in  the  optical  shop  of 
the  good  Dutchman,  Jan  Lippershey, 
happened  to  pick  up  two  lenses  in- 
tended for  some  "poor  old  gentleman 
with  weak  eyes."  For  some  reason 
he  put  one  on  top  of  the  other,  a 
concave  lens  over  a  convex,  and  the 
result  was  so  amazing  that  he  nearly 
dropped  them.  He  could  actually 
see  the  town  church  with  its  steeple, 
weather-vane,  and  cock,  but  they 
had  all  moved  close  to  him,  and 
stranger  still,  they  were  all  upside 
594 


THE  STORY  OF  THE 

TELESCOPE 


By 

WINIFRED 

HEATH 


down.  The  boy  was  much  too  busy 
to  hear  the  door  open  or  see  his 
master. 

"So  you  waste  my  valuable  time, 
as  usual." 

But  the  lad  was  too  excited  to  be 
scared. 

"Master,  Master,  a  miracle  has 
happened.  Please,  please  look 
through  these  two  glasses!" 

Jan  Lippershey  looked  and  was 
just  as  startled  as  his  young  appren- 
tice. 

"Master,  why  is  everything  up- 
side down?" 

Jan  got  out  of  that  awkward  mo- 
ment by  bidding  the  lad  get  back 
to  work.  But  Jan  set  to  work  to 
find  out,  and  he  finally  succeeded 
in  producing  the  world's  first  tele- 
scope. 

He  submitted  his  paper  tube  with 
the  two  lenses  to  the  States  Gen- 
eral, who  approved  of  it  highly,  for 
they  felt  it  would  help  them  to  keep 
an  eye  on  the  armies  of  Spain  who 
were  trying  hard  to  enslave  brave 


Holland.  Lippershey  wanted  a 
patent,  but  other  would-be  inven- 
tors appeared  and  said  they  had 
known  about  the  telescope  all  along. 
The  authorities  compromised  by  giv- 
ing Lippershey  a  good  income  for 
life  with  the  strict  understanding 
that  the  telescope  idea  was  to  be  kept 
in  Holland.  Even  when  the  King 
of  France  wanted  a  telescope,  he 
had  to  do  much  persuasive  talking 
and  pay  a  very  high  price  to  the 
Dutch  Parliament. 

The  Dutch  government  had  an- 
other very  good  idea — it  wanted  the 
same  kind  of  instrument  for  both 
eyes,  and  so  the  world  got  the  con- 
venient binoculars. 

News  of  the  telescope,  however, 
could  not  be  kept  in  Holland,  and 
soon  they  '  were  being  made  in 
France  and  in  Britain,  where  they 
were  known  by  the  quaint  name  of 
"Dutch  Trunks." 

The  world's  first  known  picture 
of  a  man  using  a  telescope  appeared 
in  1609,  and  the  owner  was  Simon 
Marius.  There  were  people  in  those 
days  who  regarded  the  telescope  as 
a  sinful  thing  since  it  seemed  to  show 
a  lack  of  gratitude  to  God  for  our 
own  good  eyes.  Perhaps  that  is  why 
the  artist  who  painted  the  picture  of 
Simon  Marius  gave  him  a  rather 
sinister,  sour  expression. 

(Continued  on  page  634) 


REVOLVING  DOME, 
PALOMAR  OBSERV- 
ATORY. 1,700,- 
000  LBS.  OF  STEEL 
WERE  USED  IN 
THIS  SECTION. 

Photos    used   bg 
courtesy  T.  V. 
Watterson,  Jr. 


SaqjDL  x>£,  ihsL 

HANDCART 
PIONEERS 

An  Epitome  in  Bronze  by 
Torleif  S.  Knaphus 

By  JOHN  SHERMAN  WALKER 


The  handcart  companies  that 
braved  the  dangers  of  the  Mor- 
mon Trail  from  1856  to  1860 
are  acknowledged  to  be  among  the 
most  courageous  emigrants  of  all 
time.  Without  even  the  protection 
that  the  covered-wagon  trains  had, 
the  hardy  men,  women,  and  children 
of  these  later  expeditions  pushed  and 
pulled  their  handcarts,  containing  all 
of  their  earthly  possessions,  through 
rivers,  over  sage  flats  and  moun- 
tainous trails  the  full  thirteen  hun- 
dred miles  from  Iowa  City  to  Utah. 
The  suffering  and  hardships  they 
experienced  at  times  on  the  trail  seem 
scarcely  credible  to  those  who  today 
enjoy  the  luxury  of  modern  travel 
facilities.  The  disasters  which  over- 
took certain  of  their  expeditions 
gives  the  reader  pause,  to  marvel  at 
the  devotion  and  determination  of 
these  Latter-day  Saints  who  braved 
the  wilderness  with  nothing  more 
than  their  bare  hands  and  the 
strength  of  their  muscles  and  the 
hope  in  their  hearts  to  carry  them  on 
to  their  Valley  of  Promise. 

The  Willie  and  Martin  companies 
are  notable  examples  of  this  humble 


heroism.  The  ranks  of  those  parties, 
comprised  mostly  of  converts  from 
England  and  Scandinavia,  were  piti- 
fully thinned  by  the  storms  of  an 
early  western  winter  and  the  effects 
of  starvation  when  their  meager  sup- 
plies ran  out.  Edward  Martin's 
company,  following  the  Willie 
party,  suffered  particularly,  huddled 
in  the  scant  protection  of  a  ravine  on 
the  bleak  western  plains,  five  hun- 
dred miles  from  their  destination  in 
the  Salt  Lake  Valley. 

Many  of  them  perished  before 
supplies  could  be  rushed  to  them; 
despair  and  grief  had  bowed  down 
those  who  were  still  able  to  continue 
the  trip;  yet,  the  complaints  were 
comparatively  few.  There  was  a 
large  purpose  behind  their  journey 
to  the  west — the  promise  of  freedom 
and  protection  that  only  the  far, 
looming  Rocky  Mountains  could  af- 
ford them. 

It  was  necessary  for  a  great  many 
of  the  Mormon  Saints  from  foreign 

THE    "HANDCART   PIONEERS," 
BY    TORLEIF     KNAPHUS 


A  STUDY  OF  TORLEIF  KNAPHUS  IN  HIS  STUDIO 


lands  and  those  waiting  on  the  fron- 
tier who  desired  to  make  the  journey 
to  Utah  and  who  lacked  the  funds  to 
outfit  wagons,  to  adopt  the  handcart 
mode  of  travel. 

The  first  handcart  companies  to 
cross  the  plains  were  led  by  Edmund 
Ellsworth  and  Daniel  McArthur  re- 
spectively. A  third  group  of  Welsh 
Saints,  under  command  of  Edward 
Bunker,  followed  shortly  after,  in 
June  of  1856.  Most  of  them,  too, 
reached  their  destination  safely, 
happy  to  be  in  their  new  land  of 
Zion,  praising  their  God  that  they 
had  been  enabled  at  last  to  worship 
as  they  wished. 

It  is  fitting  that  this  epic  of  the 
Mormon  handcart  pioneers  should 
have  inspired  sculptor-artist  Torleif 
S.  Knaphus,  a  convert  and  staunch 
Latter-day  Saint,  to  perpetuate  this 
theme  in  the  enduring  medium  of 
bronze,  for  many  of  those  who  trav- 
elled thus  were  Latter-day  Saint  con- 
verts, drawn  from  the  same  cour- 
ageous, hardy  Norwegian  stock  as 
he. 

The  Scandinavian  sagas  of  old 
were  told  no  more  forcefully  than 
is  the  history  of  the  handcart  pio- 
neers as  epitomized  in  the  Knaphus 
handcart  statue  which  for  so  many 
years  has  been  one  of  the  featured 
attractions  in  the  Bureau  of  Informa- 
tion on  Temple  Square  in  Salt  Lake 
City. 

Now  in  the  course  of  completion 
in  the  Knaphus  studios  on  Richards 
Street,  just  off  Salt  Lake  City's  busy 
Main  Street,  is  an  enlarged  replica  of 
the  famous  statue,  which  represents 
perhaps  the  finest  conception  ever 
achieved  of  the  Mormon  handcart 
pioneers,  in  its  heroic  size  attaining 
{Continued  on  page  636) 

595 


\\ 


Q 


NE  HUNDRED  SEVEN- 
TEEN years  ago  in  the  city  of  Copen- 
hagen, a  baby  girl  was  born  into 
the  Peter  Holestie  family.  Karen 
was  selected  as  her  name  by  the 
family  and  she  was  christened 
Karen  Holestie.  Her  childhood  was 
spent  in  poor  living  conditions,  but 
she  was  nevertheless  happy.  She 
seemed  blessed  even  then  with  the 
good-natured  optimism  that  fol- 
lowed her  throughout  life. 

Karen  was  married  while  still 
young  and  the  first  years  of  married 
life  with  Christian  Christensen 
passed  quickly.  During  that  time 
six  children  were  born:  Crasten, 
the  oldest,  then  Peter,  Christian, 
Stena,  Mary,  and  John. 

This  young  family  lived  content- 
edly together  on  their  small  farm, 
each  doing  his  part  to  help  earn  a 
livelihood.  It  seemed  that  such  hap- 
piness could  not  last  because  soon 
a  disaster  came  which  caused  a 
change  in  the  life  of  the  entire  family. 
Christian,  the  father,  gave  the  un- 
usual complaint  that  he  was  not  feel- 
ing very  well.  Karen  willingly  went 
to  do  the  chores  for  the  night.  To 
her  horror  and  dismay,  her  husband 
was  dead  when  she  returned  from 
the  corral. 

The  next  few  months  were  spent 
in  terrible  bereavement.  The  com- 
plete responsibility  of  making  a  liv- 
ing was  left  to  Karen  and  the  chil- 
dren, but  she  did  not  give  up.  The 
next  spring  found  her  with  her  fam- 
ily in  the  fields  plowing  and  tilling 
the  soil  for  the  summers  crops. 
596 


THE  MOTHER  OF 
GRASS  VALLEY 

J  Jul  Si&u^  #£,  Xwwl  Tbd&otL 


PRIZE  WINNING  STORY  IN  THE  M.  I.  A. 
SCOUT  THEME  PROJECT  CONTEST 


// 


It  was  in  this  field  that  Christian 
was  injured  by  a  knife-edged  flint 
on  which  he  stepped.  Infection  set 
in,  and  the  boy  died  a  few  days  later 
— only  six  months  after  the  death  of 
his  father. 

This  trouble-stricken  family  was 
very  much  consoled  when  the  Lat- 
ter-day Saint  missionaries  came  to 
visit  them.  Crasten  became  more 
and  more  disturbed  as  his  mother 
grew  intent  on  the  idea  of  going  to 
America.  He  felt  even  more  dread- 
ful when  the  missionaries  converted 
her  to  the  Mormon  religion,  and  she 
began  making  plans  for  a  journey 
to  "the  new  world."  When  Karen 
could  not  convince  him  that  he 
should  go  with  them,  she  was  forced 
to  go  without  him.  She  boarded 
the  ship  Stavanger,  waved  goodbye 
to  her  friends,  and  sailed  away. 

Although  when  Karen  and  her 
four  children  walked  aboard  the 
ship  she  was  a  stranger  to  everyone, 
before  long  nearly  everyone  knew 
her  because  of  her  undying  faith  and 
good  will. 

The  days  passed  quickly  and  well. 
One  morning,  however,  the  luck 
changed.  The  doctor  announced  a 
case  of  typhoid  fever  caused  by  the 
stagnant  water  that  was  being  car- 
ried for  drinking.  Everyone  re- 
mained isolated,  but  the  dread 
disease  reached  little  Mary,  Two 
days  later  she  died. 

The  grief-stricken  family  and 
passengers  gathered  together  for  a 
short  funeral  service,  then  they 
placed  the  little  girl  in  a  cloth-lined 
box  and  lowered  it  into  the  water. 


By  REED  BROWN 

Age  14 

Scout  of  Troop  6-19, 
Koosharem,  Utah 


Koosharem,  Utah 
December  16,  1940 

Mr.  Paul  P.  Ashworth, 
Richfield,  Utah. 
Dear  Sir: 

T  was  selected  by  the  Boy  Scouts  of 
*■  troop  6-19  to  write  an  original 
story  of  some  near  relative.  I  pre- 
ferred writing  a  brief  sketch  of  the 
life  of  my  great-grandmother,  Karen 
Nelson.  I  have  on  the  following 
pages  attempted  to  write  the  life  his- 
tory of  a  noble  and  ideal  woman, 
"The  Mother  of  Grass  Valley." 

Sincerely, 

Reed  Brown. 
Age  14. 


WH 


'hen  the  Christensens 
left  their  home  in  Copenhagen,  their 
destination  was  Utah,  and  Karen 
was  not  intending  to  give  up  until 
they  got  there.  So  right  away  they 
set  out   westward   on    foot.      Even 


though  she  had  to  carry  John  on  her 
back,  Karen  was  always  the  leader 
of  the  company. 

A  very  old  man  was  their  only 
companion,  and  together  they  walked 
day  after  day.  How  the  people  of 
Chicago  laughed  when  they  saw  this 
strange  sight.  The  old  man  carried 
a  sack  of  fat  pork  on  his  back  which 
the  hot  sun  had  melted,  and  his 
clothes  were  completely  saturated 
with  grease. 

It  is  almost  unbelievable,  the  en- 
durance they  possessed  and  the 
hardships  they  overcame.  It  would 
be  impossible  to  write  the  many 
trying  experiences  they  had  on  that 
long  trip  across  the  plains. 

In  1866,  Karen  and  her  children 
arrived  in  Utah.  They  had  been 
on  the  way  for  two  years.  She  set- 
tled in  Manti.  Life  was  very  hard 
for  them  all.  A  few  months  after 
arriving  in  Manti,  she  married  Nels 
Nelson,  Soon  after  Mr.  Nelson  took 
ill  and  became  bed-ridden.    Later  he 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


died,   leaving   Karen   once   more   to 
face  life  alone  with  her  family. 

In  1874,  Church  authorities  called 
on  Karen  to  settle  in  Grass  Valley. 
She  went  willingly  even  though  it 
was  a  wild,  unsettled  land,  inhabited 
by  about  four  hundred  Indians. 

The  party  who  headed  for  Grass 
Valley  consisted  of  Karen,  her  only 
unmarried  child,  John,  who  was  now 
fifteen  years  old,  and  three  other 
families.  They  soon  made  a  peace- 
ful settlement  which  they  called 
"Koosharem"  after  the  Indian 
clover  that  grew  abundantly  on  the 
hillsides. 

All  the  settlers  were  happy  when 
the  first  crops  matured  successfully. 
Then  one  morning  the  people  awoke 
and  found  the  Indians'  horses  graz- 
ing peacefully  in  their  grain  patch. 
The  young  men  of  the  settlement 
corralled  the  horses  and  waited  for 
the  Indians  to  come  to  claim  them. 
The  greeting  they  got  from  the  In- 
dian tribe  was  far  from  being 
friendly.  They  stood  with  scowling 
faces  and  folded  arms  while  the 
settlers,  old  and  young,  filed  out  of 
the  doorways  to  hear  the  message 
from  Chief  White  Horse.  Each 
warrior  clenched  a  tomahawk,  and 
it  was  evident  that  they  had  planned 
a  massacre  of  the  white  settlers. 

The  other  women  pleaded  with 
Karen  to  come  and  be  killed  with 
the  rest  of  them  so  that  she  would 
not  be  left  alone  to  be  tortured  to 
death  by  the  tribe  of  ruthless  killers. 
But  all  their  pleadings  were  in  vain. 
Karen  declared  she  didn't  have  time 
to  be  frightened  by  the  Indians,  and 
so  stayed  home  and  knitted  a  pair 
of  socks  for  John. 

After  an  argument  with  the  In- 
dians, they  grew  even  angrier  at 
the  white  settlers,  and  with  a  loud 
war-cry  they  began  their  destructive 
mission.  One  of  the  elder  men, 
Massiah  Bahannan,  was  being  ap- 
proached by  a  warrior  when  he 
dropped  to  his  knees  and  began 
praying.  The  Indians  were  very 
superstitious,  and  when  they  saw 
this,  they  thought  he  was  calling  to 
their  God  "Shenab."  They  became 
very  frightened  and  immediately  dis- 
persed, leaving  the  settlers  wide- 
eyed  with  amazement. 

Karen  died  in  Grass  Valley  when 
she  was  eighty-three  years  old  and 
was  never  known  to  have  an  enemy, 
but  many  were  her  friends. 

Never  was  a  truer  sentiment 
spoken  than  that  of  the  bishop  of 
Koosharem  when  he  said,  "Here 
lies  the  most  noble  character  I  have 
ever  known,  the  Mother  of  Grass 
Valley." 


VISIT  TO  MT.  PISGAH 

By  LEO  J.  MUIR 

President  of  the  Northern  States  Mission 


MT.  Pisgah  cemetery  memorial- 
izes one  of  the  most  tragic  chap- 
ters in  early  Mormon  history. 
The  Mt.  Pisgah  settlement  was  estab- 
lished by  Parley  P.  Pratt  in  the  early 
months  of  1846.  Here  several  thou- 
sand acres  of  land  were  fenced  for  cul- 
tivation— a  project  similar  to  that  of 
Garden  Grove,  which  lay  approxi- 
mately twenty-seven  miles  eastward. 
Like  Garden  Grove,  Mt.  Pisgah  served 
two  purposes:  a  resting  place  for  the 
exiled  emigrants  and  a  source  of  pro- 
vision for  the  companies  moving  west- 
ward. 

Monday,  July  7,   following  a  quar- 
terly conference  in  West  Iowa  District, 


MT.  PISGAH  MONUMENT,  WITH  WALTER  F. 
WHITEHEAD  (STANDING,  LEFT),  PRESIDENT 
LEO  J.  MUIR  (STANDING,  RIGHT),  AND 
(SEATED,  LEFT  TO  RIGHT),  ELDERS  JAMES  P. 
HAWKES,  FREDERICK  K.  BALLI,  AND  LYNN  C. 
NELSON.  THE  PICTURE  WAS  TAKEN  BY  ELDER 
GERALD    E.   ALLEY. 


it  was  my  privilege  to  make  a  second 
visit  to  this  sacred  spot.  Walter  F. 
Whitehead,  formerly  of  Provo,  Utah, 
and  now  of  Iowa,  took  a  party  of  mis- 
sionaries by  automobile  from  Des 
Moines  to  Mt.  Pisgah.  In  addition  to 
Brother  Whitehead  and  myself  there 
were  in  the  party  District  President 
Frederick  K.  Balli  and  Elders  James  P. 
Hawkes,  Gerald  E.  Alley,  and  Lynn  C. 
Nelson.  Mt.  Pisgah  is  approximately 
forty  miles  south  ( slightly  west )  of  Des 
Moines.  It  is  five  miles  northwest  of 
Thayer,  Union  County,  Iowa. 

On  the  18th  day  of  May,  1846,  Pres- 
ident Brigham  Young  and  several  of 
the  apostles  visited  this  hamlet  and 
effected  a  temporary  Church  organiza- 
tion. Elder  William  Huntington  was 
appointed  president,  with  Elders  Ezra 
T.  Benson  and  Charles  C.  Rich  as  coun- 
selors. 


Because  of  severe  winters,  inadequate 
shelter,  and  scant  food  supply,  many 
Saints  in  this  colony  died  of  exposure 
and  privation  during  the  winters  of 
'46,  '47,  and  '48.  They  lie  buried  be- 
neath the  quiet  turf  of  Mt.  Pisgah. 

It  is  gratifying  to  note  that  this  heroic 
experience  in  Church  history  has  been 
properly  memorialized.  By  the  side  of 
the  road — just  a  weed-bordered  lane- — ■ 
stands  a  huge,  rough  stone  perhaps 
forty-five  inches  high  and  securely  set 
in  the  ground.  Cemented  into  the  face 
of  this  stone  is  a  bronze  plaque  which 
bears  the  following  inscription :     • 

1846 

MT.  PISGAH 

SITE  OF  THE 

FIRST  WHITE  SETTLEMENT 

IN  UNION  COUNTY 

ERECTED  BY  THE 

NANCY  McKAY  HARSH 

CHAPTER 

AND  THE  IOWA 

SOCIETY 

D.  A.  R. 

1928 

Mt.  Pisgah  consists  of  a  single  acre 
of  ground — a  perfect  square — facing 
east  and  sloping  gradually  toward  the 
west.  This  acre  plot  is  securely  fenced 
and  is  covered  by  a  soft  carpet  of  native 
grass,  customarily  mowed  once  each 
year.  Six  trees,  most  of  them  hickory, 
stand  in  irregular  order  near  the  east 
border  of  the  tract.  A  stately  monu- 
ment, erected  in  1888,  marks  the  exact 
center  of  this  plot.  This  monument 
stands  upon  the  mid-point  of  a  pedestal 
of  solid  cement  and  the  four  faces  of  the 
column  carry  the  names  of  those  buried 
there,  in  addition  to  the  following  in- 
scription: 

This  monument — erected  A.  D.  1888 
in  memory  of  those  members  of  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day 
Saints  who  died  in  1846-1847,  and  1848 
during  their  exodus  to  seek  a  home 
beyond  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Vandals  or  souvenir  seekers  have 
chiseled  from  the  face  of  the  stone  a 
fragment  two  inches  by  six  inches  in 
size  which  takes  the  capital  "H"  off 
the  name  of  William  Huntington.  The 
monument  is  not  otherwise  damaged  or 
defaced. 

Editor's  Note:  An  "Improvement 
Era"  article  on  Mount  Pisgah  appear- 
ing in  volume  40,  pages  20  to  21  (Jan- 
uary, 1937)  gives  further  details  on 
Mount  Pisgah,  including  a  complete  list 
of  those  who  were  buried  there,  whose 
names  are  inscribed  upon  the  faces  of 
the  monument. 

597 


TANGIBLE 
PAYMENT 


'he  story  of  two  who  found  something 
that  mattered  more. 


H, 


,erb  Kolton  looked 
for  some  time  across  his  desk  toward 
Alice  Weil,  who  pecked  at  a  type- 
writer modestly  and  most  efficiently, 
before  he  grasped  her  chair  and 
swung  her  around: 

"Do  you  realize  I've  been  trying 
to  enter  into  a  conversation  with 
you?"  he  said,  perching  himself  on 
the  litter  of  papers. 

Alice  waved  him  off:  "I  haven't 
time  to  talk  with  you." 

"What's  so  frightfully  impor- 
tant?" 

"A  little  girl  wants  a  doll,"  her 
eyes  becoming  earnest,  "and  a  new 
dress.  A  little  boy  with  hair  like — 
well,"  with  a  quick  glance  at  him, 
"like  yours,  needs  a  new  pair  of 
trousers  for  the  ones  he  tore  while 
playing  baseball.  And  both  of  them 
— and  dozens  of  others — need  a  lot 
of  other  things." 

He  stared  his  curiosity. 

"Have  you  ever  had  the  feeling 
of  not  belonging  to  anyone?"  asked 
Alice. 

His  lips  tightened.  Yes,  he  had. 
After  his  father's  death  in  the  ex- 
plosion at  work,  his  mother  struggled 
to  rear  the  little  boy.  And  when  she 
died.  ...  It  was  all  something  that 
Herb  had  shunted  into  the  back  of 
his  mind,  content  to  let  it  remain  a 
dim  anguish.  Now  Alice's  question 
tore  it  back  out  of  the  years  he 
wanted  to  forget. 

All  this  he  tried  to  explain  and  in 
some  measure  his  fumbling  words  did 
convey  what  an  orphanage  had 
meant  to  him — the  cold,  forbidding 
regulations;  the  iron  shell  of  system 
and  order;  the  stern,  unloving  at- 
tendants, blind  to  the  timid  wistful- 
ness  of  the  children  around  them. 
598 


By  GEORGE  PETRICK 


"But  this  is  different,"  insisted 
Alice,  her  brown  eyes  soft  with  a 
kindness  that  made  Herb  gulp.  "This 
is  a  place  where  people  make  a  'home' 
for  children  until  they  find  them  a 
real  'home.'  " 

"It  is?" 

"Oh,  it  is.  Why  not  come  with 
me  the  next  time  I  go  out  for  a  visit?" 

Had  anyone  but  Alice  asked  this, 
he  would  have  refused  immediately. 
But  he  could  not  deny  her. 

Herb  was  doubtful  about  any  pos- 
sible value  to  be  gained  from  the  trip. 
His  whole  life  had  trained  him  to 
distrust,  for  his  experience  had 
shown  him  that  people  were  selfish 
and  hard  and  false,  all  for  them- 
selves and  themselves  only,  with  no 
consideration  for  those  around  them. 
Then  Alice  came  to  work  at  the 
next  desk  and  her  curious  mixture 
of  competence  and  naiveness  drew 
his  interest.  Her  work  so  completely 
absorbed  her  that  the  office  noise 
and  action  swirled  around  her  with- 
out penetrating  the  shell  of  isola- 
tion. Particularly  was  this  true 
when,  after  her  regular  tasks  were 
completed,  she  entered  into  her 
church  activities. 

Herb  smiled  down  at  her  now  as 
they  stopped  before  the  Children's 
Home,  although  he  still  harbored  a 
twinge  of  resentment  and  doubt. 

"Well,"  with  anticipation  lilting 
in  her  voice,  "here  we  are."  Herb 
nodded  gloomily.  "Oh,  come  on," 
seizing  his  arm  as  he  hesitated, 
"you'll  love  some  of  these  young- 
sters."   He  shrugged  his  shoulders. 

Pausing  only  to  fling  a  brief  greet- 
ing to  the  capable  woman  at  the  door, 


Alice  swept  in,  saying  quietly: 
"These  are  my  special  darlings." 
The  children  greeted  her  with  such 
an  uproar  of  glee  that  Herb  decided 
she  was  also  their  darling. 

"Aunt  Alice,"  cried  a  little  girl, 
her  face  shining  with  a  happiness  al- 
most too  much  for  such  a  small  per- 
son to  hold.  She  tugged  at  Alice's 
dress. 

"What  is  it,  Doris?"  dropping  to 
her  knees  so  that  her  lips  were  close 
to  the  beaming  child.  Other  chil- 
dren flocked  around,  until  Alice  was 
engulfed  in  a  clamor  of  laughter  and 
calls.  From  the  side,  Herb  watched 
and  marvelled. 

After  Alice  had  distributed  her 
gifts  and  kissed  the  last  wriggling 
bundle  of  joyous  excitement,  she 
turned  to  Herb.  "This,  children,  is 
Mr.  Kolton,  a  friend  of  mine." 

They  were  shy,  afraid  of  his  stern 
face,  but  willing  to  welcome  him  be- 
cause he  was  a  friend  of  Aunt  Alice. 
Herb  returned  their  greetings  with 
a  grimness  made  worse  by  his  own 
uneasiness. 

"Weren't  they  marvelous,  Herb?" 
she  glowed,  on  the  way  home. 

He  smiled  wistfully,  longing  to 
capture  the  same  exaltation  that  she 
had.  But  he  could  not.  To  him, 
the  youngsters  remained  only  noisy 
children,  clamoring  for  attention  and 
favor.  Certainly  they  were  to  be 
pitied.    But  that  was  all. 

"That  first  little  one  was  sort  of 
cute,"  he  admitted. 

"Doris?  Oh,  she's  such  a  sweet 
little  thing.  And  so  excited  about 
the  party  we're  planning." 

In  the  days  that  followed, 
Herb  found  the  time  after  regular 

{ Continued  on  page  614) 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


CHIAPAS  RUINS 

By  Charles  E.  Dibble 

Mexico's  southernmost  state,  Chia- 
pas, is  dotted  with  ruins,  most 
of  them  well  covered  with  vege- 
tation and  as  yet  unstudied.  These 
ruins  belong  to  the  ancient  culture  of 
the  Maya.  Excavation  and  research  in 
the  region  of  the  Maya  has  established 
with  reasonable  certainty  a  number  of 
facts  regarding  these  monticulos  or 
"little  mountains": 

First:  The  mountain  of  earth  represents 
the  last  structure  and  usually  covers  two 
or  three  earlier  structures. 

Second:  The  pyramid-shaped  structure 
represents  only  the  foundation  or  base  of 
a  building.  The  summit  was  never  pointed 
but  leveled  off,  and  over  a  small  square  was 
erected  a  small  temple  with  walls  of  wood, 
adobe  or  stone.  The  rooms  were  small  and 
few  in  number,  sometimes  only  one  or  two. 
Windows  or  openings  for  light  were  not 
very  common,  and  when  they  did  occur  they 
were  very  small  and  usually  in  the  form  of 
a     T  . 

Third:  These  ruins  do  not  represent  the 
inhabited  part  of  the  ancient  cities  but  rather 
the  civic  and  religious  centers  of  the  people. 
The  Maya  of  a  thousand  years  ago  lived 
and  built  their  homes  much  as  do  the  pres- 
ent-day natives.  A  framework  of  slender 
poles  securely  bound  together  is  covered 
with  palm  leaves.  The  palm  leaves  are  so 
placed  that  the  smoke  from  the  fire  within 
filters  through  the  roof,  but  the  rain  torrents 
from  without  seldom  enter. 


A  NATIVE  VILLAGE  OF  TODAY,  OR  OF  1000  A.  D. 


A   MOUND   STILL  COVERED    WITH   VEGETATION 
IN    HUIXTLA,  CHIAPAS. 


J  Jin.  QommondmsmiA. 


FOR 


TEACHERS 


By  HECTOR  LEE 


There  are  "first-nighters"  in 
Church  classes  as  there  are  in 
the  courses  offered  in  secular  edu- 
cation— "first-nighters"  who  feel  the 
need  for  further  advancement  in  un- 
derstanding the  Gospel  or  for  en- 
lightenment in  any  form,  but  who 
quickly  lose  interest  for  one  cause 
or  another  and  simply  don't  bother 
to  come  again.  There  are  always 
the  faithful,  who  "endure  to  the 
end,"  but  the  greater  number  are  not 
so  determined.  Skillful  teaching  can 
win  and  keep  these  "first-nighters." 
Here  is  a  decalogue  which  may  re- 
mind a  people  who  are  primarily  a 
teaching  people  to  cross  the  "t"  and 
dot  the  "i"  in  "teaching." 


1 .  Be  interested  in  your  students — sin- 
cerely, not  superficially;  individually,  not 
collectively.  Be  alert  to  their  ambitions, 
desires,  and  tastes;  be  sympathetic  when 
they  are  in  distress.  Be  their  friend, 
and  they  will  be  yours. 

2.  Be  interested  in  their  course.  Pre- 
pare your  lessons.  Know  your  material 
so  well  that  your  students  will  respect 
you  for  your  knowledge  and  have  con- 
fidence in  you  as  a  teacher.  The  student 
who  is  able  to  see  the  bottom  of  a 
teacher's  knowledge  soon  loses  interest. 

3.  Be  patient.  Never  forget  that 
learning  is  elaborate  and  painful  toil  for 
some  people  and  that  you  are  their  mas- 
ter in  knowledge  only,  their  servant  in 
all  else. 

4.  Be  honest.  If  you  don't  know  the 
answer,  don't  try  to  bluff.  .  .  .  Another 
kind  of  honesty  is  keeping  promises; 
don't  forget  to  bring  those  pictures  or 
that  chart  you  promised  last  week.  And 
don't  fail  to  attend  your  own  class 
regularly  and  punctually. 

5.  Be  cheerful.  If  the  teacher  is  long- 
faced,   the  class  will   be   dull;    and   no 


matter  how  packed  with  information  it 
is,  the  course  will  bog  down.  Learn  to 
see  the  humor  of  your  subject  and  your 
students  will  enjoy  you. 

6.  Be  yourself.  Affectations  of  dress, 
speech,  or  manner  arouse  disgust,  not 
admiration.  If  necessary,  seek  out  that 
rare  friend  who  will  tell  you  the  truth, 
take  him  to  visit  your  class;  get  him  to 
describe  honestly  your  teaching  person- 
ality, and  then  believe  everything  bad 
he  tells  you.  And  remember  that  af- 
fectations of  thought,  poses  in  attitude 
and  opinion,  are  to  the  man  of  sense  just 
as  nauseating  as  any  other  form  of  in- 
sincerity. 

7.  Be  sensible.  Look  in  the  mirror 
occasionally  and  see.  Listen  to  your 
voice  occasionally  and  hear.  One  can 
be  neat  even  if  he  is  not  handsome;  one 
can  show  good  taste  even  if  he  is  very 
poor. 

8.  Be  loyal  to  your  superiors  and  to 
the  other  teachers.  People  do  not  re- 
spect a  person  who  criticizes  his  su- 
periors. If  you  do  not  agree  with  a 
policy  or  method,  the  best  you  can  do 
is  keep  your  mouth  shut  when  around 
your  students.  There  will  be  other — 
proper — times  and  places  for  you  to 
assert  your  dissatisfaction. 

9.  Be  progressive.  Try  to  keep  up 
with  the  world  and  always  keep  ahead 
of  your  students — in  your  own  field, 
anyway. 

10.  Be  optimistic.  "There  is  nothing 
either  good  or  bad,  but  thinking  makes 
it  so."  (Adult  Education  Bulletin,  April, 
1941.) 

599 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,     1941 


LOOKING    BACK   AT 

dncifwL  (hn&hiajL 

By  WILLIAM  and  DEWEY  FARNSWORTH 


d?A£VJiWL 


By  Albert  L.  Zobell,  Jr. 


1 


CEMENT  BLOCKS  IN  MUSEUM  AT  SAN  JUAN  TEOTIHUACAN 
Throughout  Mexico  and  especially  in  San  Juan  Teotihuacan  which  is  twenty- 
eight  miles  northeast  of  Mexico  City,  are  found  evidences  of  cement  of  superior 
quality.  While  the  modern  grades  are  composed  chiefly  of  coarse  gravel  with  a 
topping  of  cement,  the  ancients  used  fine  sand  for  their  base,  effecting  a  product 
which  has  endured  for  hundreds  of  years.  Added  to  this,  these  ancient  builders 
seemed  to  have  perfected  also  the  art  of  coloring  cement,  remnants  of  which  are 
found  in  numerous  places.  These  huge  blocks  of  cement  in  the  museum  at 
Teotihuacan  are  covered  with  hieroglyphics  and  pictures  depicting  the  art  of  writing 
in  its  primitive  form. 


PYRAMIDS  AT  TOLUCA 
(Above  and  Below) 
Near  Mexico  City  is  situated  the  picturesque  little  village  of  Toluca  whose 
archaeological  zone  of  about  eleven  pyramids  has  recently  been  uncovered.  Only 
three  mounds  have  been  entirely  excavated,  "Calmecatl'  or  priests  college  on  trie 
lower  level,  "Quetzalcoatl"  pyramid  higher  up,  and  above  this  the  "Temple  of 
Tlaloc"  and  "Tzompantli"  or  house  of  skulls,  on  the  outer  wall  of  which  may  be 
seen  ten  sculptured  skulls  in  stone,  likewise  protruding  from  the  same  walls 
250  "pegs"  of  stone  four  inches  in  diameter  to  which  it  is  thought  were  hung  the 
heads  of  sacrificed  prisoners.  These  pyramids  are  formed  of  uncut  stones  and 
cement  and  the  round  structure  shown  in  the  picture  is  the  only  one  of  its  kind 
to  be  found  on  the  American  continent.  The  round  open  excavations  in  the 
foreground  have  been  a  source  of  dispute  to  archaeologists  as  to  their  use.  They 
may  have  been  cisterns  for  the  storage  of  water,  or  grain  bins.  Some  have  even 
ventured  the  opinion  that  because  of  their  blackened  interiors  they  were  used  as 
fire  boxes  for  the  melting  of  ores. 


)SBKttsBKK&&&&$$ 


% 


aCTUALLY  there  is  a  difference  of 
only  seven  hundred  ninety-three 
words  between  the  number  of 
words  attributed  to  Jesus  of  Nazareth, 
as  recorded  by  Matthew,  whose  ac- 
count of  the  Savior's  career  is  more 
complete  than  any  other  of  the  New 
Testament  authors,  and  the  number  of 
words  uttered  by  the  resurrected  Christ 
during  His  ministry  on  the  American 
continent,  as  recorded  in  the  Book  of 
Mormon  in  Third  Nephi.  St.  Matthew 
gives  14,148  words  and  Third  Nephi 
13,355  words  as  spoken  by  the  Re- 
deemer. 

But  Nephi,  referring  to  the  instruc- 
tions the  assembled  throngs  received 
from  Christ,  freely  admitted:  "And 
now  there  cannot  be  written  in  this 
book  even  a  hundredth  part  of  the 
things  which  Jesus  did  truly  teach  the 
people."     (3  Nephi  26:6.) 

We  may  contrast  the  comparative 
scarcity  of  direct  information  in  these 
two  books  with  the  mass  of  knowledge 
that  daily  comes  within  our  grasp:  a 
metropolitan  newspaper  could  print  the 
27,503  words  quoted  by  both  Matthew 
and  Nephi  in  less  than  four  and  one- 
half  pages  of  newsprint,  while  a  radio 
station  could  easily  broadcast  the  same 
information  in  four  hours  and  forty-five 
minutes.  The  news  editor  figures  that 
eight  hundred  words  fill  a  column, 
eight  columns  make  a  page,  and  a  radio 
announcer  averages  one  hundred 
words  a  minute. 


Sixty-one  men  have  become  members 
of  the  Quorum  of  the  Twelve  during  the 
past  one  hundred  and  six  years.  Their 
average  age  upon  appointment  has 
been  forty  and  three-fourths  years. 
They  have  served  for  an  average  of 
twenty  years  each.  The  youngest 
Apostle  to  be  ordained  was  George  A. 
Smith,  who  was  twenty-two  years  of 
age;  the  oldest  to  be  appointed  was 
Charles  W.  Penrose,  at  seventy-two. 
Alonzo  A.  Hinckley  had  the  shortest 
career  as  an  active  member  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  the  twelve:  two  years  and  two 
months.  Franklin  D.  Richards  was  a 
quorum  member  for  the  longest  period : 
fifty  years  and  ten  months. 

Six  of  the  original  Apostles,  chosen 
in  1835,  lost  the  faith  and  were  excom- 
municated. Eleven  of  the  sixty-one 
Apostles  were  excommunicated;  two  of 
these  returned  to  the  Church.  Two 
Apostles  suffered  martyrdom  for  their 
belief. 

Twenty  Apostles  attained  office 
before  the  Saints  settled  Utah;  one 
of  these,  Willard  Richards,  was  or- 
dained while  on  a  mission  in  England. 


600 


STRENGTH 

By  Mabel  Jones 

f  LOVE  the  temple  on  a  stormy  day; 

It  stands  so  tall  and  firm,  so  soundly  made 
It  matches  graying  skies  with  deeper  gray, 
And  meets  the  tempest  boldly,  unafraid. 
The  wind  and  rain  beat  at  its  walls  as  though 
A  thousand  furies  charged  with  wrath  un- 
curbed 
Would  force  an  entrance  with  each  pelting 

blow. 
The  temple  stands  serene  and  unperturbed. 

I  would  that  I  might  build  a  stronghold  thus, 
That  when  the  winds  of  life  should  blow 

my  way 
I'd  meet  them  without  fear  or  doubt  or  fuss 
But  wisely,  sanely,  calmly  live  each  day; 
And  stand  aloof  when  trouble  or  despair 
Would  storm  my  faith  and  lay  my  ideals 

bare. 


THE  BAD  LANDS 
By  Cristel  Hastings 

Sun's  a-sinkin'  in  the  skyline 
Makin'  all  the  country  gold; 
Purple  mountains  rim  a  valley 
Where  thar's  gold,  so  I've  been  told; 
Tumbleweeds  go  racin'  madly 
With  the  winds  that  never  cease, 
An'  at  dusk  a  starved  coyote 
Wails  until  thar  is  no  peace. 

These  are  bad  lands,  dry  an'  wicked. 
Man  an'  cayuse  have  died  here 
While  the  water-hole  they  thirsted 
Was  mirage — now  far,  now  near. 
Little  winds  keep  flyin',  cryin' 
In  this  desert  hole  o'  sand 
Till  it  seems,  to  stay  here  longer 
Is  jus'  more  than  I  can  stand. 

These  are  bad  lands,  full  o'  mis'ry, 
Rattlesnakes,  an'  all  the  rest — 
But  the  winds  keep  blowin',  knowin' 
I  am  part  o'  this  old  West. 
So  I'm  prospectin'  around  here — 
Must  be  gold  in  them  thar  hills — 
Mine's  the  hope  o'  gold  eternal 
An    a  water-hole  that  fills. 


■  i^  ■ 


LET  ME  GRIEVE 

Genneva  Dickey  Watson 

[  never  see  the  dropping  leaves 

But  something  in  me  stops  and  grieves, 
Though  I  know  well  the  parent  tree 
Each  spring  will  bud  forth  cheerily; 
And  dropping  leaves  have  rightful  place — 
They  net  the  ground  with  gypsy  lace, 
And  pouring  life-strength  in  the  earth, 
They  help   the   rootlets  starting  birth. 

Yet,  ordered  seasons  all  must  pass, 
From  tender  green  to  frozen  grass, 
Yet,  for  one  moment  I  must  share 
This  grief  of  lost  leaves  in  the  air. 


LIBERTY  PARK 
By  Rose  Thomas  Graham 

The  old  park  was  not  like  it  is  today; 
Around  its  edges  it  was  woody-wild, 
With  trees  so  thick  that  only  little  folks 
Could  wind  between.    The  trunks  were  not 

so  big, 
But  some  would  hide  us,  if  we  pulled  our 

skirts 
In  tight,  and  tried  to  stretch  as  tall  as  they. 
We  played  at  hide-and-seek,   and  peek-a- 
boo; 
Then  when  our  tired  legs  would  run  no  more, 
We'd  hunt  a  little  clearing  in  the  shade 
To  eat  the  lunch  that  mother  had  prepared, 
And  listen  to  the  birds,  for  it  was  spring. 

The  old  park  was  not  like  it  is  today: 
The  driveway  was  a  circle  then,  as  now, 
But  not  so  wide  and  it  was  deep  in  dust; 
Or  if,  by  chance,  it  rained,  the  mud  would 

fly. 
Old  Mat,   the  horse,  would  jog  at  steady 

pace, 
He  knew  the  way,  and  at  the  middle  road 
Would  turn  in  where  the  horses  liked  to 

drink. 
We  did   not  like,  but  patiently  we'd  wait 
Till  he  had  had  enough;  then  we  would 

coax 
To  go  around  again.     'Twas  summer  now. 

The  old  park  was  not  like  it  is  today: 
Dead  twigs  and  brush  are  raked  up  clean 

and  burned: 
The  lawn  kept  newly  mowed.     In  spraying 

hose 
The  rain-bow  colors  dance  in  water  drops. 
'Tis  very  beautiful,  but  in  my  youth 
We'd  wade  through  leaves  knee-high  and 

love  the  swish 
And    crackle   as    we    walked,    or    ran,    or 

jumped, 
Or  tumbled  down,  then  up  to  try  again. 
The  air,  less  balmy  now,  the  day-time  short, 
So    home   we'd   race   to   kitchen    fire    and 

warmth : 
With  arms  we'd  hug  ourselves,  for  it  was 

fall. 

The  old  park  was  not  like  it  is  today: 
The  few  remaining  trees  of  other  years, 
Are,    even   now,    brought   low    for  newer 

green. 
Do  patterned  flower  beds  have  more  appeal 
Than  did  my  crooked  paths  and  unkempt 

trees? 
Do  children,  with  their  modern  slides,  feel 

joy 
Beyond  my  own  in  dried  up  leaves?     Per- 
haps. 
But  often  when  I'm  dreaming  quite  alone 
And  visions  of  the  past  come  back  to  me — 
With  all  the  simple  freedom  that  it  brought, 
I  like  God's  park  just  as  it  used  to  be. 

Photograph   by   Gladys  Mildred  Relyea 


DEDICATION 
By  Dott  Sartori 

MY  memories  are  like  a  coverlet 
Laid  gently  on  his  past, 
Laid  tenderly  upon  his  every  word, 
The  first,  the  last. 

As  light  as  eiderdown,  impervious 

To  cold  forgetfulness, 
Protecting  for  those  left  the  sacred  years, 

The  joyousness. 

This  winter  weeping  nourishes  the  roots 

Of  all  his  little  deeds, 
Restores  again  to  fadeless  blossoming 

His  boyish  needs, 

And  I  lament  no  single  tear  of  these 

That  watered  leaf  and  stem 
Preserving  like  a  full  and  sweet  bouquet 

His  life  and  them. 

From  a  heart's  long  harvesting  and  things 
he  left, 

I  built  and  dedicate 
This  printed  monument  where  he  may  be 

Articulate, 

Though    his    leaping    pulse   is    stilled    like 
fountains 

At  the  park  in  fall, 
I  lift  this  leaf,  and  he  is  there  as  if 

He  heard  my  call. 


CHOOSE  WELL  YOUR  WORDS 

By  Harry  Elmore  Huvd 

HpHE  word   is   life   and   laughter,   uncon- 
■*■    fined- — ■ 

It  bleeds  and  weeps  and  seizes  on  the  mind 
With  swift  insistence.    Write  the  word  with 

care, 
Lest  fluid  joy  be  tinctured  with  despair, 
And  all  the  days  remaining  to  a  man 
Be  dark  with  imminent  grief.    Let  poets  plan 
And  fit  the  patterned  words  with  due  regard 
For  men  who  bear  their  burdens  up  the  hard 
Steep    slope    of    time— ^remembering    that 

death 
And  life  are  separated  by  a  breath, 
Both  brief  and  final.    Ponder  well  and  long 
Before  selecting  symbols  for  your  song 
Since    men    will    memorize    the    wondrous 

word. 
If  it  has  power  to  heal  when  it  is  heard. 


»  ♦  « 


WEATHERVANE 

By   Ernestine  Mercer 

"\17hat  fun  to  be  a  weathervane 

And  pose  against  the  sky, 
To  mark  the  destination  of 
Each  wind  that  dances  by, 

To  be  so  useful  and  so  gay, 
By  all  the  world  looked  up  to; 

Though  leading  such  a  fickle  life 
Remaining   incorrupt,    too. 

Now  such  a  combination  of 
Extremes  is  most  disarming — ■ 

Why,  bless  my  heart,  there's  one  thing  that's 
Dependable   and   charming! 

m 


=52£ 


mB% 


urc 


trm 


oves 


B.  Cecil  Gates  Passes 

T3  Cecil  Gates,  54,  former  assistant 
*^*  director  of  the  Tabernacle  Choir, 
and  nationally  known  composer,  died 
August  29,  at  his  home  in  Salt  Lake 
City. 

In  his  lifetime  he  was  the  director  of 
the  Lucy  Gates  Grand  Opera  Company 
— named  for  his  sister,  now  Mrs.  A.  E. 
Bowen — which  played  many  operas  in 
the  old  Salt  Lake  Theater,  supple- 
menting local  musical  talent  with  guest 
stars  from  the  Metropolitan  Opera 
Company,  and  other  eastern  musical 
organizations;  director  of  the  Salt  Lake 
.Oratorio  Society;  and  head  of  the  music 
departments  of  the  L.  D.  S.  University 
and  the  Utah  State  Agricultural  Col- 
lege. He  was  an  organizer  of  the  Mc- 
Cune  School  of  Music. 

His  best-known  musical  arrangements 
and  compositions  include:  "The  Lord's 
Prayer,"      "My      Redeemer      Lives," 

"Cornfield  Melodies, Neath  Your 

Window,"  and  the  choral  works 
"Restoration,"  "Eternal  Life,"  and 
"Resurrection  Morning." 

Although  ill  health  had  required  his 
retirement  years  ago,  he  continued  ar- 
ranging musical  compositions,  putting 
the  last  touches  on  the  second  of  two 
volumes  of  Gates  Anthems  only  a  day 
before  his  death. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Gweneth 
Gibbs  Gates;  four  daughters,  Gweneth 
G.  Mulder,  Emma  Lou  G.  Ashton, 
Helen  and  Ruth  Gates;  his  father, 
Jacob  F.  Gates;  Harvey  and  Frank 
Gates,  brothers;  Leah  D.  Widtsoe  and 
Emma  Lucy  Gates  Bowen,  sisters,  and 
two  grandchildren. 

Funeral  services  conducted  Septem- 
ber 2  in  the  Assembly  Hall  were  at- 
tended by  all  the  First  Presidency  and 
many  other  of  the  General  Authorities. 
The  Tabernacle  Choir  sang  music 
written  by  the  late  composer. 

7  Point  Welfare 
Program  Outlined 

/^alling  upon  the  Church  member- 
^->  ship  to  intensify  production  to  take 
care  of  needs  for  as  many  as  five  years, 
Elder  Harold  B.  Lee  of  the  Council  of 
the  Twelve  and  managing  director  of 
the  Church  Welfare  Plan  advised  wel- 
fare workers  of  Salt  Lake  Region  on 
August  12  to  adopt  the  following: 

1.  Intensify  production  with  no  let  up. 

2.  Provide  fully  for  needs  of  worthy 
members. 

3.  Urge  all  families  in  the  region  to 
store  food  for  at  least  one  year.  The  Wel- 
fare officers  should  give  aid  and  instruc- 
tions in  storing  non-perishable  foods. 

4.  Do  not  wait  for  an  emergency  but  plan 
Welfare  projects  for  the  future  which  could 
provide  work  for  all  members,  even  those 
who  may  be  prosperous  today. 

602 


BRIGHAM   CECIL   GATES 

5.  The  adoption  of  a  project  by  every 
Priesthood  quorum  in  the  region. 

6.  Develop  a  greater  spirit  of  fraternal- 
ism. 

7.  Improve  the  crafts  and  skills  of  all 
Church  members  and  make  a  careful  analysis 
of  working  power. 

Last  of  1847 
Pioneers  Dies 

'T'he  last  personal  tie  with  the  first 
year  of  Utah's  pioneer  history  was 
severed  August  18,  with  the  death  of 
Mrs.  Mary  Ann  Park  Brockbank,  who 
was  the  sole  surviving  pioneer  of  1847. 
She  was  98. 

She  was  four  years  old  when  she 
entered  Salt  Lake  Valley  with  her 
three  sisters  and  parents  in  September, 
1847,  all  members  of  the  Edward  Hunt- 
er and  John  Taylor  wagon  trains  from 
Winter  Quarters. 


MARY  ANN   PARK    BROCKBANK 


Two  years  later  her  family  was 
called  to  what  is  now  Provo.  There 
she  lived  until  she  was  eighteen  when 
her  family  again  came  to  the  Salt  Lake 
Valley. 

She  married  Isaac  Brockbank  in  the 
Endowment  House  December  31,  1864. 
and  moved  to  Holladay,  where  they 
lived  for  more  than  sixty  years  in  the 
same  house.  Twelve  children  were 
born  to  the  couple.  Mr.  Brockbank 
died  in  1927. 

Presidents  Clark, 
McKay,  Have  Birthdays 

HHwo  members  of  the  First  Presidency 
marked      birthdays      during      the 
month  of  September. 

President  J.  Reuben  Clark,  Jr.,  quiet- 
ly celebrated  his  seventieth  birthday- 
September  1,  by  visiting  his  birthplace 
in  Grantsville,  Utah,  and  attending  an 
outdoor  family  dinner  at  his  Salt  Lake 
City  home. 

President  David  O.  McKay,  who 
was  born  in  Huntsville,  Utah,  sixty- 
eight  years  ago  September  8,  marked 
the  date  with  a  half  day's  work  and 
by  visiting  in  Ogden.  In  the  evening 
he  was  honored  by  a  family  dinner  in 
Salt  Lake. 

South  Salt  Lake 
Stake  Created 

Organization  of  the  South  Salt  Lake 
^■^  Stake,  the  one  hundred  thirty- 
eighth  in  the  Church,  was  effected 
August  31,  by  a  division  of  the  Wells 
and  Grant  Stakes.  Axel  J.  Andresen 
was  sustained  as  stake  president,  with 
Hubert  E.  Record  and  S.  Ross  Fox  as 
first  and  second  counselors. 

The  Burton  and  Columbus  Wards 
were  taken  from  the  Wells  Stake,  and 
the  Southgate,  Central  Park,  and  Miller 
Wards  were  taken  from  Grant  Stake  to 
form  the  new  unit.  The  Miller  Ward 
was  then  divided,  creating  the  Eldredge 
Ward,  giving  the  new  stake  six  wards, 
three  of  them  with  new  bishops:  Her- 
bert W.  Urry,  of  the  Eldredge  Ward: 
Niels  H.  Hansen,  of  the  Miller  Ward, 
succeeding  Edward  J.  Solomon,  and 
Jacob  P.  Burton,  of  the  Burton  Ward, 
succeeding   President   Andresen. 

The  stake  was  created  under  the  di- 
rection of  Elders  Joseph  Fielding  Smith 
and  Harold  B.  Lee  of  the  Council  of 
the  Twelve. 

Joseph  E.  Robinson  Dies 

Joseph  E.  Robinson,  73,  president  of 
the  California  Mission  from  1901  to 
1919,  died  at  his  Los  Angeles  home. 
August  7.  His  long,  active  career  in 
the  Church  and  state  included  member- 
ship in  the  Utah  constitutional  conven- 
tion in  1895. 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Tabernacle  Choir 
Sings  on  Coast 

The  three  powerful  tenets  of  the  church — 
an  ideal,  a  prayer  and  a  song — were 
exemplified  in  this  program  .  .  .  the  pro- 
gram was  varied  but  the  ideal  was  apparent 
in  the  words  of  all,  a  religious  idealism,  a 
challenge  to  modernists  and  an  exhortation 
to  the  faithful.  Prayers  were  offered  in 
the  music.  .  .  .  The  choir  .  .  .  has  an  un- 
usual balance  and  blend  .  .  .  maintains  a 
smooth  symphonic  quality. 

Such  was  the  praise  written  by  Isabel 
Morse  Jones,  music  editor  of  the  Los 
Angeles  Times  after  hearing  the  Salt 
Lake  Tabernacle  Choir  sing  the  tradi- 
tional Mormon  hymns  and  songs  loved 
wherever  music  is  heard,  in  their  ap- 
pearance at  the  famed  Hollywood  Bowl 
on  August  20,  before  an  audience  of 
fifteen  thousand. 

The  next  night,  August  21,  the  Tab- 
ernacle Choir  received  the  highest 
praise  in  San  Francisco,  where  they 
were  presented  by  the  San  Francisco 
Opera  Association  in  the  Civic  Audi- 
torium to  an  audience  of  some  five 
thousand  persons. 

Both  cities  had  proclaimed  special 
days  in  honor  of  the  choir. 

The  choir  left  Salt  Lake  City  for 
Los  Angeles  on  Sunday,  August  17, 
following  the  regular  broadcast,  and 
traveled  by  a  special  train  of  eighteen 
cars,  with  more  than  four  hundred  forty 
people  on  board,  more  than  three  hun- 
dred of  whom  were  choir  members, 
and  returned  via  San  Francisco  a  week 
later,  August  23,  after  a  trip  of  more 
than  two  thousand  miles.  Lester  F. 
Hewlett,  president  of  the  choir,  made 
the  tour  with  W.  J.  Thomas  as  tour 
manager,  J.  Spencer  Cornwall,  con- 
ductor; Richard  L.  Evans,  commen- 
tator; Richard  P.  Condie,  tenor  soloist 
and  assistant  conductor,  and  Alexander 
Schreiner  and  Dr.  Frank  W.  Asper, 
accompanists.  Bishop  Marvin  O.  Ash- 
ton  met  the  choir  in  Los  Angeles  and 
returned  with  them.  (See  also  page 
581.) 

J.  Karl  Wood  Becomes 
Seminary  Aide 

Appointment  of  J.  Karl  Wood, 
*"*  formerly  principal  of  the  Hyrum, 
Utah,  seminary,  to  become  a  seminary 
supervisor  in  the  Church  School  system, 


has  been  announced  by  Dr.  Franklin 
L.  West,  Church  Commissioner  of 
Education. 

In  his  new  capacity  Elder  Wood  will 
assist  in  directing  work  in .  the  one 
hundred  eight  seminaries  which  provide 
week-day  religious  instruction  and 
other  activities  for  twenty-two  thou- 
sand students  of  high  school  age  in  the 
intermountain  area. 

Ten  Seminary 
Teachers  Named 

"P\r.  Franklin  L.  West,  Church 
Commissioner  of  Education,  an- 
nounces the  following  new  appoint- 
ments as  seminary  instructors :  J.  Wal- 
lace Johnson  teaching  at  Lyman,  Wyo- 
ming; S.  George  Ellsworth  teaching  at 
Bunkerville,  Nevada;  Eldin  Ricks 
teaching  at  Overton,  Nevada;  Ellis  H. 
Rasmussen  teaching  at  Weston,  Idaho; 
George  T.  Boyd  teaching  at  Mesa,  and 
at  Phoenix,  Arizona,  as  principal;  An- 
thony I.  Bentley  teaching  at  Afton, 
Wyoming;  Jay  Christensen  teaching  at 
Manassa,  and  Sanford,  Colorado;  Cal- 
vin Bartholomew  teaching  at  Esca- 
lante,  Utah;  Harold  L.  Dean,  Menan, 
Idaho;  Jack  Cherrington,  Grace,  Idaho. 

Elder  Brown  Speaks 

At  Fort  Lewis,  Washington 

"Plder  Hugh  B.  Brown,  the  Church- 
-L '  Army  Coordinator,  was  the 
speaker  at  the  Sunday  evening  serv- 
ices in  the  United  States  Army  Chapel 
at  Fort  Lewis,  Washington.  In  his 
address  he  called  for  righteousness, 
strength  to  withstand  temptation,  and 
faith.  He  cited  cases  in  the  lives  of 
Washington  and  Lincoln  where  prayer 
played  a  very  important  part  in  guiding 
the  leadership  of  the  nation.  The  meet- 
ing was  well  attended  by  both  the  men 
in  uniform  and  the  members  of  the  near- 
by branches  of  the  Church. 

British  Mission  Sets 
Apart  Home  Missionaries 

/^\ne  hundred  home  missionaries  were 
^-^  set  apart  in  the  British  mission  be- 
tween June  1,  and  July  10,  wrote  Elder 


LEFT,  VIEW  OF  THE  TABERNACLE  CHOIR 
IN  HOLLYWOOD  BOWL,  AND  RIGHT,  A 
PART  OF  THE  VAST  AUDIENCE  THAT 
CAME   TO    HEAR  THEM. 

Photos    courtesy     Deseret    News. 


A.  K.  Anastasiou,  acting  president  of 
the  British  Mission  in  the  Millennial 
Star.  In  the  same  issue,  July  10,  it  was 
reported  that  since  all  the  American 
missionaries  were  withdrawn  two  years 
ago,  thirteen  British  missionaries  have 
served  six  months  apiece  and  now  have 
returned  to  their  homes,  while  twenty- 
seven  others  are  now  in  the  field. 

New  B.  Y.  U.  Building 
Installs  Chimes 

A  SET  of  chimes  is  being  installed  in 
"**  the  tower  of  the  new  Joseph  Smith 
Building  at  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity. The  chimes,  a  gift  from  the  1940 
graduating  class,  will  be  connected  to 
a  public  address  system  with  a  loud 
speaker  in  the  tower  that  will  magnify 
the  notes  electrically  so  that  the  chimes 
may  be  heard  over  the  campus. 

B.  Y.  U.  Plans 
Founder's  Day 

President  Franklin  S.  Harris  has 
announced  October  1 1  as  the  annual 
Founder's  Day  at  Brigham  Young 
University.  The  exercises,  to  be  held 
in  the  new  Joseph  Smith  Building,  will 
be  built  around  the  life  and  teachings 
of  the  man  after  whom  the  building 
was  named.  An  important  part  of  the 
program,  this  year,  will  be  the  dedica- 
tion of  this  building. 

Relief  Society  Board 
Adds  New  Member 

"r\R.  Florence  Jepperson  Madsen, 
professor  of  music  at  Brigham 
Young  University  has  been  appointed 
to  the  General  Board  of  the  Relief  So- 
ciety. She  was  also  made  chairman  of 
the  Relief  Society  music  committee 
which  is  planning  special  musical 
events  of  the  1942  centennial  year. 

Two  Chapels  Dedicated 

T^he  Elmhurst  Ward  Chapel  of  the 
•*■    Oakland  Stake  was  dedicated  Au- 
gust 31,  by  Elder  Charles  A.  Callis  of 
the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 

The  Mt.  Pleasant  South  Ward, 
North  Sanpete  Stake,  was  dedicated 
September  14,  by  President  J.  Reuben 
Clark,  Jr. 

(Continued  on  page  604) 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,     OCTOBER,    1941 


President  McKay, 
Bishop  Wirthlin  Return 

Dresident  David  O.  McKay  returned 
to  Salt  Lake  City  September  1 ,  af- 
ter dedicating  the  new  Oahu  Stake  Tab- 
ernacle August  17,  and  making  a  tour 
of  the  Hawaiian  and  the  Japanese  Mis- 
sions there  in  the  islands.  President 
McKay  was  accompanied  by  Bishop 
Joseph  L.  Wirthlin  and  Sisters  McKay 
and  Wirthlin.      (See  also  page  640.) 

New  Grant  Stake 
Ward  Formed 

Cpringview  Ward,  Grant  Stake,  was 
created  August  31,  by  a  division  of 
the  Wandamere  Ward.  Iris  B.  Mor- 
gan was  sustained  as  bishop  of  the  new 
ward. 

Visitors  To  Temple 
Square  Gain 

■\7isitors  registering  at  the  Temple 
v  Square  Mission  in  Salt  Lake  City 
from  January  1,  through  August  3,  1941 
numbered  390,876,  compared  with  286,- 
644  for  the  same  period  last  year,  ac- 
cording to  a  report  of  John  H.  Taylor, 
mission  president.  In  each  case  the 
visitors  came  from  all  parts  of  the  globe. 

William  H.  Pettigrew  Dies 

^7illiam  H.  Pettigrew,  81,  head  of 
vv  the  Salt  Lake  Temple  proof  read- 
ing department,  and  former  mayor  of 
Nephi,  died  in  his  Salt  Lake  City  home, 
September  4.  He  was  the  father  of 
Alma  H.  Pettigrew  of  the  Y.  M.  M. 
I.  A.  General  Board. 

His  life  of  activity  for  the  Church 
and  civic  groups  included  a  mission  to 
the  Southern  States,  1891-93,  a  term  as 
bishop  of  the  Nephi  First  Ward,  and 
membership  in  the  commission  which 
erected  the  Mormon  Battalion  monu- 
ment on  the  Utah  State  Capitol  grounds. 
604 


THE  NEW  OAHU  STAKE  TABERNACLE 

Priesthood  Pageant  Planned 
For  October  1-3 

P*ighteen  Stakes  of  the  Salt  Lake 
■^  region  will  join  in  presenting  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood  pageant,  "Prepare 
Ye  the  Way,"  October  1  to  3,  in  the 
Salt  Lake  Tabernacle  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Presiding  Bishopric.  The 
pageant,  written  by  Evelyn  N.  Wood, 
will  have  over  one  thousand  persons 
in  the  cast,  including  a  chorus  of  four 
hundred  fifty  voices  under  the  direc- 
tion of  N.  Lorenzo  Mitchell. 

Wyoming  Preserves 
Old  Pioneer  Road 

"Cencing  of  a  strip  of  land,  two  hun- 
•*■  dred  feet  wide  and  a  half  mile  long, 
by  the  Wyoming  State  highway  de- 
partment has  preserved  a  section  of  a 
near-century  old  highway  across  the 
nation.  Located  twenty-two  miles  east 
of  Farson,  and  but  a  short  distance 
from  historic  Pacific  Springs,  the  fenced 
portion  is  partly  on  a  hill  top  where 
it  cannot  wash  in  with  the  storms.  This 
road  was  used  by  Oregon-bound  set- 
tlers, Mormon  Pioneers,  and  California 
gold-rushers.  At  the  height  of  its 
career,  the  trail  was  beaten  "ten  wag- 
ons wide"  with  ruts  as  much  as  three 
feet  deep.  The  intervening  decades  of 
storm  and  trampling  by  sheep  and  cat- 
tle have  failed  to  fill  in  the  path  west- 
ward. 

Church  Musicians 
Attend  Institute 

"\\7ith   leading  musicians  as   consult- 
ants, music  teachers  who   direct 
classes    for    choristers    and    organists 
throughout    the    Church    participated 

August  28,   in  their  annual  Teachers' 
Institute    at    the    McCune    School    of 
Music  and  Art  in  Salt  Lake  City. 

More  than  five  thousand  students 
have  enrolled  in  classes  conducted  in 
the  past  six  years  as  a  result  of  this 
institute,  which  is  under  the  direction 
of  the  Church  Music  Committee. 


Hawaii  Honors 
L.  D.  S.  People 

Preceding  the  dedication  of  the  Oahu 
*  Stake  tabernacle,  The  Honolulu 
Star-Bulletin,  "Hawaii's  greatest  news- 
paper," ran  four  pages  of  illustrated 
material  pertaining  to  the  new  building. 
About  twenty-four  articles  of  wide  in- 
terest pertaining  to  the  Mormon  Church 
were  printed  along  with  many  beau- 
tiful pictures. 

Editor  Riley  H.  Allen's  leading  edi- 
torial congratulates  the  L.  D.  S.  people 
and  he  remarks: 

This  tabernacle  is  more  than  a  remark- 
ably beautiful  building  from  which  all  the 
people  of  Hawaii  may  benefit  and  of  which 
this  city  may  very  well  be  proud.  It  is 
more  than  an  outward  symbol  of  a  par- 
ticular religious  sect.  It  is  a  monument  to 
the  remarkably  fine  record  of  substantial, 
upright  citizenship  which  the  members  of 
the  Mormon  faith  have  established  in  Ha- 
waii  as  well   as   elsewhere. 

The  Mormons  have  been  in  these  islands 
now  nearly  a  century.  .  .  .  They  have  con- 
tributed largely  to  the  growth  meanwhile 
of  Hawaii  to  its  present  cultural,  industrial, 
and  religious  dimensions. 

Arizona  Pioneer  Descendants 
Observe  Historic  Fete 

Tn  the  shadow  of  Graham  Peak 
where  the  historic  Jacob  Hamblin 
family  paused  in  its  wanderings,  the 
descendants  of  that  family  and  of  other 
hardbitten  pioneers  gathered  at 
Thatcher,  Arizona,  on  July  24,  1941, 
in  commemoration  of  the  94th  anni- 
versary of  the  arrival  in  Salt  Lake 
Valley  of  Brigham  Young  and  his  band 
of  Mormon  pioneers,  July  24,  1847. 

The  Graham  County  Mormons, 
some  3,000  strong,  count  among  their 
number  many  of  those  same  pioneers 
whose  faces  are  etched  with  the  lines 
of  early  day  hardships  in  Arizona. 
These  watched  in  a  silence  pregnant 
with  memories  while  a  pageant  by  the 
members  of  the  St.  Joseph  Stake  de- 
picted the  trek  of  the  Mormon  column 
from  Nauvoo,  Illinois,  to  Salt  Lake 
City,  thence  to  Arizona.  Scenes  of 
tragedy  and  despair  encountered  on 
every  hand  by  those  early  day  Mor- 
mons moved  impressively  toward  the 
climax,  wherein  the  choir  from  the  Pima 
Ward  sang  "Come,  Come  Ye  Saints" 
Other  scenes  depicted  the  trials  of  the 
Jacob  Hamblin  family. 

J.  M.  Smith  of  the  presidency  of  the 
St.  Joseph  Stake,  Thatcher,  Arizona, 
urged  that  the  day  be  considered  not 
a  holiday,  but  a  holy  day  in  the  history 
of  the  Church. — Reported  by  I.  Thom- 
asson  Naumann. 

Triplets  Enter  Missionfield 

"Plders  William  A.,  Willis  A.,  and 
Willard  A.  Jensen,  triplet  sons  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hyrum  A.  Jensen  of 
Marion,  Summit  County,  Utah,  left  Salt 
Lake  City,  September  18,  to  labor  in 
the  Spanish  American  Mission. 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Mural  of  First 
Primary  Dedicated 

A  mural  depicting  the  organization 
"^^  of  the  first  Primary  of  the  Church 
was  unveiled  and  dedicated  amid  im- 
pressive services  on  Sunday,  August 
24,  in  the  Farmington  Ward  Chapel, 
scene  of  the  organization. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  Primary,  held 
August  25,  1878,  under  the  direction  of 
Aurelia  S.  Rogers,  a  Pioneer  mother, 
was  attended  by  two  hundred  fifteen 
of  the  two  hundred  twenty-four  chil- 
dren of  the  ward. 

The  eight  by  twenty-five  foot  paint- 
ing by  Lynn  Fausett  and  Gordon  Cope, 
Utah  artists,  hangs  behind  the 
chapel's  pulpit.  They  finished  it  after 
studying  old  photographs  of  those  who 
attended  the  meeting.  It  was  unveiled 
by  Anne  and  Fisher  Squires,  great- 
great-grandchildren  of  Mrs.  Rogers, 
and  dedicated  by  Elder  Charles  A. 
Callis  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 

Music  for  the  program  was  furnished 
by  the  Farmington  Primary  Children's 
Chorus.  Six  hundred  were  in  attend- 
ance at  the  meeting. 

Barracks,  Smelter 
Monument  Dedicated 

A  monument  was  dedicated  August 
"^  20,  two  miles  south  of  Stockton  on 
the  Rush  Valley  road  in  Tooele  County, 
marking  the  site  of  the  first  army  bar- 
racks in  Utah.  Here  in  September, 
1854,  a  detachment  of  the  United  States 
Army  from  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas, 
the  first  to  enter  the  Rocky  Mountain 
region,  erected  quarters,  stables,  and 
corrals  under  the  command  of  Colonel 
E.  J.  Steptoe. 

The  marker,  which  is  the  ninety- 
seventh  erected  by  the  Utah  Pioneer 
Trails  and  Landmarks  association,  also 


commemorates  the  first  Utah  smelter, 
erected  by  W.  S.  Godbe,  of  Chicago, 
in  1871. 

Missionaries  Released 
In  July*   1941 

Argentine:  Asael  D.  Palmer,  Lethbridge, 
Alberta. 

Brazilian:  Ferrel  W.  Bybee,  Smithfleld, 
Utah;  George  J.  Angerbauer,  Salt  Lake. 

California:  Eldon  C.  Morgan,  Lorenzo, 
Idaho;  Sherman  Parker,  Richfield,  Utah; 
Angela  A.  Smurthwaite,  Baker,  Oregon; 
Kay  Poulson,  Richfield,  Utah;  Chester  G. 
Wakefield,  Winslow,  Arizona;  Veda  Steele, 
Iona,  Idaho;  Howard  L.  Randall,  Ogden, 
Utah;  Elaine  A.  Jensen,  Marion,  Utah;  Nel- 
son L.  Jack,  Chin  Lee,  Arizona. 

Canadian  Mission:  Lillis  L.  Widdison, 
Rexburg,  Idaho;  Charles  W.  Romney,  Salt 
Lake;  Richard  D.  Poll,  Ft.  Worth,  Texas; 
A.  Boyd  Ostler,  Salt  Lake;  Basil  W.  Fife, 
Brigham,  Utah;  Warren  F.  Carr,  Berkley, 
California;  Samuel  W.  Clark,  Tooele,  Utah; 
Hibbert  N.  Beesley,  Pocatello,  Idaho;  EI- 
wood  K.  Whitehead,  Twin  Falls,  Idaho. 

Central  States:  Milton  L.  Weilenmann, 
Salt  Lake;  Walter  B.  Welti,  Salt  Lake; 
Floyd  L.  Thompson,  Elfrida,  Arizona; 
Alvin  C.  Soderborg,  Salt  Lake;  Newel  S. 
McKee,  Tridell,  Utah;  George  E.  Lyon, 
Vernal,  Utah;  Robert  C.  Joyce,  Salt  Lake; 
Ethan  Echols,  Pima,  Arizona;  Edwin  C. 
Cox,  Cedar  City,  Utah. 

East  Central  States:  Lois  Nichols,  Mur- 
ray, Utah;  Charles  I.  Worthing  ton,  Grants- 
(Concluded  on  page  629) 


%X: 


MISSIONARIES  LEAVING  FOR  THE  FIELD  FROM  THE  SALT  LAKE  MISSIONARY  HOME 
ARRIVED  SEPTEMBER  S,  1941— DEPARTED  SEPTEMBER   17,  1941 

Left  to  right,  first  row:  Kenneth  Ralph  Tobler,  June  Cragun,  Ha  Westover,  Leida  Atwood,  Don  B. 
Colton,  Vivian  Poole,  Eileen  Felix,  Irma  Webster,  Wanda  Gibbons. 

Second  row:  George  E.  Watkins,  Myreel  Smith,  Mignon  England,  Lillian  White,  Marjorie  McBride, 
Elizabeth  Divett,  Sarah  Low,  Jeana  Russell. 

Third  row:  Jesse  Davidson,  Maurice  Dwane  Dalton,  lola  E.  Sorensen,  Elsie  McGinty,  Ruth  Pearson, 
Carma  Peterson,  Dorothy  Goates,   LaMar  Sainsbury. 

Fourth  row:  Eldon  L.  Wlton,  George  L.  Sevy,  Eugene  Ellsworth,  Lelie  Webb,  Lloyd  W.  Gensen,  Albeit  L. 
Payne,   David   Grant   Skinner,  John   George  Cannon,    Wm.   E.   Berrett. 

Fifth  row:  Keith  Pendleton,  Harold  A.  Tate,  Lloyd  Peterson,  Frank  R.  Christiansen,  Ferris  E. 
Hillyard,  Hyrum  W.  Loutensock,  Jr.,  Keith  Nelson,  Dean  Barms. 

Sixth  row:  Reid  E.  Bankhead,  Von  R.  Nielsen,  Mart  J.  Petersen,  Dean  Bruce,  Dee  H.  Barker,  Howard 
J.  Thayne,  Floyd  M.  Carlson,  Terry  L.  Hansen. 

Seventh  row:  Rodney  Petersen,  Willard  A,  Jensen,  William  A.  Jensen,  Willis  A.  Jensen,  Ray  E.  Foulger, 
Alma  J.  Pate,  L.  Marsden  Durham,  Rex  K.  Thompson. 

Eighth  row:  K.  G.  Ashcroft,  Jr.,  L.  R.  Walker,  J.  Robert  Anderson,  Vergil  C.  Fewkes,  Blaine  M. 
Jackson,   Dick  Moffat,   Ken  Homer,  Dean  Flanders,  Vee  J.   Koyle,  Pres.  Thomas  E.   McKay. 

Ninth  row:  Richard  A.  Allphin,  Bobby  K.  Taylor,  Lowell  M.  Bleazard,  Curzon  W.  Hailes,  Frank  D.  Day, 
Grange  C.  Goff,   Loren   LaSelle  Taylor,  Ursel   Ralph  Embry. 


PRIMARY   ORGANIZATION    MURAL   IN   FARMINGTON 
WARD.     (See  story,  this  page.) 


Bishops,  Presiding 
Elders  Appointed 

Recently  appointed  bishops  and  presid- 
ing elders  in  the  Church  include: 

University  Ward,  Chicago  Stake,  Henry 
A.  Mattis  succeeds  George  Harris. 

Whitney  Ward,  Franklin  Stake,  Melvin 
G.  Larsen  succeeds  Orval  D.  Benson. 

Redondo  Ward,  Inglewood  Stake,  Joseph 
L.  Rencher  succeeds  Abel  J.  Flint. 

Ninth  Ward,  Liberty  Stake,  George  F. 
Robison  succeeds  Ralph  T.  Cannon. 

Logan  Twelfth  Ward,  Logan  Stake,  J. 
A.  Meservy  succeeds  Parley  A.  Hill. 

Bellflower  Branch,  Long  Beach  Stake, 
Ernest  W.  Harper  succeeds  Henry  Visser. 

Compton  Ward,  Long  Beach  Stake, 
Walter  R.  Sant  succeeds  Willard  E.  Tyler. 

Milton  Ward,  Morgan  Stake,  Robert  H. 
Giles  succeeds  Herbert  J.  Whittier. 

North  Morgan  Ward,  Morgan  Stake, 
Joseph  E.  Rees  succeeds  Horace  Heiner. 

Brooklyn  Ward,  New  York  Stake,  Fried- 
rich  Radichel  succeeds  F.  Artell  Smith. 

Marsh  Center  Ward,  Portneuf  Stake, 
James  Capell  succeeds  Wilford  H.  Sor- 
enson. 

Archer  Ward,  Rexburg  Stake,  Sterling 
H.  Magleby  succeeds  J.  Ray  Smith. 

Leota  Ward,  Roosevelt  Stake,  Austin 
Wardle  succeeds  Imanuel  S.  Eksund. 

Twenty-second  Ward,  Salt  Lake  Stake, 
Roy  M.  Hill  succeeds  George  D.  Jorgensen, 

Goshen  Ward,  Santaquin-Tintic  Stake, 
Evelyn  Kirk  succeeds  W.  W.  Thomas. 

Maywood  Ward,  South  Los  Angeles 
Stake,  N.  Ursel  Anderson  succeeds  John 
W.  Willes. 

Lindon  Ward,  Timpanogos  Stake,  Jesse 
K.  Thorne  succeeds  Leonard  S.  Walker. 
^  Pendleton    Branch,    Union  Stake,    Lorin 
G.   Folland,  Jr.,  succeeds  Calvin  E.  Cald- 
well. 

Wells  Ward,  Wells  Stake,  Lon  W.  Reese 
succeeds  James  F.  Sheffield. 

Herriman  Ward,  West  Jordan  Stake, 
Darrel  Crane  succeeds  Milton  Bodell,  de- 
ceased. 

L.  D.  S.  Boys  in  Northern 
California  Camps  Invited 
To  Affiliate  With  Bay 
Region  Church  Activities 

T^he  M.  I.  A.  of  the  Oakland  and  San 
Francisco  Stakes  are  very  anxious 
to  reach  the  Latter-day  Saint  boys  in 
training  camps  in  and  around  San  Fran- 
cisco Bay  District.  Both  stakes  have 
planned  many  special  activities  for  en- 
tertaining our  young  men  and  hope  also 
to  have  them  feel  at  home  and  partici- 
pate in  our  Sunday  Schools,  M.  I.  A., 
and  other  activities. 

However,   many  do   not  know   that 

(Concluded  on  page  628) 

605 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


(p£jaa$uL  Qum&vnk. 


Courtesy   40th  Division 


CHURCH  ACTIVITY  COMMITTEE,  115TH  COMBAT  ENGINEERS,  CAMP  SAN  LUIS  OBISPO,  CALIFORNIA 
Left  to  Right:  Major  Theo.  E.  Curtis,  Jr.,  Regimental  Chaplain;  Corporal  L  Don  Carney,  Secretary  to  the 
Chaplain;  Corporal  Karl  Manwaring,  B  Co.  (L.  D.  S.);  Sergeant  Dean  Snow,  C.  Co.  (L.  D.  S.) ;  Private  First 
Class  Claude  G.  Wisler,  D.  Co.,  Chairman,  of  Protestant  Section.  Private  First  Class  Roscoe  Maalehy,  H.  and  S. 
Co.  (L.  D.  S.);  Sergeant  Emmett  Gahbet,  F  Co.,  Chairman  of  Catholic  Section;  Sergeant  Charles  Zimmer, 
E  Co.  (Protestant);  Corporal  Ray  Watters,  Medical  Detachment  (L.  D.  S-);  Technical  Sergeant  Frank  Goodrich, 
H.  and  S.  Co.,  General  Chairman  of  Committee  (L.  D.  S.);  Sergeant  Maoc  Alleman,  A.  Co.  (L.  D.  S.);  Private 
First  Class  Cat-ling  Allen,  Band  (L.  D.  S.);  Private  Mahin  Bensman,  A.  Co.,  Jewish  Section  Chairman;  Private 
First  Class  Ballard  J.  Christiansen,  Band  (L.  D.  S.),  Organist;  Private  First  Class  Dennis,  Medical  Detachment 
(L.  D.  S.);  Warrant  Officer  Milton  L.  Perkins,  Band  Director,  and  Director  of  church  musical  activities  (L.  D.  S.). 
Note:    Private  Hideo  Asai,  chairman  of  the  Buddhist  section  was  not  present  when  picture  was  taken. 

dfagjun&ntaL  fojnmiJtJbiB, 

By  Technical  Sergeant  A.  H.  Lee, 
Medical  Detachment,   1 1 5th  Engineers    ( C ) 


<<*T?HERE        ^         J.Q         bg         n(;)         fggj.         jjjgf,         any 

A  young  man  will  suffer  spiritual 
loss  during  the  period  of  his  military 
service.  We  believe  that  the  young 
soldier  will  return  to  his  home  with  a 
keener  understanding  of  the  sacred 
ideals  for  which  our  churches  stand." 
This  statement,  made  by  General 
George  C.  Marshall,  Chief  of  Staff  of 
the  U.  S.  Army,  was  not  uttered  in  a 
moment  of  idle  chatter,  nor  was  it  made 
merely  to  quell  the  perturbed  feeling 
that  lies  in  the  strong  sincere  hearts  of 
the  parents,  wives,  and  friends. 

The  writer  is  convinced  that  the 
above  statement  was  made  only  after 
careful  consideration,  and  the  activities 
being  carried  out  in  the  many  army 
camps  prove  beyond  a  doubt  that  it  is 
a  goal  towards  which  the  army  is 
marching.  The  army  offers  a  fertile 
field  for  such  teaching.  Men  have 
been  thrown  together  from  all  parts  of 
the  country  and  from  all  types  of 
homes.  This  group  is  representative 
of  many  different  races  and  religious 
beliefs,  as  well  as  all  standards  of 
moral  and  social  viewpoints.  With 
such  a  heterogeneous  group  one  would 
think  that  little  could  be  accomplished, 
but  we  have  leaders  who  are  tilling  the 
soil  in  such  a  way  that  it  cannot  help 
but  produce  results  that  will  startle  the 
most  skeptical. 

Here  in  our  own  regiment,  the  115th 
Engineers  Combat,  a  twenty-three 
thousand  dollar  chapel  will  soon  be 
available  for  all  religious  and  cultural 
activities.  While  the  chapel  is  being 
completed,  religious  services  are  being 
conducted,  interestingly,  invitingly,  and 
educationally  in  the  Recreation  Build- 
ing. Every  man  is  being  given  a  chance 
to  express  himself  spiritually  no  matter 
what  his  faith,  creed,  or  belief  might 
be.  A  member  of  the  L.  D.  S.  Church 
may  attend  Priesthood  and  Sacrament 
Meetings.  A  member  of  the  Catholic 
Church  has  the  opportunity  to  attend 
Mass.  In  addition  to  denominational 
meetings,    an     undenominational,    but 

606 


ATTENDANCE  REPORT 

Melchizedek  Priesthood  Meeting, 

115th  Engineers   (C) 

July  27,  1941,  8:00  a.  m. 

g 

3 
O 
tj 
u 

< 
1° 


u 


**  ^_. 

wn 

<U    4) 

19 

,d  u 

j  * 

Zo, 

£W 

H.  6  S.  Company....  19  10  7  2 

A  Company 25  22  3  0 

B  Company 11  5  3  3 

C  Company  20  9  5  6 

Medical 

Detachment  6  3  3  0 

Band  10  5  2  3 

115th  Medical 

Regt 12  8  4  0 


Total  Elders 103     62     27     14 

Others  Present 8 

Percentage  of  Ordained  Elders  present..60% 
Percentage  present  of  those  who  were 
able  to  attend  82% 

(Total  enrollment  less  those  who  were 
excused ) 
Men  were  excused  only  for  the  following 
reasons : 

1.  Absent  from  camp  on  furlough. 

2.  Illness. 

3.  Absent    from    camp,    attending    army 
schools. 

4.  On  military  duty  during  hour  of  serv- 
ice: guard  duty,  K.  P.,  etc. 

THEO.  E.  CURTIS,  Jr. 

Major,   115th  Engineers    (C) 
Regimental   Chaplain 

worshipful  service  is  held  each  Sunday 
morning  for  the  entire  regiment. 

There  is  one  thing,  however,  that  has 
impressed  the  writer:  a  committee  un- 
der the  direction  of  the  Regimental 
Chaplain,  Major  Theo.  E.  Curtis,  Jr. 
This  committee  is  unique  so  far  as  this, 
the  40th  Division  is  concerned.  It  is 
being  watched  with  interest  to  see  how 
it  is  going  to  work.  As  young  as  it  is, 
it  is  producing  and  will  continue  to 
produce  some  startling  results. 

The  committee  is  composed  of  fifteen 


Under  the  caption  "Peaceful 
Cumorah,  Cradle  of  the  Mormon 
Faith,"  an  article  from  the  pen  of 
Ruby  Price  Weeks  appeared  in  the 
July  Ford  News,  along  with  three 
illustrative   pictures. 

A  few  paragraphs  are  quoted  from 
the  article. 


if 


Nighttime  motorists  unfa- 
miliar with  the  interesting 
spots  of  central  New  York,  wonder  at 
the  shaft  of  light  atop  a  hill  just  outside 
the  Village  of  Palmyra,  New  York,  on 
Route  21.  They  may  have  heard  of 
the  'village  with  four  churches  on  four 
corners'  .  .  .  history  may  have  taught 
them  that  Spanish-war-veteran  Rear 
Admiral  Sampson  was  born  here  .  .  . 
recent  biographies  on  Winston  Church- 
ill may  have  informed  them  that  his 
mother  was  born  thereabouts.  But  they 
probably  do  not  know  that  this  little 
settlement  lays  claim  to  being  the 
cradle  of  Mormonism. 

"That  is  why  the  arresting  shaft  of 
light  holds  forth;  it  illuminates  the  Angel 
Moroni  Monument  ...  a  true  symbol 
of  the  constant  faith  of  the  Mormon 
people.  .  .  . 

"But  in  peaceful,  obscure  Cumorah, 
the  belief  and  sincerity  is  just  as  strong 
and  constant.  During  the  last  thirteen 
years,  400  acres  of  land  have  been 
purchased;  the  memorial  to  the  Angel 
Moroni  has  been  erected  and  the  once 
bald  hill  transformed  into  a  veritable 
beauty  spot.  Every  summer  an  im- 
pressive pageant  is  presented  —  a 
pageant  which  draws  thousands  of 
spectators  and  grows  more  dramatic 
year  by  year.  It  is  given  at  night  and 
covers  the  complete  history  of  the  Mor- 
mon people. 

"Pageant-loving  motorists  thorough- 
ly enjoy  this  dramatic  spectacle  from 
the  seats  constructed — for  the  event — 
at  the  base  of  the  hill.  New  York  State 
Police  guard  the  twenty-acre  parking 
place  reserved  for  cars.  ...  A  gather- 
ing of  43,000  spectators  was  reported 
for  1940." 


members  and  represents  five  different 
religious  divisions  or  philosophies — 
Mormon,  Catholic,  Protestant,  Budd- 
hist, and  Jewish.  The  committee  meets 
at  least  once  each  week  to  discuss  ways 
and  means  of  making  interesting,  worth- 
while services  and  to  promote  attend- 
ance   and    increase    participation. 

The  attendance  and  interest  in  reli- 
gious services  is  steadily  growing  in  this 
regiment.  This  committee,  a  brain- 
child of  our  Chaplain,  Major  Theo.  E. 
Curtis,  Jr.,  is  not  only  directly  respons- 
ible for  much  of  this,  but  is  proving  an 
old  saying  of  one  of  my  former  in- 
structors, Professor  Guy  C.  Wilson,- — 
"The  color  of  a  man's  skin  is  not  the 
index  to  his  soul." 


fRfBoofHacR 


WEST  OF  THE  RIVER 

(Dorothy   Gardiner.      Thomas    Y. 
Crowell   Co.,   1941.) 

THE  stirring  romance  of  the  conquest  of 
the  West,  a  most  important  chapter  in 
the  building  of  America,  is  not  well  known. 
Therefore  this  book  should  be  welcomed. 
It  recites  informally  the  early  history  of 
"that  part  of  the  North  American  continent 
lying  west  of  the  Missouri  River  and  north 
of  the  Santa  Fe  Trail."  First,  the  western 
country  as  a  whole  and  the  several  early 
westward  routes  are  described.  Then  fol- 
lows the  story  of  the  development  of  the 
West,  from  the  coming  of  the  first  white 
men  and  the  fur  traders  to  the  days  of 
permanent  settlement.  The  early  means  of 
transportation,  with  pack  animals,  oxen, 
horses,  even  camels,  are  described.  The 
stage  coach  and  the  Pony  Express  appear  in 
review.  Indians  and  adventurers  mingle 
with  home  hunters  and  gold  seekers.  The 
narrative  is  fascinating,  brimful  of  human 
interest.  Once  begun,  the  reading  of  the 
book  will  be  finished.  There  are  eighteen 
full-page  rare  illustrations. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  in  dealing  with 
Utah  and  the  Mormons  Miss  Gardiner  has 
followed  unreliable  sources.  Nephi  did  not 
present  the  plates  to  Joseph  Smith;  polyg- 
amy was  never  mandatory  upon  members 
of  the  Church;  the  Danites  were  not  formed 
within  the  Church;  the  Church  did  not  at 
any  time  engage  in  blood  purging  and 
heretic  hunting;  the  Mormons  in  '57  did  not 
consider  Utah  a  state  independent  of  the 
United  States;  etc.,  etc. — /.  A.  W. 

WHAT  ARE  THE  VITAMINS? 

(Walter  H.  Eddy,  Ph.  D.  Reinhold 
Publishing  Corp.,  New  York,  1941. 
225  pages.) 

P\r.  Eddy,  who  is  professor  of  Physiolog- 
"-*'  ical  Chemistry  at  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University,  is  eminently  qualified 
to  write  this  book  on  the  all-important 
subject  of  vitamins — their  source,  their  na- 
ture, their  purpose,  their  effects.  Dr.  Eddy 
has  explained  scientifically  the  chemical 
nature  of  each  vitamin  (so  far  as  is  known 
up  to  date)  as  well  as  indicating  how  much 
of  each  one  is  needed  by  the  normal  indi- 
vidual, and  where  and  how  they  may  be 
obtained. 

The  book  is  timely,  gives  the  most  per- 
tinent scientific  data  on  the  subject  gleaned 
from  the  author's  own  personal  investigation 
as  well  as  a  review  of  the  most  recent 
scientific  literature  on  the  subject.  It  should 
be  studied  by  every  teacher  of  nutrition, 
by  dieticians,  physicians,  and  will  be  appre- 
ciated by  intelligent,  well-read  laymen  who 
should  be  interested  in  this  important  sub- 
ject.—L.  D.  W. 

THE  EATER'S  DIGEST 

(Asa  C.  Chandler.     Farrar  and  Rinehart, 
New  York,  1941.) 

'"Phis  is  the  day  of  "Digests"  on  every 
-*-  conceivable  subject.  However,  the 
present  volume  instead  of  being  a  handy- 
size  pamphlet  is  a  book  of  330  pages  written 
by  a  man  who  is  professor  of  biology  at 
Rice  Institute  in  Houston,  Texas. 

The  whole  field  of  proper  nutrition  is 
covered  in  this  book,  which  is  written  in  a 


simple  "chatty"  manner  understood  and 
enjoyed  by  everyone.  Yet  it  is  thoroughly 
scientific  and  includes  the  latest  knowledge 
on  the  subject.  And  this  information  is  so 
very  necessary  today.  Much  is  heard  on 
every  side  about  "Food  will  win  the  war 
and  make  the  peace,"  and  unquestionably 
food  is  the  most  important  factor  in  human 
well-being;  yet,  as  Dr.  Chandler  says,  "The 
average  mother  and  housewife  is  as  ig- 
norant of  calories  and  vitamins  as  she  is  of 
the  gold  standard  or  how  her  refrigerator 
works."  He  makes  a  plea  that  these  truths 
be  taught  in  the  grade  schools  and 
especially  in  high  schools,  for  the  youth  so 


taught  may  take  an  invaluable  part  in  the 
general  welfare  of  the  family  and  community 
as  well. 

Parents  of  today  who  have  not  had  this 
opportunity  will  find  the  book  invaluable. 
Exception  must  be  taken  to  certain  state- 
ments, especially  those  regarding  alcohol 
as  a  food;  yet  on  the  whole  the  book  is 
sound. 

Charming  illustrations  add  interest  to  the 
text,  which  deals  in  its  table  of  contents 
with  feeding  problems  from  "calories  and 
vitamins  to  bellyaches"! — L.  D.  W. 

(Continued  on  page  612.) 


Announcing  a  new  book  to  be  ready 
for  October  Conference 

J  Jul  (p/isidjudjwtdu  o^  jthiL  gAwuck 

By  PRESTON  NIBLEY 

300  pages,  printed  in  large  14  pt.  readable  type.  Beautifully  illustrated 
with  large  pictures  of  the  seven  presidents  of  the  Church.  Written  in  a  pop- 
ular style  which  will  make  very  interesting  reading  for  children  as  well  as 
adults.  Contains  a  brief  biographical  account  of  the  life,  accomplishments 
and  missionary  labors  of  the  seven  great  men  who  have  served  as  leaders 
of  the  Mormon  people.  An  ideal  book  for  teachers  of  Priesthood  Quorums 
and  Auxiliary  organizations. 

ON  SALE  OCTOBER  1ST 

$2.50 

M.  I.  A.  READING  COURSE  BOOKS, 

1941 -'42  Season 

EXECUTIVES— "Lincoln,  Man  of  God,"  John  Wesley  Hill,  Special ..$1.75 

SPECIAL   INTEREST— 

"Healthful  Living,"  Harold  S.  Diehl _____  2.75 

"For  This  My  Glory,"  Paul  Bailey 2.50 

"Cumorah's  Gold  Bible,"  E.  Cecil  McGavin. 2.25 

"Brigham  Young,  the  Colonizer,"  Dr.  Milton  R.  Hunter 3.00 

M  MEN-GLEANER— "The  Improvement  Era" 

EXPLORER— "The  Latter-day  Prophet,"  George  Q.  Cannon .50 

JUNIOR— "This  Is  Freedom,"  R.  L.  Nelson 2.00 

SCOUT— "Pioneer  Stories,"  Preston  Nibley..... 1.00 

BEE   HIVE— 

Builders,  "The  Blue  Willow,"  Doris  Gates _ 2.00 

Gatherers,  "All  The  Days  Were  Antonia's"  Gretchen  McKown  and 

Florence   Stebbins   Gleeson  _ .„__ ____ 2.00 

Guardians,  "The  Yearling."  Marjorie  Kinnan  Rawlings 1.29 

Bee-Keepers  Reference  Book.  "Pioneer  Stories,"  Preston  Nibley 1.00 

HEADQUARTERS  FOR  BOOKS,  GIFTS  AND  GREETING  CARDS 
FOR  EVERY  OCCASION 

DESERET  BOOK  COMPANY 


44  EAST  SOUTH  TEMPLE 


SALT  LAKE    CITY,   UTAH 


607 


fcdfafuaL 


THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

HThe  One  Hundred  and  Twelfth  Semi-annual 
Conference  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ 
of  Latter-day  Saints  will  convene  in  the  Tab- 
nacle,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  Friday,  Saturday, 
and  Sunday,  October  3,  4,  and  5,  with  general 
sessions  each  day  at  10  a.  m.  and  2  p.  m. 
The  general  Priesthood  meeting  will  be  held 
in  the  Tabernacle  on  Saturday,  October  4, 
at  7  p.  m. 


The  First  Presidency. 


STAKE  MISSION  PRESIDENTS' 
CONFERENCE,  OCTOBER  2 

Ctake  Mission  Presidents  from  throughout 
the  Church  have  been  invited  to  partici- 
pate in  a  special  conference  in  Salt  Lake  City, 
Thursday,  October  2nd,  under  the  direction 
of  the  First  Council  of  the  Seventy.  Sessions 
will  be  held  at  10  a.  m.  and  2  p.  m.  in  the  as- 
sembly room  on  the  fourth  floor  of  the  Church 
Office  Building,  47  East  South  Temple  Street. 
The  day  will  be  devoted  to  discussion  by  the 
Stake  Mission  Presidents  and  assigned  speak- 
ers of  problems  pertaining  to  the  Stake  Mis- 
sions. 

The  regular  semi-annual  Seventies'  Confer- 
ence will  convene  as  usual  in  Barratt  Hall, 
4:15  p.  m.(  Saturday,  October  4. 


BISHOPS*  CONFERENCE  OCTOBER  2 

"Dishops  of  the  Church  have  been  invited  to 
participate  in  a  special  conference  in  Salt 
Lake,  Thursday,  October  2.  Important  phases 
of  the  work  of  the  Church  entrusted  to  bishops 
will  be  discussed  in  all-day  sessions.  The 
Aaronic  Priesthood  Pageant,  "Prepare  Ye  the 
Way,"  will  furnish  the  program  for  the 
evening. 


JhsL  (DajnxpJwjuLA,  Shumb&A, 

Tf  we  were  called  upon  to  make  a  list  of  the  evils 
of  our  day,  the  evil  of  indifference  would  be  well 
up  toward  the  top.  Collectively,  men  appear  to  be 
grossly  indifferent  toward  most  things  which  do 
not  immediately  and  definitely  affect  their  own 
lives  and  comfort.  A  calamity  a  thousand  miles 
away  has  a  passing  effect  on  us  as  we  read  about 
it  or  hear  about  it,  but  it  is  largely  an  intellectual 
matter.  Comparatively  few  men  are  stirred  to 
action  by  a  calamity  a  thousand  miles  away.  In- 
deed, it  is  difficult  to  stir  some  from  the  complacency 
of  indifference  toward  what  goes  on  even  in  their 
own  town  or  in  the  next  street,  for  that  matter, 
so  long  as  it  doesn't  contribute  to  their  personal 
discomfort,  or  injury,  or  inconvenience. 

Men  are  a  good  deal  that  way  about  their  eternal 
future,  also.  Why  should  they  disturb  themselves 
about  that  which  now  seems  to  be  a  remote  here- 
after, so  long  as  the  day  passes  pleasantly,  so  long 
as  no  one  disturbs  their  tranquility  or  challenges 
their  beliefs,  or  shakes  their  confidence  in  the  sooth- 
ing thought  that  all  is  well,  and  always  will  be, 
with  them.  There  are  ways  to  quiet  the  over- 
zealous — there  are  ways  to  deal  with  an  active 
opponent — but  how  to  stir  an  indifferent  man  out 
of  his  self-complacency  is  a  question  that  has  often 
begged  for  an  answer. 

This  thought  carries  with  it  a  refrain  that  goes 
back  to  the  words  of  St.  John  who  addressed  himself 
thus  to  the  Laodiceans: 

I  know  thy  works,  that  thou  art  neither  cold  nor  hot:  I 
would  thou  wert  cold  or  hot.  So  then  because  thou  art 
lukewarm,  and  neither  cold  nor  hot,  I  will  spue  thee  out  of 
my  mouth.  Because  thou  sayest,  I  am  rich,  and  increased 
with  goods,  and  have  need  of  nothing;  and  knowest  not  that 
thou  art  wretched,  and  miserable,  and  poor,  and  blind,  and 
naked:  I  counsel  thee  to  buy  of  me  gold  tried  in  the  fire,  that 
thou  mayest  be  rich;  and  white  raiment  that  thou  mayest  be 
clothed  ...  be  zealous  therefore,  and  repent.  (Revelation 
3:1549.) 

This  ancient  indictment  of  an  indifferent  people 
has  another  refrain  in  the  words  of  a  later  utterance, 
which  says:  "Men  should  be  anxiously  engaged 
in  a  good  cause,  and  do  many  things  of  their  own 
free  will."  (Doctrine  and  Covenants  58:27.)  No 
man  can  afford  to  be  indifferent  to  the  issues  of 
the  day  in  which  he  lives,  or  to  the  issues  which  con- 
cern that  eternal  journey  which  we  are  all  traveling 
together.  Would  that  there  could  be  found  some 
quick  and  sure  way  to  wake  all  men  from  the  dan- 
gerous slumber  of  indifference. — R.  L.  E. 


608 


EVIDENCES    AND 
RECONCILIATIONS 

xlii.  What  Ia.  cl  3tibsUiaL 
dfarfjuyhtL? 

HThe  word  liberal,  correctly  used,  has  a  noble 
meaning.  The  true  liberal  hates  slavery  of 
every  kind.  He  battles  for  human  freedom.  He 
wants  liberty  in  thought  and  action.  He  is  tolerant, 
free  from  bigotry,  and  generous  in  all  his  deeds. 
He  places  truth  above  all  else  and  hungers  for  full 
truth.  He  welcomes  all  new  improvements  and 
calls  for  more — the  telegraph,  electric  light,  tele- 
phone, printing  press,  typewriter,  railroad,  airship, 
radio.  He  insists  that  every  new  invention  must  be 
used  for  human  welfare,  with  full  respect  to  civil 
and  moral  law.  In  short,  the  liberal  seeks  to  make 
better  the  day  in  which  he  lives,  and  he  becomes 
therefore  a  crusader  for  the  betterment  of  the  hu- 
man race. 

Such  a  liberal,  to  accomplish  his  purpose,  holds 
fast,  without  the  least  concession,  to  the  convictions 
of  his  soul.  He  is  anchored  to  the  rock  of  truth, 
as  he  may  see  it.  He  never  wavers  from  the  basic, 
underlying  principles  of  the  cause,  whether  of 
church  or  state,  to  which  he  is  committed.  All  the 
world  knows  how  and  where  he  stands. 

His  liberalism  lies  in  his  constant  attempt  to 
make  the  underlying  unchanging  principles  of  the 
cause  he  represents  serve  the  changing  conditions 
of  the  day.  He  may  differ  with  the  superficial  con- 
ventions of  the  past,  but  not  with  its  established 
truths.  He  may  refuse  to  continue  the  church  archi- 
tecture of  the  past  but  will  insist  that  the  ancient 
truths  of  the  Gospel  be  taught  in  every  building 
dedicated  to  worship.  He  may  be  forever  seeking, 
under  changing  conditions,  to  make  the  doctrine 
of  human  brotherhood  more  effective  in  behalf  of 
the  needy.  He  is  a  believer  who  seeks  to  use  his 
beliefs  in  every  concern  of  his  life. 

Unfortunately,  the  word  liberal  is  not  now  al- 
ways properly  used.  It  has  been  used,  or  misused, 
for  so  many  purposes  that  its  original  meaning  has 
largely  vanished.  Word-juggling,  making  a  good 
word  cover  a  doubtful  or  an  ugly  cause,  is  an  age- 
old  pastime.  Words  are  too  often  used  as  shields 
to  hide  or  disguise  truth.  Many  men  are  inclined 
to  hide  their  true  motives  behind  a  word. 

The  self-called  liberal  is  usually  one  who  has 
broken  with  the  fundamental  principles  or  guiding 
philosophy  of  the  group  to  which  he  belongs.  He  is 
an  unbeliever.  He  claims  membership  in  an  organ- 
ization but  does  not  believe  in  its  basic  concepts; 
and  sets  out  to  reform  it  by  changing  its  founda- 
tions. He  is  forever  entangling  his  unbelief  with 
his  membership.  He  wants  the  protection  of  the 
organization,  therefore  refuses  to  admit  frankly  that 
he  rejects  the  fundamental  beliefs  of  the  cause  and 
seeks  truth  elsewhere.  It  is  a  species  of  cowardice. 
In  the  United  States,  communists,  nazis,  or  fascists 
would  probably  insist  that  they  are  liberals.  In  a 
church,  the  liberal  refuses  to  accept  the  doctrine  of 
the  church  or  the  way  of  life  that  it  enjoins  upon 
its  members.  It  is  an  undeserved  compliment  to 
designate  such  men  by  the  noble  word  liberal;  they 


are  apostates  from  a  cause,  engaged  in  building 
their  own  cause  under  false  colors,  whether  in  the 
state  or  the  church.  They  ar-e  often  without  basic 
convictions,  rudderless  mariners,  victims  of  every 
passing  wave.  Such  men,  whatever  they  may  call 
themselves,  are  dangerous  to  human  happiness. 
Certainly,  they  are  not  entitled  to  be  called  liberals 
within  the  organization  of  which  they  are  members. 
Their  chief  pastime  is  to  sow  the  seeds  of  anarchy 
in  the  hearts  of  others. 

It  is  folly  to  speak  of  a  liberal  religion,  if  that  re- 
ligion claims  that  it  rests  upon  unchanging  truth. 
Neither  can  one  be  a  liberal  in  religion  except  in 
the  application  of  the  underlying  doctrine  to  human 
needs.  It  would  be  as  preposterous  as  speaking  of 
a  liberal  science,  since  science  rests  upon  truthful 
observations  of  nature.  It  is  only  in  the  use  of 
scientific  discoveries  that  the  word  liberal  may  be 
used.  One  either  accepts  or  rejects  truth.  There 
is  no  middle  course. 

Proponents  of  a  liberal  religion  are  probably  not 
certain  of  the  foundations  of  their  own  faith  and 
characterize  their  distrust  by  the  world  liberal. 
They  are  doubters.  For  example,  a  Catholic  or 
Protestant  Christian  who  denies  the  literal  resur- 
rection of  Jesus  Christ  has  no  right  to  claim  the  title 
liberal.  He  is  an  agnostic  to,  or  unbeliever  in,  a 
fundamental,  necessary  doctrine  of  the  church. 

It  is  well  to  beware  of  people  who  go  about 
proclaiming  that  they  or  their  churches  are  liberal. 
The  probabilities  are  that  the  structure  of  their  faith 
is  built  on  sand  and  will  not  withstand  the  storms 
of  truth.  Usually,  if  they  try  to  define  their  liberal- 
ism, the  teeth  of  the  wolf  appear  under  the  sheep's 
clothing. 

Under  the  definition  of  true  liberalism,  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  is  preeminently  liberal. 
First,  it  makes  truth  and  love  of  truth  its  founda- 
tion. The  whole  latter-day  work  was  initiated  by 
Joseph  Smith's  search  for  truth.  "In  the  midst  of 
this  war  of  words  and  tumult  of  opinions,  I  often 
said  to  myself:  What  is  to  be  done?  Who  of  all 
these  parties  are  right  .  .  .?"  Thus  came  the  first 
great  vision  of  Joseph  Smith;  and  as  a  consequence 
of  his  search  for  truth  came  the  other  revelations, 
and  the  enduring  light-giving  structure  of  the 
Church.  In  his  differences  with  the  beliefs  of  the 
churches  of  his  day,  he  did  not  seek  cover  under 
the  name  of  an  existing  church.  Instead  he  frankly 
formed  another  Church  and  fought  out  the  issue  on 
the  basis  of  his  own  fundamental  doctrine.  It  is 
understood  that  every  worthy  member  of  the 
Church  must  likewise  seek  and  find  truth  for  him- 
self. Then,  the  Church  recognizes  that  there  is 
constant  change  on  earth  but  insists  that  every 
change  must  respect  and  use  the  basic  doctrine  of 
the  Church,  and  must  be  for  human  good.  It  de- 
clares that  men  "live  and  move  and  have  their 
being"  under  the  law  of  progress.  Change  steps 
upon  the  heels  of  change  in  the  unfolding  of  a 
progressive  universe.  The  simple  eternal  truths  of 
existence  are  combined  and  combined  again,  in 
different  ways,  but  progressively,  to  serve  man  on 
his  never-ending  journey.  It  is  much  as  the  endless 
combination  of  the  few  numerical  digits  from  simple 
to  increasingly  larger  numbers.  Members  of  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints  do  not 
need  to  look  elsewhere  for  a  liberal  Church. 

— /.  A.  W. 


609 


CONDUCTED  BY  MARBA  C.   JOSEPHSON 


"SO  YOU'RE  MY  SON" 
By  Dr.  Theodore  R.  Martin 

How  many  times  have  you 
emptied  your  son's  pockets 
and  been  amazed  at  the  conglomeration 
of  things  you  have  found  there?  Un- 
questionably you  have  discovered  such 
important  things  as  marbles,  tops, 
stones  for  his  sling-shot,  possibly  the 


She  Enjoys  the 

FLAVOR 

.  .  .  and  so  will  you! 

Here  is  enriched  white 
bread  with  the  substan- 
tial, natural  bread  flavor 
you  like.  And  its  added 
vitamins  and  iron  give  it 
extra  nutritive  value. 

ROYAL 

ENRICHED 

BREAD 


sling-shot  itself,  nails,  pocket-knife, 
chalk,  a  chewed-off  pencil,  eraser,  fish- 
line,  and  even  had  your  fingers  pricked 
by  one  of  his  best  bait-hooks.  Yes, 
you  have  been  astonished  and  some- 
times amused,  that  all  these  things 
should  come  out  of  two  front  pockets, 
two  back  pockets,  and  a  small  watch 
pocket  of  one  pair  of  trousers. 

Mother,  you  have  been  patching  the 
pockets  of  these  trousers  or  possibly 
putting  in  a  new  seat  while  the  boy  is 
sound  asleep  in  bed  after  a  hard  day 
at  play  and  while  Dad  sits  comfortably 
reading  the  evening  paper.  Sometimes 
you  have  bothered  Dad  with  the  de- 
tails and  have  asked  him  to  speak  to  the 
boy  about  such  steam-shovel  loads  in 
his  pockets,  but  by  morning  Dad  has 
forgotten  all  about  it  while  wondering 
if  he  has  the  proper  necessities  in  his 
own  pockets  before  starting  for  the 
office.  Except  for  the  slight  expense 
of  a  new  pair  of  trousers  or  the  trouble 
of  patching,  it  is  such  a  trivial  matter, 
anyway,  because  if  he  takes  these  things 
out  he  will  find  so  many,  many  other 
things  to  take  their  place.  Hence,  we 
know  you  have  returned  these  most 
precious  possessions  to  the  pockets,  the 


ones  from  which  you  thought  they 
came — but  if  you  could  see  them  again 
the  next  day  you  would  find  them  re- 
arranged to  the  exact  position  of  the 
night  before.  As  you  gaze  at  the  boy 
in  his  bed  you  couldn't  possibly  scold 
him,  and  still  you  feel  that  the  things 
you  have  found  there  in  his  pockets 
have  given  you  a  better  insight  to  the 
activities  of  your  boy  throughout  the 
day. 

But — have  you  ever  stopped  to  ex- 
amine the  mind  of  the  boy  and  the  nu- 
merous things  that  clutter  it?  Have 
you  ever  stopped  to  patch  up  the  many 
loop-holes  there — to  weed  out  the  per- 
nicious and  detrimental  and  transplant 
there  some  of  the  most  lovely  and 
worthwhile  experiences  of  your  own 
life?  Have  you  tried  to  understand 
more  thoroughly  the  thoughts  of  your 
boy  by  exploring  his  brain  during  his 
waking  hours  as  you  have  done  his 
pockets  during  his  sleep? 

You  will  be  filled  with  awe  at  his 
intellectual  prowess  and  astonished  at 
his  capacity  to  wiggle  and  worm  his 
way  out  and  around  things  that  make 
him  wary  of  your  inquisitiveness. 
Gradually  you  will  find  the  bonds  of 


NOW  I  CAN  BANC  BET  TEW 

ANGEL  FOOD  CAKS 

WAN  ANY  OF  MY  FRIENI&I 


**S-o  /<rfki 


The  supreme  test  of  any  cake  flour  is  Angel  Food  Cake.  With 

Globe  "Al"  Special  Cake  Flour  you  get  PERFECT  Angel  Food 

....  amazingly  light,  delicate,  tender!  You'll  be  supriscd  how 

much  better  Globe  "Al"  Cake  Flour 

makes  all  your  cakes. 


RECIPE  ON  PACKAGE 

Buy  a  package  of  Globe  "Al" 
Cake  Flour  today  and  boke 
a  perfect  Angel  Food  Cake. 


ROYAL    BAKING    CO.,    Salt    Lake    and    Ogden 
100%    Home-owned    —    100%    American 

610 


Homing 


understanding  strengthening  and  your 
son  will  find  that  you,  too,  faced  many 
of  the  perplexing  problems  that  now 
confront  him.  Your  successes  will  be 
relived  in  memory  and  honest  effort 
made  to  develop  them  in  actuality,  and 
your  possible  failures,  too,  will  serve  as 
bridges  over  the  gaping  crevasses  of 
would-be  disappointments  in  his  own 
life. 

Prepare  your  own  mind  for  the  op- 
portunities that  will  come  to  share  a 
few  waking  hours  with  the  toys  in  the 
pockets  of  your  son's  brain.  He  is 
part  of  you — for  he  is  your  son. 


By  Barbara  Badger  Burnett 

Tomato  Steak 

3  pounds  round  steak  (cut  2  inches  thick) 

2  cups  tomato  juice 

2  carrots 

1  large  onion 

2  cloves 

2  teaspoons  salt 

}/%  teaspoon  pepper 

2  tablespoons  flour 

2  tablespoons  water 

Score  the  meat  by  slashing  with  a  sharp 
knife.  Place  it  in  a  casserole  and  sear  at 
500  degrees  for  20  minutes.  Put  the  carrots 
through  the  coarse  knife  of  the  food  chop- 
per. Add  the  carrots  and  the  seasonings 
to  the  meat.  Pour  the  tomato  juice  over 
the  meat.  Cover  and  bake  at  275  degrees 
for  3  hours.  Remove  from  the  oven.  Add 
the  2  tablespoons  of  flour  mixed  with  2 
tablespoons  of  water.  Boil  together  over 
a  surface  burner  for  a  few  minutes  until 
thickened  enough  for  gravy. 

American  Chop  Suey  With  Noodles 

1  pound  fresh  lean  pork 
4  onions 

Yl  tablespoon   fat 

3  cups  celery 

2  green   peppers 
1^2  cups  mushrooms 
1J/2  teaspoons  salt 

2  cans  consomme 

Cut  the  pork  into  small  pieces  and  slice 
the  onions  very  thin.  Brown  in  a  pan  with 
the  fat.  Place  in  a  baking  dish  and  add  the 
celery,  peppers,  and  mushrooms  cut  in  small 
pieces.  Add  the  salt  and  consomme.  Cover 
and  bake  for  3  hours  at  275  degrees.  Serve 
with  noodles. 

Hallowe'en  Fruit  Salad 

2  packages  orange  gelatin 
2  cups  hot  water 
2  cups  cold  water 
2  cups  diced  pineapple 
2  cups  diced  peaches 
1   cup  diced  pears 
1   cup  seedless  grapes 
16  canned   peach  halves 
lettuce 

Dissolve  the  gelatin  in  hot  water.     Add 

the  cold  water  and  chill  until  it  begins  to 

thicken,   then  add   all  the  fruit  except  the 

peach    halves.      Put    the   peach    halves    in 

(Concluded  on  page  612) 


IF  !T7S 
BORDEN'S 
IT'S  GOT  TO 
BE  GOOD 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


§  LAST  MINUTE  MOOS 


Says  Elsie,  the  famous  Borden  cow: 

Utah?      Why   that's   where   many   of  my    Borden 
friends  live  and  work.     That's  where  (in  Logan) 
rich,  pure  milk  from  Utah  cows  is  evaporated  by 
Borden's,  irradiated  with  Sunshine 
Vitamin  D.     No  wonder  Utah  gro- 
cers are  proud  to  offer  their  custom- 
ers this  fine  Utah  product.     Are  you 
enjoying  it?     Do. 


A  Utah  Product 


Get  Those  3  Pottery  Bowls! 

For  cereals  .  .  .  and  a  host  of  other  uses 

They're  a  cheery  canary  yellow,  2y8  inches  high  and  55/8  inches 
across  and  made  of  the  finest  pottery.  Every  housewife  will  find 
many  uses  for  them.  You'll  surely  want  three  to  start  with,  espe- 
cially when  it's  so  easy  to  get  them  at  less  than  half  what  you'd 
expect  to  pay. 

Send   these  2  BOX  TOPS  and 

Go    to    your    grocer.      Get    a    box    oi       C*  ^^ 
POLKA  DOT.  the  modern  bluing,  and  a  J I     If* 

REGULAR  SIZE  box  of  PAR  SOAP.  Send  %^  ^  ^ 
us  the  tops  of  these  boxes,  with  50c  and  three  bowls 
of  gleaming  California  table  pottery  will  be  sent  you 
post  paid.  POLKA  DOT  is  the  modern  bluing  you  use 
with  soap  ...  in  the  washer  or  tub  .  .  .  while  you  wash. 
Cuts  washing  time  and  is  mighty  economical,  too.  Try 
POLKA  DOT  next  time,  with  PAR.  Enjoy  a  better, 
easier  washing.  And,  for  the  pottery,  send  50c  and 
the  two  box  tops  to — 

PAR  SOAP  COMPANY,  767  -  85th  Ave.,  Oakland,  Calif. 


«B'  &d       COCOA  McDo^ds 

iiC»  Stands^  ^.^   leads   all 


it 


*he  kiddie* 
.t.s  as  Ml*  £Aa  VaUbiul    «* 

¥**  *gj&  °*        McDonald's  Original 

*" DON'T  BOIL  COCOA 


•  Ground    Chocolate 

•  Baking    Chocolate 


The  House  of  McDonald 

1481   South  Main  Street  -  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


611 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


■ 


A   World  of 
Comfort 

when  you 

HEAT  YOUR  HOME 

with 

GAS 


You  enjoy  more  than  the  comfort  of 
uniform  warmth  when  you  have  Gas 
Heat.  You  also  enjoy  the  supreme 
comfort  and  ease  of  entire  freedom 
from  unpleasant  work  around  your 
furnace. 

Gas  is  the  only  100%  automatic 
house-heating  fuel.  This  means:  no 
storage  space  required  ...  no  fur- 
nace tending  ...  no  fuel  handling 
.  .  no  work  at  all! 

And  Gas  is  clean.  No  dust,  soot, 
ashes,  clinkers   or  smoke! 

ECONOMICAL,  TOO 

Gas  Heat  is  surprisingly  economical, 
especially  when  you  use  Gas  for 
the  4  big  jobs — heating,  cooking, 
water-heating  and  refrigeration 

Come  in  or  phone  for 
complete  information 

MOUNTAIN   FUEL 
SUPPLY  COMPANY 


Salt  Lake  -  Ogden  -  Provo 
Serving  23  Utah  Communities 


Homing 


rows  hollow  side  up  in  a  shallow  pan. 
Pour  the  fruit  mixture  over  the  peaches 
and  chill  until  firm.  Turn  upside  down 
to  unmold.  Cut  in  squares  around  each 
peach.  Place  on  lettuce  loaf  and  make  a 
face  on  the  peach  with  raisins  and  mara- 
schino cherry. 

Raisin  Pudding   Cake 

1  cup   sugar 

J/2  cup  shortening 

2  eggs 

%  cup  diluted  evaporated  milk 

1  cup  finely  rolled  graham  cracker  crumbs 

1  cup   flour 

3  teaspoons  baking  powder 
34  teaspoon  salt 

1   teaspoon  vanilla 
Yl  CUP   chopped   nuts 
1   cup  seedless  raisins 

Cream  the  sugar  and  shortening  together. 
Add  the  well-beaten  eggs,  milk,  and  graham 
cracker  crumbs.  Add  the  flour,  baking 
powder,  and  salt  sifted  together.  Add  the 
vanilla,  nuts,  and  raisins.  Pour  into  two 
greased  layer  cake  tins  and  bake  about 
40  minutes  in  a  moderate  oven  (375  de- 
grees). Cool  and  put  together  with  cream 
filling.  Cover  top  with  seven  minute  frost- 
ing. 

For  the  cream  filling,  add  2  cups  of 
milk  to  one  package  of  vanilla  pudding. 
Stir  until  the  boiling  point  is  reached.    Cool. 

Bread  and  Butter  Pickles 

20  medium  size  cucumbers  cut  %  inch  thick 
5  cups  water 
3  cups   cider  vinegar 

1  teaspoon  alum 

2  teaspoons  salt 

Mix  thoroughly;  allow  to  come  to  a  boil, 
remove  from  the  fire  and  let  stand  30  min- 
utes. Drain  and  pack  into  sterilized  jars. 
Add  to  the  top  of  each  jar  2  tablespoons 
minced  onion.  Pour  over  the  pickles  the 
following  solution  which  has  been  brought 
to  a  boil: 

Yi  gallon  cider  vinegar 

1  pint  water 

3  cups  sugar 

2  teaspoons  celery  seed 

2  teaspoons  mustard  seed 
2  teaspoons  tumeric 
Seal  jars. 

Peach  and  Cantaloupe  Conserve 
1   pint  diced  peaches 

1  pint  diced  cantaloupe 

2  lemons,  juice  and   grated  rind 

3  cups  sugar 

2/3  cup  walnuts,  blanched  and  chopped 

Combine  ingredients,  with  exception  of 
nuts.  Cook  mixture  until  thick  and  clear, 
add  nuts  and  pour  into  sterilized  jars  and 
seal. 

dicmdsf  diinidu 

Payment  for  Handy  Hints  used  will  be 
one  dollar  upon  publication.  In  the  event 
that  two  with  the  same  idea  are  submitted, 
the  one  postmarked  earlier  will  receive  the 
dollar.  None  of  the  ideas  can  be  returned, 
but  each  will  receive  careful  consideration. 

If  buns,  sweet  rolls,  or  raisin  bread  are 
*  brushed  with  a  cloth  dipped  in  a  mixture, 
one  part  molasses,  one  part  water,  while 
they  are  still  hot,  they  will  have  a  delicious 
flavor. — Miss  M.  T.,  Rockville,  Utah. 


Put  a  couple  of  small  pieces  of  charcoal 
in  your  refrigerator  to  absorb   odors. 
— Mrs.  G.  C,  Monte  Vista,  Colo. 

To  wash  crystal— extra  care  should  be 
exerted  to  avoid  breakage,  especially 
the  fine  stemware.  Line  the  dishpan  with 
a  thick  turkish  towel  and  wash  only  one 
glass  at  a  time.  A  fine  brush  is  handy  for 
scrubbing  cut  ware. — Mrs.  C.  W.  B.,  Taber, 
Alta,  Canada. 

A  delicious  whipped  cream  substitute  is 
easily  made  by  adding  a  mashed 
banana  to  the  white  of  one  egg.  Beat  until 
stiff.  The  banana  will  almost  dissolve,  but 
it  should  be  used  immediately  after  prepar- 
ing.^— Mrs.  T.  F.,  Shelley,  Idaho. 

Spinach  will  retain  its  bright  green  color 
if  cooked  with  one-fourth  to  one-half 
teaspoon  of  baking  soda  in  boiling  water. 
—Mrs.  L.  F.,  Olympia,  Wash. 

To  hang  skirts  on  an  ordinary  wire  hanger, 
catch  the  band  or  top  of  skirt  with 
spring  type  clothespins  which  have  been 
hooked  over  the  rod  on  the  hanger. — -Mrs. 
A.  E.  P.,  Tucson,  Arizona. 

Defrost  an  electric  refrigerator  unit  in 
a  minimum  of  time  by  this  method. 
Turn  off  the  refrigerator,  empty  the  ice- 
cube trays  and  fill  them  with  very  hot  water. 
Replace  them  in  the  freezing  unit  and  the 
box  will  defrost  in  a  very  few  minutes  with- 
out lowering  the  overall  temperature  of  the 
refrigerator  appreciably. — E.  C.  S.,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

.  »  . 

On  the  Book  Rack 

(Concluded  from  page  607) 

THE  SECRETARY'S  HANDBOOK— 
A  MANUAL  OF  CORRECT  USAGE 
(Sarah  Augusta   Tain  tor  and   Kate 
M.  Munro.    Macmillan,  New  York,  1941. 
540  pages.     $2.50.) 

This  complete  revision  of  a  handbook 
which  has  proved  successful  from  its 
initial  publication  in  1929  will  prove  of  great 
worth  to  all  who  need  to  write.  The  authors 
state  that  they  have  studied  carefully  the 
various  manuals  of  style  and  have  pointed 
out,  where  there  is  a  great  difference  of 
method  in  them.  Part  I  deals  with  capital- 
ization, punctuation,  hyphenation  and  di- 
vision of  syllables,  use  of  italics,  figures, 
spelling,  diction,  abbreviations,  and  points 
of  grammar.  Part  II  includes  letter-writing; 
correct  usage  in  letters;  invitations;  business 
announcements;  telegrams,  cablegrams,  and 
radiograms;  the  framing  of  petitions;  the 
writing  of  minutes;  the  framing  of  resolu- 
tions; the  framing  of  constitutions;  the  writ- 
ing of  reports;  preparation  of  manuscript; 
compiling  a  bibliography;  proofreading; 
making  an  index;  rules  for  alphabetical  fil- 
ing; sources  of  information  useful  to  secre- 
taries; citations;  and  inscriptions. 

This  should  be  a  must  book  for  secre- 
taries.— M.  C.  /. 

NOT  BY  STRANGE  GODS 

( Elizabeth  Madox  Roberts.    The  Viking 
Press,  New  York,  1941.     244  pages. 
$2.50.) 

TO  most  readers  this  book  will  have  a 
.  nostalgic  flavor,  for  they  will  know 
that  this  gifted  writer  will  write  no  more. 
Her  death  is  a  distinct  loss  to  the  literary 
world.  Not  by  Strange  Gods  is  a  collection 
of  six  of  Miss  Roberts'  short  stories  written 
during  the  past  eight  years. 

In  these  stories,  as  in  all  her  previous 
work,  Miss  Roberts  proves  her  ability  to 
portray  the  humanity  that  she  knows  so 
well— M.  C.  /. 


612 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


On  the  Book  Rack 

RESTLESS  ARE  THE  SAILS 
(Evelyn  Eaton.     Harper  and  Brothers, 
New  York,  1941.     348  pages.    $2.50.) 

This  novel  dealing  with  the  New  France 
in  the  American  hemisphere  is  refresh- 
ing and  stirring.  Treating  old  material  in 
a  new  way,  this  book  deals  with  Paul  de 
Morpain,  a  prisoner  of  war  in  New  England, 
who  contrived  to  convey  news  to  his  coun- 
trymen of  the  attack  planned  by  the  colonists 
on  Louisburg.  Of  more  impelling  interest, 
however,  than  this  historical  material,  is 
his  own  personal  life  in  which  he  met  with 
all  kinds  of  unusual  experiences,  which 
threatened  to  ruin  his  life,  but  in  the  end 
worked  to  his  betterment. 

The  author's  ability  to  recreate  the  at- 
mosphere of  the  period  with  which  she  deals 
is  nowhere  more  marked  than  in  this,  her 
latest  book. — M.  C.  /. 

NO  LIFE  FOR  A  LADY 
(Agnes  Morley  Cleaveland.     Houghton 
Mifflin  Company,  Boston,   1941. 
356  pages.    $3.00.) 

This  autobiography  introduces  its  readers 
to  the  New  Mexico  of  cowboy  fame. 
The  author,  who  belies  the  title  of  the  book, 
still  thinks  of  the  northwestern  section  of 
New  Mexico  as  "home."  She  was  born 
there  in  1874,  daughter  of  the  chief  con- 
struction engineer  of  the  young  Santa  Fe 
railroad  and  his  gentie  wife.  Two  other 
children  were  also  born  to  them.  Then  the 
father  was  killed  at  the  unready  age  of 
thirty-eight,  after  which  his  young  widow 
tried  desperately  to  manage  his  farm,  until 
the  time  when  Agnes  and  her  brother  Ray 
took  it  over.  Raymond  Morley  became  in 
his  own  right  a  famous  cattle  man,  with 
holdings  of  nearly  a  half  a  million  acres. 
The  negative  feeling  that  may  be  aroused 
when  looking  at  the  artist's  end  papers  and 
finding  Utah  misnamed  Idaho  vanishes  as 
the  reader  gets  into  the  story,  for  it  is 
redolent  with  the  flavor  of  the  old  West, 
and  rings  true.  Filled  with  rare  good 
humor,  the  book  moves  to  a  satisfactory 
conclusion,  revivifying  this  important  pe- 
riod of  our  westward  expansion. — M.  C.  J. 

WHERE  STANDS  A  WINGED 
SENTRY 

(Margaret  Kennedy.     Yale  University 
Press,  New  Haven,  1941.  251   pages. 
$2.00.) 

Beautifully  written  by  a  competent 
author,  this  book  bares  the  souls  of 
some  English  folk — and  makes  them  beau- 
tiful and  courageous  and  much  to  be  emu- 
lated. 

In  the  beginning  section,  she  states:  "All 
my  life  I  have  had  a  great  curiosity  to  know 
what  it  felt  like  to  live  through  history," 
and  then  she  relates  the  historic  period  be- 
tween May  and  September  of  1940.  Per- 
haps the  wisest  test  of  the  merit  of  a  people 
is  their  ability  to  "take  it."  Miss  Kennedy 
proves  in  this  book  that  Englishmen  cannot 
only  take  it,  they  can  take  it  smiling! 

In  addition  to  the  chronicle  of  the  time 
which  the  author  depicts  so  tellingly,  she 
analyzes  the  characteristics  of  the  English, 
the  Americans,  and  the  French  in  such  a 
manner  that  all  of  her  readers  will  be  grate- 
ful for  her  analysis. 

But  more  than  all  else,  the  book  reveals 
the  hopes  and  fears  and  courage  of  a  people, 
fighting  for  its  very  life  and  its  ideals. 
This  book  is  a  first-hand  account  of  a 
genial  English  family's  response  to  the 
hardships  and  horrors  of  the  war. — M.  C.  J. 


GRANDMA  LEARNS  ABOUT  SOUP 


OUT  HERE  IN  THE  WEST 


f.  You  should  have  seen 

Grandma's  eyes  bulge  when 
she  discovered  that  I  was  buy- 
ing soup  instead  of  making 
it— and  after  all  the  training 
she  had  given  mc  at  home, 
Down  East. 


2.  But  she  was  amazed  to  sec  how 

the  children  loved  their  Rancho  Soup,  so 
completely  amazed  that  she  broke  down  and 
tried  some  herself. "Why  this  is  wonderful," 
she  cried.  "Imagine  soup  as  delicious  as  this 
coming  out  of  a  can.  I  never  dreamed  of 
such  a  thing." 


3*  "No  wonder  the  children  arc  so 

healthy,"  she  beamed.  "Why  that  Rancho 
Soup  is  simply  bursting  with  good,  sub- 
stantial food.  And  it  tastes  bome-made-as  if 
it  had  been  simmered  for  hours,  just  as  I 
taught  you  back  home.  I've  made  a  great 
discovery,"  she  added  proudly. 


RANCHO 
SOUPS 


Vegetable 

Mushroom 

Chicken  Noodle 

Pea 

Asparagus 

Tomato 


4r,  "Simmering  is  only  half  the  story," 
I  told  her.  "Rancho  Soups  are  made  from 
top  quality  vegetables  grown  right  around 
the  Rancho  kitchen,  and  from  poultry  and 
pastes  produced  nearby.  That's  why  Rancho 
Soups  are  so  good  -  and  inexpensive!"  P.  S. 
Grandma  took  a  case  of  Rancho  Soup  home 
with  her. 


PACKED 

\  UMWK  CONTINUOUS  f 

|  INSPECTION  OF  THE  I 

AGMCULTUtAL 

|  HARKETIK  XKVICE  1 

loFTHCU.S.Mrr  Of/ 

AWrCOUUK 


RANCHO 
SOUPS 


Rancho  is  the  only  soup 
that  carries  ibis  U.  S. 
Department  of Agricul- 
ture's Insptttion  shield. 


GE0BE  Al 'PANCAKES 


make  me 

WORLD'S 


W&SAKFAST! 


That's  what  thousands  of  women  tell 
us.  They  say  their  husbands  praise  de- 
licious buttermilk  pancakes  made  by 
just  adding  water  to  ready-mixed  Globe 
"Al"  Pancake  Flour!  Buy  a 
package  today.  Make  three 
"Al"  pancakes  for  only . 


ROYAL  GELATIN  DESSERTS 

Seven  popular  flavors.  Pure,  delicious  gelatin 
for  tasty,  colorful  desserts.  Also  Royal  Salad 
Gelatin,  which  has  a  meat-like  flavor  (not  sweet), 
and  is  ideal  for  jellied  soups  and  moulded  salads. 

ROYAL  PUDDINGS 

Chocolate,  Butterscotch,  Vanilla  Puddings  and 
Royal  Vanilla  Tapioca.  Rich,  smooth,  creamy 
puddings  that  are  easy  to  make. 

ROYAL  BAKING  POWDER 

The  only  nationally-distributed  baking  powder 
made  with  cream  of  tartar.  For  fluffy  cakes  and 
grand  biscuits. 

FLEISCHMANN'S  YEAST 

— The  All -Purpose  Yeast 
for  Household  Use. 

Now  —  drink  this  famous  food  to  your  health,  in 
plain, cool, tomato  juice,  milk  or  water. You'll  like  it! 


R0YAL 


AL 


:-0rifp^  - 


mwq 


Ij«k#/ 


IN  USE  For  OVER  FIFTY  YEARS 

Aids  in  treatment  of  Canker,  simple 
sore  throat  and  other  minor  mouth 
and  throat  irritations. 

Hall's  Canker  Remedy 

536   East  2nd   So.   —  at   Salt   Lake   City,    Utah 


614 


PIANOS 

Piano  training  is  the  foundation  of  a  musical 
education  and  furnishes  the  center  of  home  en- 
tertainment. Call  for  demonstration  or  write 
for  catalogues 

New  Spinets  from  $295  up 
New  Grands  from  $545  up 
30  months  to  pay  if  desired 

DAYNES  MUSIC  CO. 

47  So.  Main  St.  Salt  Lake  City 


Tangible  Payment 

(Continued  from  page  598) 

office  hours  more  and  more  full  of 
activity,  a  bustling  and  ado  that  he 
formerly   had   not   known. 

Of  course,  Herb  had  no  illusions 
about  this  work.  Occasionally, 
however,  he  thought  of  little  Doris 
and  her  anticipation.  With  this  on 
his  mind,  he  dismissed  his  earlier 
aversion  to  such  activity.  The  eve- 
nings sped. 

"Don't  you  love  to  do  these 
things?"  asked  Alice  one  night. 

Herb  shook  his  head.  "It's  such  a 
waste  of  time,"  sharply.  "These 
children  will  grow  up  and  forget  all 
about  you  and  all  you've  done  for 
them  or  tried  to  do." 

"Isn't  the  sheer  pleasure  of  doing 
good  enough  payment?" 

He  was  unable  to  understand 
the  logic  of  such  thought.  When 
people  gave  something,  they  ex- 
pected to  be  repaid.  It  had  always 
been  so  in  his  experience.  There- 
fore he  had  a  right  to  demand  a 
tangible  reward  for  his  efforts. 

"Why  have  you  helped  me  with 
this  work,  then?"  her  eyes  growing 
cold.    "I  can't  repay  you." 

"I  like  being  with  you." 

With  a  little  smile,  Alice  shrug- 
ged her  shoulders  and  the  work  con- 
tinued. A  few  more  nights  and  the 
end  was  in  sight.  Herb  greeted  this 
with  a  sigh,  not  so  much  because 
these  pleasant  evenings  with  Alice 
were  soon  to  be  over — for  he  hoped 
to  spend  others  with  her — but  be- 
cause this  business  had  become 
strangely  enjoyable. 

With  only  a  few  more  items  to 
be  arranged,  Herb  suggested  a  trip 
to  the  "home"  to  see  that  all  was 
prepared  out  there.  No  dark-eyed 
little  Doris  skipped  to  greet  them. 

"She's  in  the  hospital,"  came  the 
answer.  "Nothing  serious,"  calmly. 
"She  was  running  down  the  steps, 
stumbled,  and  broke  a  leg." 

"But  she  had  her  heart  set  on  this 
party!"  Alice  cried,  turning  to  Herb, 
appeal  darkening  her  eyes. 

"Let's  drive  in  to  the  hospital," 
he  said  at  last. 

After  seeing  that  Doris  was  com- 
fortable and  worrying  only  about  the 
coming  party,  Herb  vanished,  leav- 
ing Alice  to  soothe  the  child.  In  a 
few  minutes  he  reappeared,  how- 
ever, with  smug  satisfaction  lighting 
his  face. 

"Don't  worry  too  much  about  the 
party,"  he  told  Doris  when  he  and 
Alice  left. 

Outside,  he  turned  to  Alice. 
"Why  can't  we  have  the  party  right 
here?" 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


TANGIBLE  PAYMENT 


"Do  you  suppose  the  hospital 
would  allow  it?" 

"Certainly.  That's  why  I  ducked 
out  of  the  room  before.  I  went  to  the 
superintendent.    He  agreed." 

"Oh,  but  how  could  we  have  it 
here.  The  children  and  the  decora- 
tions and  all  of  that.  Oh,  and  the 
food.     It's  impossible!" 

Herb  laughed.  "I'll  talk  the  boss 
into  letting  me  use  his  big  car,  then 
we  can  drive  the  young  ones  here. 
We  won't  need  any  better  decora- 
tions than  the  children  and  their 
fun." 

The  next  morning  Herb  appealed 
to  his  employer,  Mr.  Mattingly.  "I 
have  only  a  coupe,  that's  why  we 
need  a  bigger  car.  Otherwise  we'd 
have  to  make  so  many  trips  that  the 
last  children  would  just  arrive  when 
the  first  ones  would  have  to  leave." 

Consent  came  readily,  to  his  sur- 
prise, and  perhaps  the  assistance 
from  Mr.  Mattingly  lent  a  greater 
shade  of  importance  to  the  work. 
In  any  case,  a  glow  warmed  Herb 
and  heightened  his  enjoyment  as 
the  last  package  was  wrapped  on 
the  Saturday  of  the  party. 

"Now  don't  get  into  a  fret  over 
anything,"  Herb  cautioned  as  Alice 
began  to  fuss  and  worry.  They 
were  speeding  out  to  the  hospital  in 
Mr.  Mattingly's  big  sedan. 

"I  can't  help  it.  I'm  sure  we've 
forgotten  something.  Did  you  put 
in  that  extra  jar  of  pickles?" 

He  groaned.  "Yes,  I  did.  Also 
the  bread  and  the  butter  and  the 
ham.  Everything!  Quit  fluttering 
around.  Be  calm  and  nicely  effi- 
cient, like  me,"  his  grin  belying  his 
own  pulse  rate. 

.tYlice  subsided  at  last, 
only  to  revive  when,  all  the  supplies 
having  been  deposited  at  the  hos- 
pital, they  drove  over  to  get  the  chil- 
dren. 

"We'll  take  half  of  them  now," 
Herb  said  as  the  children  wriggled 
with  impatience.  "Then  you  can 
stay  with  them  at  the  hospital  while 
I  come  back  alone  for  the  second 
half."  The  lucky  first  group  piled 
into  the  car  and  jeered  at  those  left 
behind. 

"Please  be  careful,"  pleaded  Alice 
as  he  departed  for  the  second  trip, 
"ltd  be  terrible  if  you  had  an  ac- 
cident." He  patted  her  hand  and 
roared  away. 

After  a  while  Herb  realized  that 
he    had    forgotten    temporarily    his 


earlier  qualms  about  driving  the  car 
full  of  squalling  children. 

"You're  a  swell  driver,  aren't 
you?"  suddenly  mumbled  the  boy 
beside  him.  "I  wish  I  could  learn 
to  drive  like  you." 

Herb  laughed.  "Wait  until  you 
get  a  little  bigger,"  he  said.  "Then 
I'll  teach  you." 

"Would  you  really?"  gasped  the 
boy.  He  sat  straighter.  "Oh,  Uncle 
Herb!     Next  week,  huh?" 

The  car  pulled  up  before  the  hos- 
pital and  Alice  shepherded  her 
charges  along  the  white  corridor 
and  into  a  bright,  airy  room,  filled 
with  the  gaiety  of  the  other  children, 
who  billowed  around  the  bed  where 
lay  Doris,  her  eyes  sparkling  in  an- 
ticipation. 

Then  followed  what  seemed  to 
Herb  at  times  a  holocaust  of  sound, 
a  swelling  babble  that  threatened  to 
overwhelm  him.  Alice  was  sure  and 
deft,  and  he  scurried  around  at  her 
commands.  Soon  the  hubbub  be- 
came less  confusing.  The  children 
were  really  quite  obedient. 

The  afternoon  faded  through  the 
procession  of  games  until  the  time 
for  refreshments  came.  These  were 
handed  out  on  paper  dishes,  and  the 
children  sat  before  the  bed  of  little 
Doris,  whose  eyes  shone  as  she  said 
a  grave  blessing  on  the  food. 

In  the  momentary  hush  while 
hungry  jaws  were  munching,  Herb 
was  astonished  to  see  Mr.  Mattingly 
stroll  into  the  room. 

"I  just  dropped  in  to  see  how 
everything  was  getting  along,"  he 
announced,  and  before  leaving, 
dropped  a  roll  of  dimes  into  Alice's 
hand.  "Give  these  to  the  children 
later." 

Then  the  party  was  at  an  end, 
miraculously  and  successfully.  Herb 
struggled  to  fill  the  car  with  the  first 
youngsters,  delivered  them,  and  re- 
turned for  the  last  bunch.  After 
they  too  were  off  his  hands,  with  a 
chorus  of  "Thanks,  Uncle  Herb!" 
ringing  in  his  ears,  he  sped  back  to 
the  hospital,  where  Alice  had  re- 
mained to  help  bring  order  to  the 
bedside  of  Doris. 

"Do  you  still  believe  a  person 
must  have  a  tangible  payment  for  his 
efforts?"  asked  Alice  when  the  two 
were  away   from  the  hospital. 

Herb  grimaced.  "No,"  at  last. 
"But  I  still  like  doing  this  because 
I'm  with  you." 

She  did  not  move.  "That's  why 
I  enjoyed  it,  too,"  simply.  But  that 
was  enough. 


Ahead  are  Fall  and 
Winter  months  when 
vitality  runs  low  and 
wholesome,  nutritious 
foods  are  a  necessity  in 
every  diet. 


Include  in  all  your 
meals  plenty  of  health- 
ful Milk  White  Eggs  .  .  . 
rich  in  essential  vita- 
mins, minerals,  and  pro 
tein. 


Keep  your  family  safe 
.  .  .  healthy.  Particular 
housewives  know  the 
goodness  of  Milk  White 
Eggs.  Ask  for  them  afc 
your  grocer's. 


Milk  White  Eggs  are  used  in  all 
M.  I.  A.  Cooking  Schools 

Produced  by 

Utah     Poultry    Producers' 
Co-operative     Association 


SUCCESS  in 

Beauty  Culture 


can  be  yours  .  .  but 
you  must  start  on  the 
right  foot  by  getting 
the  finest  training 
available.  Quish  train- 
ing prepares  you  to  face  the  future 
with  a  sense  of  security,  ENROLL 
NOW!      Write  for  illustrated  catalog. 

QUISH 

School  of  Beauty  Culture 
"The  Best  in  the  West" 

338  So.  Main.,  Phone  4-0313 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Fill  in  coupon  for  new 
illustrated  catalog. 


r*k 


615- 


ilHelchizedelTPriesthood 


CONDUCTED  BY  THE  MELCHIZEDEK  PRIESTHOOD  COMMITTEE  OF    THE    COUNCIL    OF    THE    TWELVE — JOSEPH    FIELDING    SMITH, 
CHAIRMAN;    JOHN   A.   WIDTSOE,   JOSEPH    F.    MERRILL,   CHARLES  A.   CALLIS,   SYLVESTER  Q.    CANNON,   AND  HAROLD   B.   LEE 


TWO  LETTERS  FROM  THE  FIRST  PRESIDENCY 

Concerning  Temple 
Recommends 


August  23,  1941 
Presidents  of  Stakes 
Bishops  of  Wards 
Presidents  of  Missions 
Presidents  of  Branches 

Dear  Brethren: 

/^\N  July  1,  1941,  all  temple  recom- 
^^  mends  expired,  and  it  is  now  neces- 
sary to  issue  new  ones.  As  we  indi- 
cated when  we  sent  out  the  new  form 
of  temple  recommends  at  the  beginning 
of  the  year,  the  issuing  of  temple  recom- 
mends is  not  a  perfunctory  matter. 
Recommends  are  to  be  given  only  to 
those  who  are  worthy  to  go  through 
the  temple,  and  the  worthiness  of  the 
individual  is  to  be  attested  to  by  the 
individual's  own  examination,  which  is 
on  the  back  of  the  temple  recommend, 
plus  what  the  bishop  or  president  of 
stake,  or  president  of  mission  or  pres- 
ident of  branch,  may  know  about  the 
applicant. 

We  refer  you,  with  a  request  that  it 
be  carefully  reread,  to  the  material  on 
pages  129-134,  inclusive,  of  The  Hand- 
book of  Instructions,  and  to  the  letter 
sent  out  over  our  signatures  under  date 
of  January  6,  1941. 

Our  attention  has  been  called  by 
some  temple  presidents  to  the  fact  that 
altogether  too  many  recommends  that 
have  come  to  the  temples  show  that 
the  individual  who  received  the  recom- 
mend did  not  keep  the  Word  of  Wis- 
dom, nor  pay  a  full  tithing,  and  in  some 
cases  none,  or  the  applicant  was  not 
otherwise  living  a  life  which  is  con- 
sistent with  that  required  of  those  en- 
titled to  do  work  in  the  temple. 

We  call  attention  to  Question  No. 
6  of  the  "Statement  to  be  filled  in  by 
the  Applicant,"  which  reads: 

Will  you  earnestly  strive  to  do  your  duty 
in  the  Church,  to  attend  your  Sacrament, 
Priesthood,  and  other  meetings,  to  obey 
the  rules,  laws,  and  commandments  of  the 
Gospel? 

This  situation  will  be  particularly  ap- 
plicable to  those  who  obtained  recom- 
mends at  the  beginning  of  the  year,  and 
who  were  not  then  observing  the  laws 
and  commandments.  In  this  connec- 
tion we  refer  you  to  the  second  full 
paragraph  on  page  130  of  The  Hand- 
book of  Instructions,  under  the  head- 
ing, "Applicant's  Statement." 

We  repeat  again  our  statement  made 
in  the  letter  of  January  6,  referred  to 
above,  in  which  we  said: 

The  performance  of  work  in  the  temple 
616 


is  one  of  the  highest  privileges  and  pre- 
rogatives which  belong  to  members  of  the 
Church.  Only  the  worthy  are  entitled  to 
the  privilege  of  going   to  the  temple." 

We  expect  presidents  of  stakes, 
bishops  of  wards,  presidents  of  mis- 
sions, and  presidents  of  branches  who 
have  issued  recommends  to  persons 
who  were  not  at  the  time  fully  worthy 
to  receive  them,  but  who  obtained  them 
on  the  promise  that  they  would  obey 
the  laws  and  commandments  of  the 
Lord,  to  check  very  carefully  every 
such  person  to  see  that  they  are  now 
living  in  a  way  that  makes  them  worthy 
to  have  a  temple  recommend. 

In  every  case,  no  matter  what  the 
previous  record  shows,  every  applicant 
should  be  considered  as  if  the  request 
he  now  makes  were  the  first  request 
he  had  ever  made. 

Faithfully  your  brethren, 
THE  FIRST  PRESIDENCY 
By  Heber  J.  Grant, 
J.  Reuben  Clark,  Jr. 
David  O.  McKay. 


■  m  ' 


Concerning  Ordinations 
To  Priesthood 

Responsibility  of  Stake  Presidents; 
Endorsement  of  Quorum  Pres- 
idents and  Bishops  also  asked  for 

August  21st,  1941. 
Presidents  of  Stakes 
Dear  Brethren: 

Cor  a  long  time  the  General  Author- 
ities  of  the  Church  have  felt  that 
there  has  not  been  enough  care  in 
advancing  and  ordaining  men  to  offices 
in  the  Priesthood.  There  are  in  the 
Church  today  thousands  of  men  holding 
the  Melchizedek  Priesthood  who  are  in- 
active. Many  of  these  men  never 
understood  the  full  significance  of  the 
meaning  of  Priesthood  and  what  the 
obligation  is  upon  them  to  magnify  their 
callings  when  ordained.  The  Lord  has 
made  very  clear  in  several  revelations, 
notably  sections  20:38-66,  84:32-42, 
and  the  entire  revelation  known  as  sec- 
tion 107,  the  importance  of  faithful- 
ness and  cleanliness  of  life  on  the  part 
of  those  who  are  ordained  to  the  Priest- 
hood. 

This  laxness  has  resulted  in  many 
men  who  have  received  the  Priesthood, 
and  who  are  not  really  worthy,  return- 
ing to  their  evil  habits  and  indifference, 
if  these  were  ever  forsaken.  Because 
of  this,  it  has  been  deemed  wise  to  ask 
care  and  diligence  on  the  part  of  pre- 
siding officers  in  the  wards  and  stakes, 


in  seeing  that  men  who  are  candidates 
for  ordination  are  men  of  faith,  living  in 
full  accord  with  the  principles  of  the 
Gospel  and  the  doctrines  of  the 
Church.  Moreover  these  presiding 
officers  should  faithfully  impress  upon 
all  candidates  for  ordination  the  seri- 
ousness and  responsibility  which  ordi- 
nation to  the  Priesthood  entails,  and  the 
dreadful  consequences  of  disobedience 
or  the  violation  of  the  covenants  which 
are  received  when  offices  in  the  Priest- 
hood are  accepted.  (See  D.  6  C.  84: 
32-42.) 

The  candidate  will  first  be  notified 
to  meet  with  and  be  interviewed  by  the 
stake  president,  or  a  counselor  in  the 
stake  presidency,  who  will  question 
carefully  the  candidate  and  require  him 
to  fill  in  the  questions  on  the  back  of 
the  certificate.  The  endorsement  of 
the  bishop  of  the  ward  in  which  the 
candidate  lives  and  that  of  the  president 
of  the  quorum  to  which  he  belongs, 
are  required,  as  also  the  approval  of 
the  high  council  before  the  name  is 
presented  to  the  Priesthood  of  the  stake 
for  approval. 

The  new  "Recommendation  for  or- 
dination in  the  Priesthood"  is  to  replace 
all  other  forms  and  each  candidate  is 
required  to  answer  all  the  questions  in 
person  and  sign  the  recommendation  as 
indicated  on  its  back. 

These   recommendation   blanks  will 
be  kept  by  the   stake   clerk   and  the 
stubs  will  be  retained  by  him  in  the 
stake  office,  as  indicated  on  the  stub. 
Very  sincerely  your  brethren, 
Heber  J.  Grant, 
J.  Reuben  Clark,  Jr., 
David  O.  McKay, 

The  First  Presidency. 


NO-LIQUOR-TOBACCO 
CAMPAIGN 


"Five  Cardinal  Sins  Against 
the  Heart — Tea-Drinking, 
Coffee-Drinking,  Cola  Drinks, 
Smoking,  and  Alcoholic 
Beverages" 

"pROM  the  June  number  of  the  magazine 
Good  Health  we  quote: 

"At  a  recent  medical  convention  in 
a  discussion  of  the  causes  of  disease  of 
the  heart,  which  is  destroying  the  lives 
of  more  than  half  a  million  American 
citizens  every  year,  one  of  the  speakers 
said,  'The  five  cardinal  sins  against  the 
heart  are  tea-drinking,  coffee-drinking, 
indulgence  in  coca  cola,  smoking,  and 
the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages.' 

"Tea  and  coffee,  coca  cola,  tobacco 
and  alcohol  are  certainly  all  heart  poi- 
sons, and  all  make  large  contributions 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


to  the  burdens  which  break  down  the 
heart  and  make  heart  disease  the  lead- 
ing cause  of  death  not  only  in  the 
United  States  but  in  other  civilized 
countries." 

Our  Church-Wide  Campaign 

Aur  campaign  to  free  the  Church 
^■^  membership  from  the  use  of  liquor 
and  tobacco  is  gaining  momentum.  The 
Priesthood,  Melchizedek  and  Aaronic, 
is  becoming  more  active.  Soon  every 
quorum  in  the  Church  will  be  at  work. 
All  General  Boards  of  the  auxiliary  or- 
ganizations have  initiated  projects  in 
their  organizations.  The  schools  and 
seminaries  will  continue  to  make  their 
effective  contributions. 

With  all  of  these  agencies  in  opera- 
tion our  people  will  develop  the  con- 
sciousness that  the  world  does  not  ex- 
pect to  see  them  smoke  or  drink.  To 
be  well  thought-of  we  must  be  true  to 
our  high  moral  professions. 

Tobacco  Ads. 

Alonzo  L.  Baker,  associate  editor 
**  of  Good  Health,  writes  in  the  Au- 
gust number  of  that  magazine  that  "if 
tobacco  ads  told  the  truth"  they  would 
say:  'There  is  a  carload  of  cough  in 
every  pack — ;  that  cigarettes  do  not 
aid  the  digestion — ;  that  cigarettes  do 
cut  your  wind — ;  that  laws  should 
govern  cigarette  advertising  just  as 
they  do  medicine  and  foods — ;  that  cig- 
arette testimonials  are  paid  for  to  the 
tune  of  $1000,  $3000,  and  $5000  per 
testimonial — ;  that  tobacco  not  only  im- 
poverishes the  user  financially  but 
physically  also  [and  spiritually] — ;  that 
26%  of  the  forest  fires  in  America  in 
1939  were  caused  by  careless  smokers 
— and  this  was  no  exceptional  year—; 
that  one-fourth  of  all  fatal  burnings  in 
American  homes  are  due  to  fires  that 
have  their  origin  in  smoking — ;  that 
those  who  want  to  be  physically  fit, 
mentally  alert,  and  morally  strong 
should  abstain  from  the  use  of  tobacco, 
which  is  an  impoverisher  of  man's  purse, 
man's  body,  and  man's  mind." 

Local  Option  in  California 

"K^any  of  the  statements  and  promises 
made  to  secure  repeal  have  not 
been  realized.  The  "saloon"  has  come 
back.  Liquor  is  being  bought  today  in 
a  great  many  more  places  than  it  was 
sold  before  national  prohibition.  Much 
more  liquor  is  drunk  now  than  then. 
And  the  results  of  drinking  are  always 
the  same.  It  is  these  results  that  have 
awakened,  and  are  awakening,  the  peo- 
ple to  the  need  of  action. 

In  California  this  action  is  being  ex- 
pressed in  efforts  to  place  upon  the 
1942  election  ballot  a  provision  which, 
if  adopted,  will  give  the  state  local  op- 
tion. 

What  the  prospects  for  success  are 
we  do  not  know.  But  from  the  basic 
theory  of  American  democracy  it  is  dif- 
ficult to  see  why  there  should  be  any 
opposition  to  local  option.  Liquor  in- 
(Concluded  on  page  621) 


THE  P0CATELL0 
FOURTH  WARD 
ELDERS'    CHORUS 


THE  POCATELLO  FOURTH  WARD  ELDERS  CHORUS 


"pROM  a  humble  beginning  great  things 
can  be  achieved  through  coopera- 
tion and  brotherly  love.  Such  is  the 
conviction  of  the  Pocatello  Fourth 
Ward  "Elders'  Chorus,"  which  on  Feb- 
ruary 13,  1938,  sang  for  the  first  time 
as  a  group  at  an  M.  I.  A.  stake  festival. 

There  were  no  trained  voices  among 
chorus  members,  and  not  over  two 
who  could  really  read  music.  But 
sustained  effort  at  weekly  Thursday 
night  rehearsals  was  splendid,  and  al- 
most at  once  their  services  were  re- 
quired. 

Each  year  since  then,  the  group  has 
helped  the  ward  Genealogical  Society 
in  sponsoring  a  special  temple  excursion 
on  Saturday  to  the  Logan  Temple,  and 
have  there  rendered  songs  at  the  as- 
semblies. 

At  the  present  time  the  chorus  has 


twenty-two  members  and  the  follow- 
ing achievements  to  its  credit:  twelve 
concerts  in  surrounding  towns;  six  sac- 
rament meetings  in  wards  of  the  stake, 
four  P.  T.  A.  programs,  seven  mission- 
ary parties,  eight  wedding  receptions, 
six  Relief  Society  entertainments,  and 
it  has  rendered  the  music  for  ten  ses- 
sions of  stake  conferences  and  con- 
ventions and  scores  of  other  like  en- 
gagements. 

But  perhaps  the  most  outstanding  op- 
portunity came  to  it  when  it  was  chosen 
to  represent  the  stake  at  the  laying  of 
the  corner  stone  of  the  Idaho  Falls 
Temple. 

Sister  Arvilla  P.  Croshaw  is  director 
of  the  chorus,  Leona  F.  Madsen,  ac- 
companist. Their  untiring  efforts  are 
responsible  for  making  the  chorus  what 
it  is  today. 


Melchizedek  Priesthood  Outline  of  Study,  November,  1941 

Text:     Priesthood  and  Church  Government. 


LESSON  LXVII     . 

Priesthood  and  Temple  Work 
(Read  chapter  28,  pp.  350-355) 

I.  The  temple  as  a  sanctuary:  Parley  P. 
Pratt's  declaration 

II.  A  work  to  be  done:  purpose  of  temples 
(See  Supplementary  Readings,  No. 
1,  3) 

a.  For  the  living 

1.  Endowments 

2.  Marriages 

3.  Sealings 

b.  For  the  dead 

1.  Baptisms 

2.  Priesthood  ordinations 

3.  Endowments,  marriages,  sealings 

III.  Binding  on  earth  and  in  heaven:  seal- 
ing power  of  the  Priesthood 

a.  Exercised  only  within  temples 

IV.  Administration   of  temples 

a.  Seven  temples  and  temple  districts 

b.  Temple  presidency 

c.  Ordinance  workers 

V.  "The  ancient  order  of  things":  restor- 
ation of  temple  work 

a.  Joseph  Smith  instructs  select  group 
May  4,  1842 

b.  Endowments  for  all  Saints  in  proper 
place 

VI.  The  temple  endowment   (See  Supple- 
mentary Readings,  No.  2) 

a.  Joseph    Smith:    endowment   needed 
"to  overcome  all  things" 

b.  Brigham  Young:  endowment  "leads 
us  back  into  presence  of  the  Father" 

c.  Nature  of  the  endowment 

1.  Relates   story   of   man's    eternal 
journey 

2.  Sets  forth  conditions  upon  which 
progress  depends 

3.  Requires  covenants  to  accept  and 
use  laws  of  progress 


4.  Tests  willingness  and  fitness 

5.  Points  out  ultimate  destiny  of 
those  who  love  truth  and  live  by 
it 

VII.  Marriage  for  time  and  eternity 

a.  A  sacred  contract  made  lasting  by 
power  of  the  Priesthood 

b.  Performed  only  in  temples 

c.  Authority  to  perform  and  annul 
temple  marriage  vested  in  President 
of  Church 

Problems  and  projects 

1.  Have  someone  present  a  fuller  account 
of  the  development  of  temple  ordinances  in 
this  dispensation.  When  was  the  complete 
endowment  made  known?  What  ceremonies 
were  performed  at  Kirtland?     At  Nauvoo? 

2.  Why  was  a  restoration  of  the  Priest- 
hood necessary  before  the  principles  of  tem- 
ple work  could  be  revealed?  Show  the 
role  of  Priesthood  authority  in  each  phase 
of  temple  work. 

3.  Members  will  be  interested  in  a  brief 
history  of  each  of  the  seven  temples:  when 
begun  and  when  completed,  the  area  each 
serves,  architectural  details,  (See  Supple- 
mentary Readings,  No.  5)  the  history  of  the 
period  during  which  it  was  erected,  interest- 
ing items  concerning  each.  Assign  these 
topics  to  quorum  members  well  ahead  of 
time. 

LESSON  LXVIII 

Priesthood  and  Temple  Work  (cont.) 

(Read  chapter  28,  pp.  356-361) 

I.  The    importance    of    records:    Joseph 
Smith's  admonition 

a.  Records  to  be  "worthy  of  all  ac- 
ceptation": as  on  earth  so  in  heaven 
(See  Supplementary  Readings,  No. 

4) 

(Concluded  on  page  618) 

617 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Melchizedek  Priesthood 

{Concluded  from  page  617) 

b.  Complete  record  needed  to  weld 
dispensations  together 

c.  In  baptizing  for  the  dead 

1.  Recorder 

2.  Witnesses 

d.  Need  of  order  in  recording 

e.  Need  of  archives 
II .  Temples  a  necessity 

a.  Ordinances  outside  the  temple  per- 
mitted "in  the  days  of  your  pov- 
erty" 

b.  Ordinances  outside  temple  not  ac- 
ceptable "at  end  of  the  appointment" 
to  build  house  of  the  Lord 

c.  Building  of  temples  a  standing 
commandment  (Doc.  and  Cov.  124: 
29-39) 

III.  Baptism  for  the  dead:   a  fundamental 
teaching 

a.  Scriptural  injunctions 

b.  History  of  baptism  for  the  dead  in 
this  dispensation  (See  "If  the  Dead 
Rise  Not,"  The  Improvement  Era, 
September,  1940,  p.  530) 

IV.  Temple  recommends 

a.  Issued  to  faithful  members  on  rec- 
ommendation of  bishop;  counter- 
signed by  stake  president 

b.  Exemplary  young  people  may  per- 
form baptisms 

c.  Conditions  of  temple-going 

1.  Payment  of  tithes 

2.  Observance  of  Word  of  Wisdom 

3.  Loyalty  to  Church  authorities 

4.  Mental    preparation    for    temple 
ordinances 

d.  Temple  endowment  not  recom- 
mended for  women  married  to  non- 
members 

e.  Women  married  to  Church  members 
not  worthy  may  receive  recommend 
on  written  consent  of  husband 

Problems  and  projects 

1.  Call  to  mind  the  number  and  kinds  of 
records  kept  by  the  Church  in  its  manifold 
activities.  How  important  are  they?  Why 
are  records  of  temple  work  particularly  im- 
portant? 

2.  How  far-reaching  is  the  Lord's  com- 
mandment concerning  temple  -  building? 
What  does  this  indicate  concerning  the 
future?  Have  someone  report  on  the  temple 
now  under  construction  in  Idaho. 

3.  Review  the  scriptural  foundation  for 
baptism  for  the  dead.  Have  someone  pre- 
sent Joseph  Smith's  teachings  concerning  it. 
Why  was  the  Prophet  so  concerned  about 
the  proper  performance  of  this  ordinance? 

4.  Learn  from  the  bishop  what  procedure 
is  now  being  followed  in  securing  a  temple 
recommend.  Discuss  the  questionnaire  re- 
quiring answer  before  recommends  are  is- 
sued. Why  is  issuing  the  recommend  twice 
yearly  a  good  thing? 

LESSON  LXIX 

Priesthood  and  Temple  Work  (cone.) 
(Read  chapter  28,  pp.  361-365) 

I.  Temple  excursions:   a  Priesthood  ac- 
tivity 

a.  Ideal  as  quorum  project 

b.  Participation  in  ward,  stake  excur- 
sions 

c.  Junior  baptismal  excursions 

d.  Responsibility  of  supplying  names 

1.  Own  lineage 

2.  Ward,  friends'  lists 

II.  Genealogical  Society  of  Utah 

a.  A  common  tool  for  securing  gene- 
alogical data 

b.  Organized  November  13,  1894,  at 
call  of  First  Presidency 

1.  Duly  incorporated,  officered 

618 


2.  Life  and  annual  memberships 

3.  Full-time  staff  of  trained  work- 
ers 

c.  Prepares  study  courses 

d.  Has  two-fold  duty 

1.  To  spread  knowledge  of  doctrine 
of  salvation  of  dead 

2.  To  advance  work  of  gathering 
genealogical  records 

III.  Stake  and  ward  genealogical  organi- 
zations 

a.  Reorganized   during    1940,   Sunday 

Schools    charged    with    providing 
genealogical  instruction 

b.  Ward   and   stake  committees   con- 
tinue 

1.  Teach  members  principles  of  re- 
search 

2.  Encourage  temple  work  and  plan 
excursions 

IV.  Temple  index  bureau 

a.  Clearing  house  to  avoid  duplication 
in  temple  work 

b.  One  of  world's  largest 

V.  The    family    organization:    the   patri- 
archal order 

a.  Convenient  unit  for  promoting  wel- 
fare of  family  groups 

b.  Aids   in   fulfilling   responsibility   of 
temple  work 

VI.  The  place  of  genealogical  and  temple 
work  in  the  Church 

a.  Basic,  not  auxiliary 

b.  A  Priesthood  function 

Problems  and  projects 

1.  Quorums  within  reach  of  a  temple 
should  plan  a  quorum  temple  excursion  as 
their  project  for  the  month.  Quorums  be- 
yond easy  access  to  a  temple  should  en- 
deavor to  secure  a  quota  of  names  to  be 
sent  to  the  temples.  Emphasis  should  be 
on  temple  work  and  genealogical  research 
this  month.  Testimonies  and  accounts  of 
past  excursions  and  research  adventures 
would  stimulate  the  project. 

2.  Invite  the  chairman  or  a  member  of 
the  ward  genealogical  committee  to  tell  the 
quorum  about  his  work.  How  does  his 
committee  discharge  the  two-fold  obligation 
of  (1)  teaching  members  the  principles  of 
research  and  (2)  encouraging  temple  work. 
What  benefits  accrue  to  the  ward  having  an 
active  temple  and  genealogical  committee? 

3.  Encourage  the  formation  of  family  or- 
ganizations. If  a  representative  of  such  an 
organization  is  within  reach,  invite  him  to 
speak  to  the  quorum  concerning  the  nature 
and  activities  of  his  group. 


Supplementary  Readings 


1.  It  matters  not  what  else  we  have  been 
called  to  do  or  what  positions  we  may 
occupy,  or  how  faithfully  in  other  ways  we 
have  labored  in  the  Church,  none  is  exempt 
from  this  great  obligation  [of  doing  temple 
work].  It  is  required  of  the  Apostle  as 
well  as  the  humblest  Elder.  Place  or  dis- 
tinction, or  long  service  in  the  Church,  in 
the  mission  field,  the  stakes  of  Zion,  or  where 
or  how  else  it  may  have  been,  will  not  en- 
title one  to  disregard  the  salvation  of  one's 
dead.  Some  may  feel  that  if  they  pay  their 
tithing,  attend  their  regular  meetings  and 
other  duties,  give  of  their  substance  to  the 
poor,  perchance  spend  one,  two,  or  more 
years  preaching  in  the  world,  that  they 
are  absolved  from  further  duty.  But  an 
equally  great  and  grand  duty  is  to  labor 
for  the  dead.  We  may  and  should  do  all 
these  other  things,  for  which  reward  will  be 
given,  but  if  we  neglect  this  other  weighty 
privilege  and  commandment,  notwithstand- 
ing all  other  good  works,  we  shall  find  our- 
selves   under   severe    condemnation.      And 


why  such  condemnation?  Because  "the 
greatest  responsibility  in  this  world  that 
God  has  laid  upon  us,  is  to  seek  after  our 
dead."  (Genealogical  Course,  1935,  part 
III,  p.  11.) 

2.  Labor  in  the  temples  brings  much  joy. 
The  temple  endowment  if  properly  under- 
stood is  a  great  blessing  to  him  who  re- 
ceives it.  It  becomes  an  interpreter  and 
protector  of  life. 

The  temple  endowment  may  be  received 
by  every  faithful  member  of  the  Church. 
It  may  be  taken  also  for  the  dead.  Thereby 
an  opportunity  is  given  to  keep  the  meaning 
of  the  endowment  fresh  in  our  minds. 

Temple  service  for  the  dead  is  wholly  un- 
selfish and  consequently  has  a  marvelous 
refining  influence  upon  those  who  engage  in 
it.  To  approach  a  fulness  of  spiritual  joy, 
the  privileges  of  the  temple  must  be  used 
as  often  as  possible.  (John  A.  Widtsoe, 
Program  of  the  Church,  p.  112.) 

3.  The  validity  of  vicarious  service,  in 
which  one  person  acts  in  behalf  of  another, 
is  generally  recognized  as  an  element  of 
human  institutions;  and  that  such  service 
may  be  acceptable  unto  God  is  attested  by 
the  written  word.  Ancient  and  modern 
scripture,  the  record  of  history  other  than 
sacred,  the  traditions  of  tribes  and  nations, 
the  rites  of  bloody  sacrifice,  and  even  the 
sacrificial  abominations  of  pagan  idolatry, 
involve  the  essential  conception  of  vicarious 
propitiation  and  of  service  rendered  by 
proxy.  The  scapegoat  (Lev.  16:20-22) 
and  the  altar  victim  (Lev.  4)  in  the  Mosaic 
dispensation,  when  offered  by  constituted 
authority  and  with  due  accompaniment  of 
acknowledgment  and  repentance,  were  ac- 
cepted by  the  Lord  as  sacrifices  in  mitigation 
of  the  sins  of  His  people.  (J.  E.  Talmage, 
The  House  of  the  Lord,  pp.  69,  77-8.) 

4.  And  further,  I  want  you  to  remember 
that  John  the  Revelator  was  contemplating 
this  very  subject  in  relation  to  the  dead, 
when  he  declared,  as  you  will  find  recorded 
in  Revelation  20:12 — "And  I  saw  the  dead, 
small  and  great,  stand  before  God;  and  the 
books  were  opened;  and  another  book  was 
opened,  which  is  the  book  of  life:  and  the 
dead  were  judged  out  of  those  things  which 
were  written  in  the  books,  according  to  their 
works." 

You  will  discover  in  this  quotation  that 
the  books  were  opened;  and  another  book 
was  opened,  which  was  the  book  of  life; 
but  the  dead  were  judged  out  of  those  things 
which  were  written  in  the  books,  according 
to  their  works;  consequently,  the  books 
spoken  of  must  be  the  books  which  con- 
tained the  record  of  their  works,  and  refer 
to  the  records  which  are  kept  on  the  earth. 
And  the  book  which  was  the  book  of  life 
is  the  record  which  is  kept  in  heaven;  the 
principle  agreeing  precisely  with  the  doc- 
trine which  is  commanded  you  in  the  reve- 
lation contained  in  the  letter  which  I  wrote 
to  you  previous  to  my  leaving  my  place — 
that  in  all  your  recordings  it  may  be  re- 
corded in  heaven.  (See  Doctrine  and 
Covenants  128:2-7.) 

5.  The  First  Presidency  proceeded  to 
the  southeast  corner,  to  lay  the  first  stone, 
though  it  is  customary  to  commence  at  the 
northeast  corner — that  is  the  beginning  point 
most  generally,  I  believe,  in  the  world.  At 
this  side  of  the  equator  we  commence  at 
the  southeast  corner.  We  sometimes  look 
for  light  you  know,  brethren.  You  old 
men  that  have  been  through  the  mill  pretty 
well,  have  been  inquiring  after  light — which 
way  do  you  go?  You  will  tell  me  you  go 
to  the  east  for  light?  So  we  commence  by 
laying  the  stone  on  the  southeast  corner, 
because  there  is  the  most  light.  (President 
Brigham  Young,  Millennial  Star,  Vol.  15, 
p.  488.) 


22T2 


■ReronitTPriesthood 


CONDUCTED   UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION   OF  THE   PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC EDITED  BY  JOHN  D.   GILES 


Aaronic  Priesthood 

Nineteenth  in  a  series  of  articles 
written  by  the  late  Elder  Orson  F. 
Whitney  of  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve.  Published  originally  in 
"The  Contributor," 

Arriving  at  the  proper  age,  and  the 
^^  days  of  his  compelled  retirement 
being  over,  John  entered  up- 
on his  mission  as  the  fore- 
runner of  the  Son  of  God  and 
preached  throughout  Judea 
the  baptism  of  repentance  for 
the  remission  of  sins.  Jesus 
himself  was  baptized  of  him 
in  Jordan,  thus  setting  the 
great  example  and  practical 
illustration  of  the  truth  of 
His  own  words,  declared  af- 
terwards to  Nicodemus, 
"Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto 
thee,  except  a  man  be  born 
of  water,  and  of  the  Spirit, 
he  cannot  enter  into  the  king- 
dom of  God." 

On  a  certain  occasion, 
when  speaking  of  this  prophet, 
the  Savior  said:  "Among 
those  that  are  born  of  wom- 
en, there  hath  not  arisen 
a  greater  prophet  than  John 
the  Baptist,  nevertheless,  he 
that  is  least  in  the  kingdom 
of  heaven  is  greater  than  he." 

The  Prophet  Joseph  Smith, 
commenting  upon  this  utter- 
ance of  Jesus,  after  reminding 
his  hearers  of  the  scriptural 
declaration  that  John  "did 
no  miracle,"  says:  "How  is  it 
that  John  was  considered  one 
of  the  greatest  of  prophets? 
His  miracles  could  not  have 
constituted  his  greatness? 


given  to  Moses  on  the  mount,  and  thereby 
magnified  it  and  made  it  honorable,  in- 
stead of  destroying  it.  The  son  of  Zach- 
arias  wrested  the  keys,  the  Kingdom,  the 
power,  the  glory,  from  the  Jews,  by  the 
holy  anointing  and  decree  of  heaven. 

"Who  did  Jesus  have  reference  to  as 
being  the  least?  Jesus  was  looked  upon 
as  having  the  least  claim  in  all  God's  king- 
dom, and  was  least  entided  to  their  credul- 
ity as  a  Prophet,  as  though  He  had  said: 


"Firstly.  He  was  intrusted 
with  a  divine  mission  of  prepar- 
ing the  way  before  the  face  of 
the  Lord.  Whoever  had  such  a 
trust  committed  to  him  before 
or  since?     No  man. 

"Secondly.  He  was  intrusted 
with  the  important  mission  and 
it  was  required  at  his  hands  to 
baptize  the  Son  of  Man.  Who- 
ever had  the  honor  of  doing  that? 
Whoever  had  so  great  a  privi- 
lege and  glory? 

"Thirdly.  John,  at  that  time, 
was  the  only  legal  administrator 
in  the  affairs  of  the  kingdom  that 
was  then  on  the  earth,  and  hold- 
ing the  keys  of  power.  The 
Jews  had  to  obey  his  instructions 
or  be  damned,  by  their  own  law, 
and  Christ  himself  fulfilled  all 
righteousness  in  becoming  obe- 
dient to  the  law,  which  He  had 


CHARLES  W.  NIBLEY,  FIFTH  PRESIDING 
BISHOP  OF  THE  CHURCH 


From  the  depths  of  poverty  to  the  heights  of  affluence — 
this  was  the  life  experience  of  Charles  Wilson  Nibley, 
fifth  Presiding  Bishop  of  the  Church. 

Born  February  5,  1849,  at  Huntersfield,  Scotland,  to 
parents  who  had  joined  the  Church  five  years  before,  his 
childhood  was  spent  amid  preparation  for  and  the  migration, 
first  to  Rhode  Island  in  1855,  and  then  to  Utah  in  1860. 

The  first  family  home  in  Cache  Valley  was  a  part  dug- 
out. A  stove  was  traded  for  land,  and  the  future  Presiding 
Bishop  began  his  career  as  a  farmer.  Beginning  in  1865, 
he  became  successively  clerk,  station  agent,  general  freight 
and  ticket  agent,  and  missionary  to  England. 

In  1879,  Elder  Nibley  became  manager  and  secretary 
of  the  United  Order  Manufacturing  Company  at  Logan 
and  assessor  and  collector  for  Cache  County.  Later  he 
became  an  organizer  of  the  Oregon  Lumber  Company,  the 
Sumpter  Valley  Railroad  Company,  and  the  LaGrande 
Sugar  Company.  He  was  first  counselor  in  the  first  stake 
presidency  of  Union  Stake. 

He  had  many  close  contacts  with  high  Church  leaders. 
He  accompanied  President  Joseph  F.  Smith  to  Europe, 
Hawaii,  and  to  Canada,  and  President  Heber  J.  Grant  to 
Canada  and  Arizona  for  temple  dedications. 

The  call  to  the  Presiding  Bishopric  came  in  1907.  He 
served  until  1925  when  he  became  second  counselor  in  the 
First  Presidency.    He  died  in  1931. 

Bishop  Nibley  served  during  the  World  War  as  a  member 
of  the  War  Industries  Board.  During  the  war  he  an- 
nounced for  the  Church  that  more  than  200,000  bushels  of 
wheat,  which  had  been  accumulated  by  the  Relief  Society 
since  1876,  under  advice  of  President  Brigham  Young, 
would  be  released  to  help  relieve  the  wheat  shortage  in 
America. 


'He  that  is  considered  the  least  among 
you  is  greater  than  John — that  is  myself.'  ' 
John  the  Baptist,  like  most  of  the  Pro- 
phets before  and  after  him,  sealed  his  testi- 
mony with  his  blood.  He  was  beheaded 
while  in  prison,  by  order  of  Herod  Antipas, 
the  tetrarch  of  Galilee,  whom  he  had  repre- 
hended for  his  incestuous  and  adulterous 
marriage  with  Herodias,  his  brother  Philip's 
wife.  This  tragic  event  occurred  about 
A.  D.  31,  the  first  year  of  our  Lord's  active 
ministry  in  the  flesh. 

The  history  of  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood  now  merges  with  and 
is  overshadowed  by  that  of  the 
Melchizedek  Priesthood,  re- 
stored through  Christ  and  repre- 
sented by  Him  and  His  Apostles, 
and  the  Elders  by  them  ordained. 
Comparatively  little  is  said  for 
the  Lesser  Priesthood  by  the 
sacred  writers  of  that  period,  the 
reason  of  which,  we  think,  is 
obvious.  The  chief  labor  of  the 
Apostles  was  to  found  a  new 
order  of  things,  to  supersede  the 
old,  in  which  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood had  been  the  reigning  idea. 
It  devolved  upon  them  to  con- 
vert the  people,  so  long  tradi- 
tionated  in  an  exclusive  rever- 
ence for  the  house  of  Levi,  to 
that  more  perfect  order  which 
the  Son  of  God  introduced,  to 
wean  them  from  the  law  of 
Moses,  now  fulfilled  and  conse- 
quently obsolete,  and  convince 
them  of  the  subordinate  nature 
of  the  Priesthood  of  Aaron, 
which  had  been  their  highest 
ideal  for  many  centuries.  Hence, 
though  there  were  doubtless  in 
the  ancient  Church,  bishops, 
Priests,  Teachers,  and  Deacons 
in  abundance,  as  well  as  apos- 
tles, Prophets,  Pastors,  High 
Priests,  Seventies,  and  Elders; 
the  former  are  not  so  prominently 
mentioned  as  the  latter. 


(7*0  be  Continued) 

Aaronic  Priesthood 
Pageant  Ready 

A  ll  details  of  the  plans  for 
*^  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 
Pageant,  "Prepare  Ye  the 
Way,"  have  been  completed 
and  the  presentation  will  oc- 
cur Wednesday,  Thursday, 
and  Friday,  October  1 ,  2,  and 
3  in  the  Tabernacle. 

The  first  production  of  its 
kind  to  be  presented  by  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood,  this 
pageant  is  intended  to  em- 
phasize the  message  of  the 
Priesthood  and  to  bring  forc- 
ibly to  the  attention  of  young 
people  particularly  the  value 
of  the  Priesthood  as  a  guide 
to  life  and  living. 

Impressive  and  appropri- 
ate scenic  and  lighting  effects, 
which  have  been  developed 
{Continued  on  page  620) 
619 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Aaronic  Priesthood 

{Continued  from  page  619) 

over  months  of  research  using  fluor- 
escent lighting  for  special  "atmo- 
sphere" effects  will  be  a  feature. 

Nearly  a  thousand  persons  will  be 
engaged  in  the  presentation — a  chorus 
of  over  four  hundred  and  choral  speak- 
ing groups  of  nearly  five  hundred. 
Principals,  musicians,  committee  mem- 
bers, and  special  assistants  will  com- 
plete the  roster. 

Members  of  bishoprics  and  stake 
presidencies  attending  the  bishops'  con- 
ference October  2  are  invited  to  attend 
on  that  date.  Those  in  the  Salt  Lake 
area  are  encouraged  to  attend  on  the 
opening  night,  leaving  the  Friday  eve- 
ning presentation  for  conference  visi- 
tors. 

California  Excursion  Postponed 

Inability  of  the  railroads  to  provide 

facilities  during  the  month  of  De- 
cember, because  of  requirements  of  the 
National  Defense  Program,  have  made 
necessary  the  postponement  of  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood  California  mid- 
winter excursion  which  had  been  plan- 
ned for  the  holidays.  Under  restric- 
tions, which  have  just  been  announced 
by  the  railroads,  no  excursions  of  any 
kind  are  to  be  permitted  within  the 
United  States  during  the  period  from 
December  12  to  December  31.  With 
the  release  of  200,000  men  from  the 
army,  already  announced  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, beginning  early  in  December, 
and  the  proposal  to  give  furloughs  for 
the  Christmas  holidays  to  several  hun- 
dred thousand  men,  the  railroads  have 
been  required  to  hold  all  their  facilities 
open  for  these  movements. 

Under  the  circumstances,  there  is  no 
alternative  but  to  postpone  the  excur- 
sion until  such  time  as  present  restric- 
tions are  removed  and  new  plans  can 
be  made. 

It  is  with  keen  disappointment  that 
this  announcement  is  made,  but  we 
hope  it  will  be  accepted  by  members 
of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  and  the  lead- 
ers in  the  spirit  of  good  citizenship  as 
one  of  the  sacrifices  being  made  neces- 
sary by  the  National  Defense  Program. 
Under  the  circumstances  we  must  all  be 
willing  to  make  whatever  sacrifices  are 
required  of  us,  for  National  Defense. 

The  enthusiasm  with  which  this  ex- 
cursion announcement  was  received 
over  the  Church  has  been  most  grati- 
fying. It  not  only  promised  to  be 
the  most  important  event  of  its  kind  in 
Aaronic  Priesthood  history,  but  also  to 
do  a  great  amount  of  good  for  the 
boys  of  the  Church.  The  improved 
morale  throughout  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood quorums  of  the  Church  has  al- 
ready been  noticeable,  and  it  is  hoped 
that  it  can  be  maintained  and  turned 
to  good  account.  It  is  hoped  that  the 
boys  of  the  Church,  who  had  already 
begun  planning  to  go  to  California, 
will  not  be  too  greatly  disappointed  but 

620 


BISHOPS'  CONFERENCE, 
OCTOBER  2 

Bishops  of  the  Church  have  been 
invited  to  participate  in  a  special 
conference  in  Salt  Lake,  Thursday, 
October  2.  Important  phases  of  the 
work  of  the  Church  entrusted  to 
bishops  will  be  discussed  in  all-day 
sessions.  The  Aaronic  Priesthood 
Pageant,  "Prepare  Ye  the  Way," 
will  furnish  the  program  for  the 
evening. 


will  realize  that  this  is  one  of  their 
contributions  to  the  National  Defense 
Program. 

When  conditions  permit  the  lifting 
of  these  restrictions,  and  new  plans  can 
be  made,  it  is  intended  to  go  forward 
with  the  excursion  along  the  lines  orig- 
inally announced. 

Standard  Quorum  Award 
Records  Should  be  Checked  Now 

Ctake  and  Ward  Aaronic  Priesthood 
*-*  leaders  and  officers  of  quorums 
working  for  Standard  Quorum  Awards 
for  1941  should  check  the  records  now 
and  plan  to  make  up  any  deficiencies  of 
the  summer  months. 

With  three  months  left  in  which  to 
build  up  credits,  leaders  should  offer  all 
possible  encouragement  and  improve 
activity  records  to  insure  the  winning 
of  the  award,  where  it  is  at  all  possible. 

Leaders  of  quorums  which  have  not 
made  the  effort  this  year  should  lay 
plans  now  to  get  the  proper  start  for 
1942.  It  is  desirable  that  considerable 
educational  work  be  done  in  prepara- 
tion, and  now  is  the  time  to  do  it. 

Nothing  succeeds  like  success.  Quo- 
rums which  have  won  the  Standard 
Quorum  Award  once  find  it  easier  to 
win  it  the  second  year.  A  tradition  of 
success  has  been  established  which 
carries  over. 

There  is  so  much  involved  in  the 
Standard  Quorum  Award  plan  that 
encourages  progress  in  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood work  that  every  quorum  is  urged 
to  adopt  and  follow  it. 


YOUTH  AND  THE 
WORD  OF  WISDOM 


ALCOHOL  AND  ATHLETICS 

/^Outstanding  football  coaches  of 
^•^  American  universities  announced 
recently  through  W.  Roy  Breg,  ex- 
ecutive secretary  of  Allied  Youth,  na- 
tional educational  movement  of  high 
school  students,  that  there  are  no  places 
open  on  college  and  university  football 
squads  for  players  who  use  alcoholic 
beverages. 

Even  though  the  man-power  of 
prominent  football  contenders  among 
colleges  and  universities  will  be  de- 
creased by  army  duty  and  jobs  in  de- 
fense industries,   varsity  football  will 


continue  to  be  the  sport  of  total  ab- 
stainers, leading  coaches  say. 

The  new  roll  call  in  which  prominent 
institutions  and  their  football  mentors 
are  quoted  on  "no  drinking"  rules  in 
sports  resulted  from  a  survey  of  15,000 
high  school  students,  which  indicated 
the  close  attention  these  young  people 
have  given  to  the  coaches'  warning, 
"Even  a  few  drinks  spoil  your  possi- 
bilities as  an  athlete." 

Replying  to  Secretary  Breg's  request 
for  up-to-date  opinions  and  observa- 
tions, "to  show  why  this  rule  persists, 
even  though  drinking  is  increasingly 
popular  among  many  Americans,"  were 
the  coaches  of  Princeton,  Cornell,  Syra- 
cuse, Harvard,  Ohio  State,  Washing- 
ton State,  Texas  Christian,  Colgate, 
Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical, 
and  Universities  of  Alabama,  Illinois, 
Pennsylvania,  California,  Kansas, 
North  Carolina,  and  Minnesota. 

Typical  of  the  two-point  emphasis 
on  "why  coaches  won't  keep  drinking 
men  on  the  squad"  was  the  statement 
of  Cornell  University's  head  football 
coach,  Carl  G.  Snavely,  who  found 
alcoholic  indulgence  harmfully  effect- 
ing stamina,  skill,  nervous  reactions, 
and  mental  processes,  and  also  threat- 
ening team  morale. 

"Those  who  make  tests  or  perform 
experiments  concerning  the  effects  of 
alcoholic  beverages  will  agree  that  the 
use  of  these  beverages  has  a  harmful 
effect  upon  one's  stamina,  skill,  nervous 
reactions,  and  mental  processes," 
Coach  Snavely  stated,  in  a  summary 
approved  by  the  other  coaches  inter- 
viewed by  Allied  Youth. 

"Regardless  of  any  skill  he  may 
possess,  I  am  not  interested  in  having 
any  boy  on  my  squad  who  does  not 
have  sufficient  pride,  poise,  and  self- 
control  to  lead  him  to  abstain  from  all 
types  of  alcoholic  beverages. 

"It  is  my  opinion  that  a  boy  who 
takes  so  little  pride  in  his  performance 
or  has  so  little  ambition  to  excell  and 
to  make  the  most  of  his  qualifications  as 
a  player  would  not  be  likely  to  prove 
dependable  during  the  rigors  of  a  tough 
season.  Nor  could  he  meet  critical 
situations  which  we  expect  to  arise  reg- 
ularly upon  the  football  field.  The 
presence  of  such  a  boy  on  the  squad 
would  undoubtedly  have  such  a  harm- 
ful effect  upon  the  morale  of  the  or- 
ganization that,  even  if  he  possessed 
superior  ability,  his  influence  would  be 
harmful  and  would  more  than  offset 
anything  he  might  contribute  tempo- 
rarily in  the  form  of  superior  play." 

"There  is  no  place  in  championship 
athletics  for  liquor,"  agreed  Coach 
Homer  H.  Norton  of  the  hard-hitting 
Texas  Aggies  (Texas  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical ) . 

"Ohio  State  University  stands  by  its 
'no  drinking'  rule  for  athletes,"  Paul  E. 
Brown,  director  of  football,  announced, 
"because  we  feel  a  boy  owes  it  to  his 
own  physiological  welfare  and  to  the 
welfare  of  the  team  as  a  whole." 

(To  be  concluded  in  the  November 
Era) 


a 


Q 


rr 


lUardTeachinq 


CONDUCTED  UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION   OF  THE   PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC — EDITED  BY  JOHN   D.   GILES 


WARD  TEACHERS 

A  ND  if  any  man  among  you  be  strong  in  the  Spirit,  let  him  take  with  him 
"*"*  him  that  is  weak,  that  he  may  be  edified  in  all  meekness,  that  he  may 
become  strong  also. 

Therefore,  take  with  you  those  who  are  ordained  unto  the  lesser 
priesthood (Doc.  &  Cov.,  84:106,  107.) 

Suggestions  For  Ward  Teachers 

Teachers  should  be  actively  interested  in  their  people.  They  should 
visit  them  in  times  of  illness  and  death.  They  should  be  aware  of  the 
spiritual,  physical,  and  temporal  status  of  their  people  to  such  an  extent 
that  distress  and  want  may  be  reported  at  once,  and  appropriate  assistance 
to  the  worthy  be  provided  without  delay. 

In  keeping  with  the  duties  assigned  to  teachers  by  revelation,  it  is  highly 
appropriate,  where  making  a  formal  visit,  to  ask  each  member  of  the  family 
questions  containing  the  following  import: 

1.  Are  you  in  harmony — 

a.  With  your  neighbors  and  associates? 

b.  With  ward,  stake,  and  General  Authorities  of  the  Church? 

2.  Are  you  attending  to  your  Church  duties — 

a.  As  a  member 

Attending  meeting,  fasting  once  each  month  and  paying  Fast  Offering, 
paying  tithing,  and  participating  in  ward  social  functions? 

b.  As  an  officer 

Setting  proper  example,  attending  council  meetings,  etc.? 

3.  Are  you  attending  to  secret  and  family  prayers? 

THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  CHARACTER 

Jesus  said:  "Be  ye  therefore  perfect,  even  as  your  Father  which  is  in 
heaven  is  perfect."  Matt.  5:48. 

It  should  be  the  aim  of  every  Latter-day  Saint  to  strive  to  perfect 
himself  as  urged  by  the  Savior.  While  perfection  may  appear  to  be  im- 
possible of  attainment  in  this  life,  to  strive  for  it  is  not  only  possible  and 
desirable  for  every  person,  but  it  is  our  duty. 

The  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  should  make  of  the  Latter-day  Saints  a 
people  who  will  be  the  wonder  of  the  whole  world.  If  all  members  of  the 
Church  would  live  according  to  its  teachings,  overcoming  weakness  and 
temptation,  perfecting  themseves  and  living  righteous  lives,  this  people 
would  challenge  the  admiration  of  all  nations. 

The  development  of  strong  character,  with  its  positive  qualities  of 
honesty,  courage,  self  control,  faith,  confidence,  kindness,  energy,  thrift, 
loyalty,  morality,  and  will  power,  should  be  the  determination  of  every 
member.    What  power  and  influence  for  good  would  come  to  the  Church! 

The  world  today  needs  men  and  women  of  noble,  upright  character, 
as  never  before.  The  Church  has  the  same  need.  Those  of  us  who  are 
beset  by  worldly  weakness  should  strive  with  all  diligence  to  develop  strong, 
desirable  characters  by  continually  exercising  self  control  and  will  power. 
Doing  the  will  of  the  Lord  and  living  in  accordance  with  His  teachings  will 
be  of  greatest  assistance.  With  the  Ten  Commandments  as  a  guide  and 
determination  to  live  the  life  of  a  true  Latter-day  Saint  as  a  sustaining 
force,  a  strong,  positive,  wholesome  character  is  possible  for  every  one 
of  us. 


Tobacco  Taboo  for  the  Athlete 

Tn  a  recent  copy  of  The  First  Aider, 
published  by  the  Cremar  Chemical 
Co.,  a  very  interesting  article  on  the 
action  of  tobacco  on  the  body  of  an 
athlete  will  settle  many  arguments  that 
have  arisen  in  midnight  sessions  and 
other  round  table  discussions  wherever 


athletes  or  athletically  minded  persons 
assemble. 

The  excessive  use  of  tobacco  con- 
tracts the  blood  vessels.  This  cuts  the 
circulation  of  blood.  Over  a  period 
of  time  these  vessels,  arteries  and 
capilaries  cannot  respond  and  perma- 
nent injury  occurs — nutrition  decreases 
and  growth  may  be  hindered. 


The  action  of  tobacco  is  exactly  the 
opposite  of  alcohol.  Alcohol  expands 
the  blood  vessels.  In  time  this  ex- 
pansion becomes  permanent  and  causes 
a  break-down."  (From  The  Ever- 
green. ) 

Concerning  Tea  and  Coffee 

The  fact  that  coffee,  in  doses  sufficient 
to  produce  any  stimulating  effects,  raises 
blood  pressure  and  stimulates  the  action  of 
the  kidneys,  is  also  good  reason  for  using 
it  with  caution  in  these  days  of  arterial 
strain  and  tendency  to  kidney  affection. 
Nowadays  drugs  that  act  on  the  kidneys 
are  used  with  great  caution.  Instead  of 
spurring  the  kidney  with  drugs,  its  work 
is  regulated  by  proper  diet,  water  intake, 
etc.  A  recent  investigation  of  a  group  of 
1,000  cases  of  high  blood  pressure  showed 
that  excess  use  of  tea  and  coffee  was  one 
of  the  outstanding  factors  in  this  group. 

Melchizedek  Priesthood 

No  Liquor-Tobacco  Column 

( Concluded  from  page  617) 
terests,  however,  always  oppose  it.    Is 
this  not  a  good  indication  of  what  the 
friends  of  temperance  should  do? 

Success  to  the  movement  in  Califor- 
nia, in  Idaho,  and  elsewhere! 

Drinking  and  Driving 

A  problem  not  yet  solved  in  America 
■**  or  elsewhere  is  that  of  safe  driving. 
It  is  a  much-discussed  problem,  but  ap- 
parently it  is  yet  to  a  considerable 
extent  a  problem  similar  to  that  of  the 
weather,  of  which  Mark  Twain  re- 
marked "Everybody  talks  about  it,  but 
nobody  does  anything  about  it." 

If  two  things  were  done — refusing 
to  permit  anyone  to  drive  while  under 
the  influence  of  liquor  and  reducing  the 
speed  of  driving — there  would  be  far 
fewer  motor  car  accidents.  Does  not 
the  gravity  of  the  problem  warrant 
these  two  things  being  done? 

The  problem  of  liquor  and  driving  is 
one  to  which  the  American  Business 
Men's  Research  Foundation  has  given 
much  study.  In  a  recent  circular  of  the 
Foundation  Mr.  Charles  R.  Jones,  ex- 
ecutive vice  president,  said: 

We  must  not  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that 
the  number  of  traffic  deaths  throughout  the 
country  this  year  to  date  is  menacingly 
higher  than  it  was  in  1940,  when  some 
34,500  fatal  accidents  were  reported,  which 
included  25%,  or  approximately  8,600,  in 
which  liquor  was  a  driver  or  a  pedestrian 
factor.  We  must  remember  that  the  drink- 
ing driver  is  an  everyday  peril  to  safe 
highway  travel. 

Relative  to  this  problem  President 
Jones  said  elsewhere: 

Experience  since  repeal  shows  that  ap- 
proximately one-fourth  of  all  automobile 
accidents  are  caused  by  persons  who  have 
been  drinking. 

621 


u 


fiencaloqu 


A  GENEALOGICAL  "CRUSADE" 
IN  THE  NORTHERN  STATES 
MISSION 

By  President  Leo  J.  Muir 
Northern  States  Mission 

Tn  six  months  the  Saints  in  the  North- 

ern  States  Mission  experienced  a 
soul-stirring  renaissance  in  genealogy. 

In  every  branch  of  the  mission — fifty- 
eight  in  number — public  and  private 
meetings  were  held  in  which  eager  lis- 
teners were  taught  the  scriptural  back- 
ground of  genealogy,  methods  of  re- 
search, family  records,  preparation  of 
temple  sheets,  the  importance  of  temple 
work,  books  of  remembrance,  etc. 

This  extensive  campaign  of  spiritual 
and  technical  instruction  was  conducted 
by  two  strong-hearted  crusaders  in  a 
pilgrimage  which  covered  six  of  the 
leading  industrial  states  in  our  nation. 
In  a  car  whose  trunk  and  back  seat  sec- 
tion were  packed  with  essential  cloth- 
ing and  genealogical  equipment,  these 
crusaders  ferreted  their  way  through  a 
thousand  towns  and  cities  to  chapels, 
halls,  and  homes  where  appointments 
were  arranged  for  meetings  of  instruc- 
tions. Who  were  they  and  what  led 
them  to  this  vast  undertaking? 

At  the  close  of  a  testimonial  held 
May  26,  1939,  in  honor  of  the  writer  of 
this  article  and  his  wife,  a  suggestion 
was  made  to  Roe  C.  Hawkins  and  his 
wife,  Julia  S.  Hawkins,  of  Long  Beach, 
California,  that  they  prepare  to  fill  a 
short  term  mission  in  the  Northern 
States  within  the  next  few  years. 

"We'd  love  to  do  so,"  both  of  them 
affirmed  enthusiastically.  However, 
they  proceeded  to  explain  that  during 
the  past  decade  their  business  had  suf- 
fered rapid  decline — from  an  inventory 
of  $100,000  almost  to  the  vanishing 
point.  At  the  moment,  because  of  de- 
faults of  several  creditors,  the  concern 
was  laboring  under  approximately 
$3,000  of  urgent  indebtedness. 

In  spite  of  all  this,  a  strong  ambition 
to  perform  a  mission  directed  particu- 
larly toward  genealogy  found  lodgment 
in  the  souls  of  these  fine  people.  "While 
they  gave  only  faint  promise  that  they 
would  set  their  hearts  to  the  task  of 
preparing  for  such  a  mission,  they 
secretly  cherished  the  desire  and  looked 
forward  to  the  undertaking.  Before  a 
full  year  had  passed,  under  the  spur  of 
this  laudable  ambition,  and  surely  with 
the  blessing  of  the  Lord,  all  indebted- 
ness of  the  enterprise  was  paid  off  and 
$600.00  was  laid  by  to  cover  the  esti- 
mated cost  of  six  months  in  the  mission 
field.  The  writer  was  greatly  surprised 
when  word  came  in  late  March,  1940, 
that  Brother  and  Sister  Hawkins  were 
ready  to  enter  the  mission  field. 

Here,  indeed,  was  a  great  opportunity 
for   service:    a  mission   field   ripe    for 

622 


genealogical  instruction  and  two  peo- 
ple of  wide  experience  and  deep  spir- 
itual sincerity  ready  for  action.  The 
writer  had  long  before  taken  the  meas- 
ure of  Roe  C.  Hawkins  and  his  spirited 
wife,  Julia  S.  Hawkins.  Back  in  1935 
they  had  been  appointed  to  organize  and 
conduct  a  movement  in  Los  Angeles 
Stake  for  the  reclaiming  of  several  hun- 
dred Church  members  who  had  become 
indifferent  to  the  influence  of  the 
Church.  As  a  result  of  their  activity, 
three  hundred  people — most  of  them 
newly  married  couples  with  young  fam- 
ilies— were  led  forward  into  active 
Church  service. 

Roe  C.  Hawkins  is  a  convert,  having 
joined  the  Church  in  1920.  He  has  held 
numerous  Church  positions:  among 
them,  assistant  stake  director  of  gen- 


BR0THER  AND   SISTER  ROE  C.    HAWKINS 

ealogy  and  member  of  the  stake  high 
council.  He  is  a  good  speaker  and  an 
excellent  teacher.  He  makes  friends 
on  every  hand  and  influences  them  with 
a  kindly  spirituality.  Sister  Julia  S. 
Hawkins  is  a  native-born  Mormon, 
through  Idaho  pioneer  parents.  She 
too  has  held  numerous  offices  of  the 
Church  both  in  ward  and  stake  organi- 
zations. Following  a  mission  {1906- 
07)  in  the  Western  States,  she  was 
a  counselor  or  president  in  ward  or 
stake  Relief  Societies  for  twenty-two 
years.  For  nearly  four  years  she 
served  as  a  member  of  Los  Angeles 
Stake  genealogical  board. 

With  this  background  of  rich  experi- 
ence, Brother  and  Sister  Hawkins  left 
Long  Beach,  April  1,  1940,  en  route  to 
the  Northern  States  Mission.  Follow- 
ing April  general  conference  in  Salt 
Lake  they  spent  eight  days  in  the  of- 
fices of  the  Utah  Genealogical  Society 
studying  the  files.  They  reached  mis- 
sion headquarters  in  Chicago  on  April 
19.  The  next  day  their  service  began 
at  the  Indianapolis  conference. 

The  following  tabulation  presents  a 
graphic  picture  of  the  work  accom- 
plished by  Brother  and  Sister  Hawkins 
between  April  20  and  September  23, 
1940,  when  they  left  Springfield,  Illi- 
nois, on  their  journey  homeward. 


Miles  traveled  in  automobile 15,318 

Cost  of  gas,  oil,  repairs,  etc $312.32 

Cost  of  food,  lodging,  and  other  es- 
sential items  $534.08 

Special  genealogical  meetings  held..        114 

Other  meetings  attended  where  op- 
portunity was  afforded  for  gene- 
alogical discussion  65 

Private  interviews  in  solving  gene- 
alogical problems  582 

Number  of  people  receiving  direct 

genealogical  instruction  2,171 

Total   number  of  people  attending 

genealogical  meetings   2,753 

Grand  total  of  public  meetings  at- 
tended          179 

Hours  devoted  to  actual  teaching  of 
genealogical  work  in  public  gath- 
erings          282 

Total  hours  spent  in  public  meetings, 
family  gatherings,  and  individual 
instruction   533 

Pamphlets,  tracts,  and  work  sheets 

employed  in  this  service 5,500 

Nights  lodging  paid  for 35 

Nights  lodging  at  homes  of  saints....        127 

Like  all  statistical  information,  these 
figures,  though  impressive,  are  cold  and 
colorless.  They  are  the  mathematical 
product  of  a  pilgrimage  motivated  by 
love,  brotherhood,  and  the  soul-re- 
deeming spirit  of  Elijah.  That  the 
Saints  and  missionaries  alike  were  cap- 
tivated by  this  spirit  has  been  evidenced 
in  every  meeting  held  and  in  the  urgent 
request  that  Brother  and  Sister  Haw- 
kins return  to  give  extended  instruc- 
tion. More  often  than  otherwise  the 
meetings  ran  to  midnight,  often  later. 
With  deep  religious  zeal,  members  and 
missionaries  received  instruction  and 
labored  to  perfect  their  knowledge  of 
genealogical  technique.  As  Brother 
and  Sister  Hawkins  concluded  their 
visits,  parting  sorrows  were  every- 
where manifested. 

They  have  made  for  themselves  hun- 
dreds of  genuine  friendships.  They 
have  written  their  names  and  im- 
pressed their  spirits  upon  many  hun- 
dreds of  hearts  in  Northern  States 
Mission. 

But,  better  than  all  this,  they  have 
impressed  upon  hundreds  of  hearts  the 
deep  import  of  the  message  and  the 
service  which  brought  them  to  this  mis- 
sion. Hundreds  of  people  have  "gone 
to  work"  in  this  great  spiritual  enter- 
prise. In  practically  every  branch  in 
this  mission  someone  can  now  be  found 
to  take  leadership  in  genealogical  ac- 
tivities. In  every  branch  there  is  some- 
one who  knows  how  and  feels  the  urge 
to  take  hold  of  this  movement. 

In  a  spirit  of  sincere  gratitude  and 
genuine  pride  the  Northern  States  Mis- 
sion makes  acknowledgment  of  its  in- 
debtedness to  Brother  and  Sister  Haw- 
kins. We  cherish  the  hope  that  they 
will  soon  bless  us  with  another  mission- 
ary service. 


rUO 


m 


CHURCH-WIDE  HYMNS  FOR 
OCTOBER,  NOVEMBER, 
AND  DECEMBER 

HYMNS  CAN  BE  BEAUTIFUL 
By  J.  Spencer  Cornwall 

OCTOBER 

Behold  the  Great  Redeemer 
Die— No.  15 

Eliza  R.  Snow — George  Careless 

'T'his  sacramental  hymn  is  one  of  our 
best.  Structurally  it  is  built  in  a 
series  of  arches  or  half-arch  form.  To 
give  more  tone  to  the  highest  notes  of 
each  phrase  by  introducing  smooth 
crescendos  and  diminuendos,  is  an  ef- 
fective way  to  interpret  it.  It  should 
be  sung  reverently  and  therefore  with 
a  more  subdued  volume  of  tone.  The 
speed  is  slow  but  not  so  slow  that  each 
phrase  cannot  be  sung  in  one  breath. 

NOVEMBER 

Again  We  Meet  Around 
the  Board — No.  9. 

Eliza  R.  Snow — George  Careless 

4  *  A  gain  We  Meet  Around  the 
^  Board"  is  a  sacramental  hymn  of 
much  beauty.  Due  to  the  pitches  em- 
ployed in  the  soprano  and  alto  parts, 
it  is  imperative  that  the  ladies  use  tone 
quality  which  is  somewhat  subdued  and 
constantly  beautiful.  The  slurs  used 
throughout  should  be  performed  with 
directness  and  no  portamento;  espe- 
cially is  this  true  of  the  soprano  and 
alto  duet.  Simple  beauty  is  the  aim  to 
attain  in  the  singing  of  this  hymn. 

DECEMBER 

How  Great  the  Wisdom 
and  the  Love — No.  32. 

Eliza  R.  Snow — Thos.  Mclntyre 

"T-Jow  Great  the  Wisdom  and  the 
A  Love"  is  a  forceful  exposition  of 
the  sacramental  theme.  It  should  be 
sung  with  a  solid  tone  throughout — 
louder  than  soft.  It  must  always  press 
forward  with  deep  sincerity.  The 
chorister  must,  to  insure  ease,  make  a 
point  of  repose  at  the  end  of  the  first 
line  by  slowing  the  two  beats  of  that 
measure.  A  sincere  spirituality  and  a 
clear  declaration  of  the  text  are  the  ends 
to  seek  in  the  performance  of  this  hymn. 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  ORGANISTS 
ON  OCTOBER,  NOVEMBER, 
AND  DECEMBER  HYMNS 
By  Alexander  Schreiner 

'T'he  General  Music  Committee  of  the 
Church  has  chosen  the   following 


three  sacramental  hymns  for  special 
attention  during  the  coming  three 
months:  in  October,  No.  15,  "Behold 
the  Great  Redeemer  Die";  in  Novem- 
ber, No.  9,  "Again  We  Meet  Around 
the  Board";  and  in  December,  No.  32, 
"How  great  the  Wisdom  and  the  Love" 
will  be  sung  during  the  time  in  our  meet- 
ings when  the  Priests  break  the  bread 
in  preparation  for  the  sacrament  serv- 
ices. 

These  three  beautiful  hymns  call  for 
identical  treatment  by  organists.  The 
chosen  hymn  should  be  played  through 
once  in  such  a  reverent  and  devotional 
style  that  the  congregation  will  be  eager 
and  ready  to  sing  in  that  same  way. 
To  accomplish  this,  the  organist  should 
play  only  medium  loud,  with  soft  six- 
teen-foot bass  in  the  left  hand  in  the 
case  of  a  reed  organ,  no  four-foot  or 
super  couplers  in  the  right  hand,  and 
with  only  the  right  knee  swell  in  use 
for  expression.  The  tempo  is  leisurely 
slow,  but  it  would  be  well  not  to  allow 
it  to  become  progressivey  slower  and 
slower.  On  the  other  hand,  try  not  to 
play  ahead  of  your  singers,  but  rather 
accompany  them.  Be  a  gentle  shep- 
herd. 

Most  important  in  these  hymns  is  the 
need  for  a  very  smooth,  legato  rendi- 
tion. Take  a  breath  at  the  end  of 
phrases,  but  keep  the  fingers  pressing 
well  on  the  keys  everywhere  else.  By 
means  of  such  melodic  continuity,  the 
organ  will  seem  to  be  singing  also. 

The  tenor  parts  may  give  trouble  to 
some  young  organists,  as,  for  example, 
at  the  beginning  of  "How  Great  the 
Wisdom  and  the  Love."     In  this  and 


similar  instances,  play  this  tenor  part 
in  the  right  hand  with  the  thumb  and 
second  fingers.  The  harmony  will  al- 
ways be  rich  when  all  four  parts  are 
sounded,  and  especially  so  when 
sounded  together  with  a  sixteen-foot 
sub-bass. 

These  hymns  may  also  be  very  ef- 
fective when  played  by  the  organ  alone 
during  the  service.  It  should  then  pro- 
ceed at  a  slower  tempo  and  very  softly. 
The  inspiring  words  by  Eliza  R.  Snow 
will  then  filter  through  the  minds  of  all 
those  present,  focusing  their  thoughts 
upon  the  service,  and  thus  improving 
the  quality  of  their  worship.  Try  to 
touch  their  hearts  as  you  play  the  cold 
keys  before  you. 


MUSIC 

We  specialize  in  music  for  churches  and  schools. 
Large  stocks  lor  vocal  and  instrumental  solos, 
choirs,  _  bands  and  orchestras.  Headquarters 
for  music  for  L.  D.  S.  organizations.  Mail  orders 
filled  promptly  or  write  for  catalogues  and  spe- 
cial lists. 

DAYNES  MUSIC  CO. 

We  solicit  your  patronage 
47  So.   Main  St.  Salt  Lake   City 


HEADQUARTERS  for  All 
M.I.A.  Festival  Music 


warn 


£25 


70  SO.  MAIN         SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


Your  Ward  CAN  Own  a 

HAMMOND    ORGAN 

WITH  THE  FULL  APPROVAL  AND  ASSISTANCE 
OF  THE  PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC 

Everywhere,  churches  have  found  that  the  magnificent  tones 
of  this  instrument  has  a  strengthening  influence.    YOUR  con- 
gregation will  feel  a  deeper  religious  interest  stemming  from 
the  glorious  music  of  the  HAMMOND.     For 
full  information,  see  or  write 

MR.  SELDON  N.  HEAPS 

GI.ENBH05.  MUSIC  CO. 


74  SO.  MAIN 
SALT  LAKE  CITY 


(D&pahiwumL  /^  £dua*iwtL 


THE  CHURCH  EDUCATIONAL 
PROGRAM  IN  LOS  ANGELES 

By  Dr.  G.  Byron  Done, 

Director  of  the  L.  D.  S.  Institute  of 
Religion  at  Los  Angeles  and  Lecturer 
in  Religion  at  the  University  of 
Southern  California 

Approximately  36,000  young  men 
"^  and  women  will  enroll  this  fall  at 
the  two  Universities,  four  Junior  Col- 
leges, and  one  Business  College  in  the 
Los  Angeles  area  where  the  Church 
maintains  an  Institute  of  Religion  and 
sponsors  Socio-Religious  organizations 
such  as  Deseret  Clubs  and  the  Lambda 
Delta  Sigma  Fraternity. 

Only  600  of  the  36,000  enrollees  will 
be  Latter-day  Saints.  This  means  that 
for  every  Mormon  student  that  registers 
there  will  be  60  non-Mormons  register- 
ing. On  some  campuses  the  pro- 
portions will  be  higher  and  on 
others  lower.  For  example:  Those 
of  the  600  who  enroll  at  the  University 
of  California  at  Los  Angeles  will  repre- 
sent but  1  in  90,  while  those  en- 
tering the  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia will  be  outnumbered  83  to  1. 
The  Mormon  boy  or  girl  at  the  Pasa- 
dena Junior  College  will  be  interested 
in  knowing  that  he  or  she  will  be  only 
1  in  200  as  compared  to  his  fellow 
religionists  at  the  Compton  or  Long 
Beach  Junior  Colleges  where  1  in  every 
42  will  be  members  of  the  Church. 

These  predictions  are  made  on  the 
assumption  that  all  Mormon  students 
enrolling  at  these  schools  will  designate 
their  religious  affiliation  on  the  regis- 
tration card  provided  for  this  purpose. 
However,  this  will  not  be  the  case,  for 
about  one  in  six  ( a  conservative  figure ) 
will  prefer  to  keep  his  church  member- 
ship secret,  thinking,  perhaps,  it  might 
militate  in  some  way  against  his  schol- 
astic or  social  success  were  it  known. 

The  Church  is  intensely  interested  in 
these  600  young  people,  as  it  is  inter- 
ested in  all  its  college  youth  throughout 
the  nation.  So  interested  in  fact  that 
it  spent  nearly  a  million  dollars  last 
year,  and  will  spend  an  equal  amount 
this  year  in  teaching  them  the  Gospel 
and  in  keeping  them  socially  identified 
with  each  other  while  at  school. 

True,  the  Church  does  not  foster 
Religious  Institutes,  Deseret  Clubs, 
and  Lambda  Delta  Sigma  Fraternities 
for  its  thousands  of  young  stenog- 
raphers, bookkeepers,  bank-clerks  and 
carpenters  as  it  does  for  its  student 
youth.  And  this  in  spite  of  the  fact  that 
in  places  like  Los  Angeles  the  problems 
of  students  and  clerks  parallel  each 
other  in  many  respects,  most  important 
of  which  is  the  fact  that  both  are 
minority  groups  by  great  odds,  and  are 
being  bombarded  constantly  by  social 
pressures  and  appeals  inimical  to  their 
own  standards  of  conduct  and  religious 
devotion.  Both  are  targets  of  the  slow, 
subtle,  unconscious  forces  in  social  in- 
teraction which  break  down  individual 

624 


standards  and  mould  them  to  those  of 
the  group.  Furthermore,  the  young 
men  and  women  of  the  business  world 
are  just  as  fine,  and  attract  each 
other  just  as  strongly,  as  those  on  a  col- 
lege campus.  The  opportunities  for  a 
romance  which  may  lead  to  marriage 
with  those  of  another  faith  may  be  the 
same  in  both  instances.  But  this  is 
doubtful,  as  success  in  college  is  as 
much  a  social  recognition  or  identifica- 
tion as  it  is  a  scholastic  attainment. 
One  of  the  purposes  of  the  university 
and  the  college  seems  to  be  that  of 
providing  social  and  recreational  life 
(experiences)  for  students.  The  ex- 
istence of  scores  of  social  fraternities 
and  sororities  on  a  campus  is  evidence 
of  the  fact  that  the  individual  seeks  the 
social  approval  of  the  group.  So  strong 
is  this  desire  in  many  that  they  are 
willing  to  compromise  their  own  stan- 
dards for  such  approval.  Thus  the  very 
nature  and  purpose  of  a  college  or  uni- 
versity campus  encourages  the  social 
experiences  of  the  students  in  a  way 
that  is  not  true  of  the  business  world. 
But  the  complete  and  distinct  differ- 
ence in  the  two  situations  is  to  be  found 
in  the  comparison  of  the  natures  and 
functions  of  the  classroom  with  those 
of  the  office,  bank,  store,  or  workshop. 
The  Mormon  youth  in  the  business 
world  are  not  exposed  several  hours  a 
day  for  several  years  to  lectures  by 
scholarly  men,  many  of  whom  are  au- 
thorities in  the  fields  of  science  and 
philosophy,  the  doctrines  of  which  are 
still  theories  but  are  taught  as  facts  and 
accepted  as  such  by  immature  minds 
that  are  unduly  impressed  by  the  erudi- 
tion of  their  teachers.  Yet,  not  once 
during  these  impressionable  years 
will  students  hear  in  any  college 
classroom,  from  any  teacher  of  scholar- 
ship equal  to  those  in  the  fields  of 
science  and  philosophy,  one  lecture  on 
"Faith  In  God,"  "The  Divinity  of 
Christ,"  "The  validity  of  Religious 
Faith,"  or  "The  Plan  of  Salvation." 
There  are,  of  course,  men  on  college 
faculties  who  could  deliver  such  lec- 
tures if  permitted  to.  The  law,  how- 
ever, forbids  the  teaching  of  religion 
in  state  supported  schools,  although  it 
permits  the  teaching  of  irreligion  and 
agnosticism — not  in  formal  courses 
labeled  as  such,  naturally,  but  by  in- 
direction through  inferences,  insinua- 
tions and  omissions.  When  religion 
was  excluded  from  the  classroom  the 
state  unwittingly  placed  the  stamp  of 
approval  upon  science  and  philosophy, 
and  in  essence  said  to  all  students, 
"Only  that  experience  which  can  be 
verified  by  the  scientific  method  is  a 
fact  or  real.  Therefore,  the  only  way 
to  truth  is  by  the  scientific  method." 
Believing  this  fallacy  thousands  of 
teachers  and  students  have  become,  as 
one  devout  educator  has  expressed  it, 
"Brains  on  stilts."  Consequently,  in 
the  hearts  of  many  of  our  own  boys  and 
girls  the  prophet  is  being  replaced  by 
the  philosopher,  and  factual  knowledge 


is  being  made  to  work  overtime  trying 
to  do  two  jobs,  that  of  Faith  and  its 
own. 

Such  being  the  case  the  Church  feels 
justified  in  the  yearly  spending  of  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  dollars  for  the 
maintenance  of  beautiful  buildings  con- 
venient to  these  campuses,  where  classes 
in  Church  History  and  Doctrine  are 
given;  where  the  Bible,  the  Book  of 
Mormon,  and  The  Doctrine  and  Cove- 
nants are  taught  as  historical  and  reli- 
gious facts;  where  the  religious  method 
and  the  religious  experience  are  con- 
sidered as  real  and  as  valid  as  those  of 
science;  where  men  of  faith,  and  of 
scholarship  on  a  level  with  many  of 
the  teachers  of  science  and  philosophy, 
are  employed  to  help  perplexed  stu- 
dents think  through  their  problems 
when  and  where  they  first  appear,  and 
when  they  are  most  needed;  where 
teachers  are  immediately  accessible  to 
students  who  are  inclined  to  have 
more  faith  in  the  advice  of  a  religious 
man  with  academic  standing  than  in 
that  of  his  own  parent,  bishop,  or  Sun- 
day School  teacher. 

While  students  on  the  Utah  and  Los 
Angeles  campuses  have  many  prob- 
lems in  common  the  problem  of  social 
identification  with  those  of  their  own 
kind  would  seem  to  be  greater  for  those 
in  Southern  California.  The  majority 
of  students  at  the  Utah  schools  are 
Latter-day  Saints  most  of  whom  were 
born  in  small  Mormon  communities 
where  they  went  through  the  grades  and 
high  school  with  Mormon  classmates 
and  were  taught  in  the  main  by  Mormon 
teachers.  At  college  the  majority  of  their 
classmates,  fraternity  brothers,  sorority 
sisters,  and  members  of  their  clubs  will 
be  Mormons.  To  students,  therefore,  ac- 
customed to  the  warm,  friendly,  and  in- 
timate atmosphere  of  the  Mormon  com- 
munities large  cities  and  campuses  pre- 
sent a  new  problem, — that  of  social 
identification  with  their  religious  group, 
■ — a  group  that  represents  only  10  of 
every  1000  population.  The  tempta- 
tion to  accept  the  religious  anonymity 
which  the  great  metropolitan  centers 
and  their  schools  offer  is  an  enticing 
one  to  many, — the  invitation  to  be  "of 
the  world"  with  little  fear  of  being 
discovered  or  censured  by  the  groups 
in  which  they  should  be  active. 

Cognizant  of  the  many  difficulties 
facing  Mormon  students  in  Los  Angeles 
and  elsewhere,  the  Church  urges  them, 
as  it  does  all  its  youth  in  the  college 
and  university  world,  to  take  full  ad- 
vantage of  the  facilities  of  its  Institutes 
of  Religion;  to  identify  themselves  with 
its  religious,  intellectual,  and  social 
programs;  to  safeguard  their  heritage 
and  to  enrich  their  lives  with  the  soul- 
satisfying  truths  of  a  revealed  religion 
rather  than  starve  by  confining 
their  education  to  the  vacuous  doc- 
trines of  man-made  philosophies;  to 
feel  the  strength  of  faith  in  God  rather 
than  the  enervation  of  doubt  and  agnos- 
ticism; to  choose  the  right  him  or  the 
only  her  from  among  those  of  like  re- 
ligious heritage. 


=02 


o 


Ct 


■fflutuafUlessaqes 

llllll    H  I  IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIBIIIIIIIIWIHIMIIIIIHIWIIIHHWIIWIIIIIIII  Mlllllll  III  llllllll  1-mffTIIIII    HfllHMMIMIIIMMII— llTmmi   IMIIIIWI 


=33 


SecutiVes 


TWO  PROGRAMS  FOR  RELIEF 
SOCIETY  AND  M.  I.  A. 

Sunday  Evening  Service,  Nov  2. 

rTTo  cooperate  with  the  Relief  Society 
in  celebrating  their  centennial  year, 
the  M.  I.  A.  is  happy  to  grant  this  re- 
quest that  they  be  given  the  first  Sun- 
day evening  in  November  (November 
2)  for  the  presentation  of  a  special 
membership-building  program.  All 
wards  are  asked  to  set  aside  the  regular 
work  outlined  for  this  evening  and  to 
participate  in  the  following  program 
planned  by  the  Relief  Society: 

Music — - Congregation 

Prayer  _. _ 

Special  Music — Relief  Society    (Singing 
Mothers,  if  chorus  is  available) 

"Our  Common  Quest" 

Relief  Society   representative 

Special  Music -M.  I.  A. 

"Salute  to  Relief  Society  Membership".... 
Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  representative 

"Salute  to  Relief  Society  Membership".... 
Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.  representative 

Music — "A  Hundred  Thousand  Strong" 

, — Singing   Mothers 

(if  chorus  is  available),  congregation 
to  join  in  chorus 

Closing  Prayer  

The  Relief  Society  will  consult  with 
M.  I.  A.  officers  in  making  the  M.  I.  A. 
assignments. 

Tuesday  Evening  Service, 
March  17 

Tuesday,  March  17,  is  the  Relief 
Society  Birthday;  this  year  it  marks 
the  100th  anniversary  of  the  organi- 
zation of  the  women  of  the  Church  by 
the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith.  On  this 
evening  the  Mutual  Improvement  As- 
sociations are  asked  to  cooperate  with 
the  Relief  Society  in  whatever  way  the 
latter  may  desire.  In  order  not  to  lose 
important  features  of  our  own  program, 
it  may  be  necessary  to  "double  up"  on 
March  10  or  March  24,  so  as  to  include 
lessons  now  scheduled  for  the  17th. 

SCOUTS  AND  BEE-HIVE  GIRLS 
TO  BE  GIVEN  SPECIAL 
CONSIDERATION 

A  letter  from  the  General  Superin- 
^*  tendency  of  the  Primary  Associa- 
tion solicits  our  special  consideration 
for  the  new  boys  and  girls.  It  calls  at- 
tention to  the  fact  that  occasionally  the 
twelve-year  old  children  who  enter  the 
M.  I.  A.  feel  "quite  lost  when  they  find 
they  have  to  adjust  to  a  semi-adult  situ- 
ation." "If  they  could  be  made  to  feel 
more  welcome  and  more  cared  for  as 
their    ages   demand,"   Primary   officers 


feel  that  they  will  be  kept  happy  and 
active  in  the  Church. 
CHORISTERS,  ORGANISTS 
PREPARE  FOR  LEADERSHIP! 

General  Superintendency  and  Presidency 
M.  I.  A. 

Dear   Brethren   and   Sisters: 

HpHE  Music  Institutes  for  the  training  of 
■*•  choristers  and  organists  will  again  be 
held  during  the  coming  season  in  the  various 
localities  mentioned  in  the  enclosed  sched- 
ule. 

We  have  noted  most  gratifying  improve- 
ment in  the  work  of  those  who  have  taken 
our  courses  and  carefully  followed  our  sug- 
gestions. It  is  felt  that  if  we  persist  in  this 
movement  of  training  Church  musicians, 
that  in  a  few  more  years,  a  decided  im- 
provement in  the  music  exercises  of  the 
whole  Church  will  be  noted.  May  we,  there- 
fore, respectfully  suggest  that  you  give  ac- 
tive support  to  this  movement  by  urging 
your  choristers  and  organists  to  enroll  in 
the  courses  to  be  given  the  coming  year. 

The  location  and  (in  some  cases)  ten- 
tative time  of  beginning  of  these  courses 
are  given  in  the  enclosed  schedule.  For 
exact  information  concerning  the  day  and 
hour  of  the  first  class,  the  local  bishop  should 
be  consulted. 

Sincerely, 

GENERAL  MUSIC  COMMITTEE 
By  Tracy  Y.  Cannon,  chairman. 

Professional  Training  at 
Exceedingly  Low-Cost 

A  full  24  hours  of  training  is  yours 
to  enjoy  at  these  nominal  costs:  Or- 
ganists, $8;  Choristers,  $4. 

The  training  is  comprehensive  in 
scope  and  practical  in  character.  Or- 
ganists are  given  a  basic  schooling  in 
organ  technique  and  trained  in  the  selec- 
tion of  appropriate  music  for  all  ward 
and  stake  occasions.  Choristers  are 
taught  how  to  project  their  personal- 
ities and  to  interpret  music  to  singing 
groups.  They  are  also  drilled  in  such 
technical  items  of  conducting  as  the 
effective  use  of  the  baton.  These  stu- 
dents, also,  are  instructed  in  matters 
of  appropriate  music  selection. 


Important:  Students  in  piano  are 
welcomed  to  the  classes  for  organists. 
They  will  be  taught  how  to  transfer 
their  skill  and  technique  to  the  new 
medium. 

The  Mutual  Improvement  Associa- 
tions are  keenly  aware  of  the  value  of 
this  course  and  the  opportunity  it  af- 
fords to  our  workers.  Through  such 
training  and  development  the  constant 
problem  of  where  to  find  adequate  lead- 
ership in  music  is  largely  solved.  It  is. 
recommended  that  the  necessary 
amounts  to  cover  the  fees  for  this. 
course  for  at  least  one  M.  I.  A.  direc- 
tor and  one  M.  I.  A.  organist  in  each 
ward,  be  included  in  the  budget  allow- 
ance for  the  organization. 

THE  M.  I.  A.  THEME 
BOOKMARK 

T  AST  year  for  the  Theme  Festival  and 
*~*  Honor  Days,  the  General  Boards 
prepared  small  scrolls,  on  which  were 
printed  the  M.  I.  A.  Theme,  and  offered: 
them  for  use  in  the  field.  Many  wards 
and  stakes  accepted  them  eagerly  and 
they  were  greatly  appreciated  by  the 
individuals  receiving  them. 

This  year,  on  suggestion  of  the  Og- 
den  Stakes,  it  has  been  decided  to 
furnish  the  Theme  in  the  form  of  an. 
attractive  bookmark.  The  theme  is  in. 
the  center;  at  the  left  appears  the  in- 
signia of  the  M.  I.  A.  in  green  back- 
ground with  monogram  and  the  words. 
"Let's  Go  to  Mutual"  and  "Bring  a 
Friend"  in  gold.  The  price  is  30c  per 
100.  If  you  order  immediately  you  can 
receive  them  in  time  for  your  Autumn. 
Socials  or  for  your  Carry  On- Advance- 
ment exercises. 

ERA  SUCCESS  NOTED 

Cister  Marion  Harris,  who  led  her 
*^  ward  to  victory,  is  displaying  the 
recognition  given  to  the  Tacoma  Cen- 
tral Ward  for  not  only  being  first  to 
reach  its  quota  but  also  securing  the 
(Continued  on  page  626), 


"ERA"  WORKERS  OF  THE  THREE  LEADING  WARDS  IN  THE  SEATTLE  STAKE— 1940-41  CAMPAIGN 
Readino  from  left  to  right:  President  Ray  Parker,  Tacoma  Central;  Bishop  Elvin  E.  Evans,  Tacoma  Central* 
President  Taft  Young,  Bremerton;  Bishop  John  J.  Frye,  Bremerton;  President  Harold  Thompson,  West  Seattle; 
Brother  Ambrose  Chabot,  West  Seattle;  Brother  Tom  Jones,  West  Seattle;  Idris  Haneburg,  "Era"  Director, 
Bremerton;  President  Myrtle  Frye,  Bremerton;  President  Ora  Qualles,  Tacoma  Central;  L.  C.  Seal,  "Era"  Director, 
Seattle  Stake;  Marion  Harris,  "Era"  Director,  Tacoma  Central;  President  Olive  Webster,  West  Seattle;  First 
Counselor  Ardella  Thompson,  West  Seattle. 

625 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Mutual  Messages 

(Continued  from  page  625) 

largest  percentage  of  its  families  as  Era 
subscribers. 

President  Olive  Webster  is  holding 
the  recognition  given  to  West  Seattle 
Ward  for  taking  second  place,  Era 
Director  M.  E.  Salisbury  being  absent. 

Sister  Idris  Haneburg  is  holding 
recognition  given  to  Bremerton  Ward 
for  third  place,  which  ward  led  the 
stake  during  the  previous  year. 

All  three  wards  have  more  than  an 
Era  in  every  home  or  its  equivalent, 
reaching  770%  of  their  quota. 

llffllieSfiieane^ 


Dr.  W.  Creed  Haymond  and  Hazel  Brockbank, 
chairmen;  Dr.  Wesley  P.  Lloyd,  Dr.  Franklin  S. 
Harris,  Dr.  L.  A.  Stevenson,  Homer  C.  Warner, 
Werner  Kiepe,  John  D.  Giles,  Dr.  Le  Roy  J.  Buck- 
miller,  Marie  Waldram,  Ileen  Ann  Waspe.  Freda 
Jensen,   Minnie   E.   Anderson,  Vella  H.   Wetzel. 

MY  book  holds  many  stories 
Wrapped  tighdy  in  itself 
And  yet,  it  never  makes  a  noise 
But  waits  upon  the  shelf 
Until  I  come  and  take  it; 
And  then  my  book  and  I 
Are  sailing  on  a  fairy  sea, 
Or  floating  in  the  sky. 

— Unknown. 

In  the  July  Era  a  tentative  yearly 
program  for  M  Men-Gleaners'  reading 
was  given.  It  was  suggested  that  for 
October  you  choose  a  book  of  modern 
fiction  or  non-fiction.  A  "must"  for 
fiction  reading  is  The  Keys  of  the  King- 
dom, by  A.  J.  Cronin. 

Many  authors  in  their  eagerness  to 
present  a  startling  picture  of  life,  con- 
centrate, to  the  boredom  of  the  dis- 
criminating reader,  upon  the  distasteful, 
the  unpleasant,  and  the  immoral.  They 
have  forgotten  that  the  purposes  of 
literature  is  to  inspire  the  masses  to 
live  better,  to  lift  them,  as  it  were,  to 
the  "window-sills"  of  life  where  they 
might  see  more  beauty  and  purpose 
than  their  constricted  lives  would  allow 
them. 

As  in  his  preceding  novel,  The  Cita- 
del, Dr.  Cronin  tells  the  story  of  a  man 
who  is  an  individualist  in  the  sense 
that  his  conscience  and  not  his  self- 
interest  is  his  guide.  The  loss  of  his 
parents  and  childhood  sweetheart  in- 
fluenced him  to  join  the  ministry. 

Dr.  Cronin  has  combined  in  the  life 
of  this  humble  priest,  Father  Chisholm, 
a  strength  of  character  that  is  matched 
only  by  the  dramatic  episodes  which 
test  him.  Through  it  all  there  is  suf- 
fused an  air  of  beauty  and  gentleness, 
and  a  welcome  thread  of  humor.     It  is 


CORRECTION 
In  the  September  issue  of  the  "Era,"  p.  560,  the 
captions  for  the  pictures  were  incorrect,  except  for 
the  first  picture.  Picture  2  is  of  the  Ensign  Chorus, 
missionaries  of  the  Eastern  States  Mission;  picture 
3  is  the  Explorer-Junior  Chorus  of  the  Fifth  Ward, 
Pocatello  Stake;  pictures  4  and  5  are  scenes  from  the 
operetta  MARITANA,  produced  by  the  Hill  Spring 
Ward,  Alberta  Stake.  The  second  caption  did  not 
belong  in  the  series,  since  the  picture  of  the 
"Colonial  Chorus  Society"  is  appearing  in  the  current 
(October)   issue  as  picture  9  on  this  page. 


a  simple  story  of  self-sacrifice  and  long, 
loving  devotion  to  the  cause  of  hu- 
manity. The  reader  feels  so  much  a 
part  of  the  story,  is  so  entranced  by  its 
poignant  beauty,  that  his  interest  never 
lags. 

Father  Chisholm  made  this  pledge 
when  he  was  an  unhappy  boy:  'I 
promise  faithfully  to  oppose  bravely  all 
that  is  stupid  and  bigoted  and   cruel. 


Toleration  is  the  highest  virtue — Hu- 
mility comes  next."  So  courageously 
does  he  pursue  his  resolve,  and  so  fruit- 
ful is  his  work  that  you  feel  within 
yourself  a  strong  determination  to  take 
up  the  fight  where  he  leaves  it. 

Too  much  of  this  lovely  book  must 
not  be  revealed.  Begin  to  read  it  and 
it  will  be  difficult  for  you  to  lay  it  down 
until  it  is  finished. 


6.  K0L0B  STAKE'S  PRESENTATION  OF  THE  OPERA  "MARITANA." 

7.  a,  b,  c.   DETAILS  OF  DECORATIONS  USED   IN  THE  LAS  VEGAS  WARD,  MOAPA  STAKE,  FOR  THE 
GOLD   AND    GREEN    BALL. 

8.  A    BEE-HIVE    FIREPLACE   AT   WOODRUFF,   SNOWFLAKE   STAKE,    WHICH    WAS    PLACED    AS   A 
JUBILEE  YEAR  MEMORY  MARKER. 

9.  THE  "COLONIAL  CHORAL  SOCIETY"   ORGANIZED   IN   PORTLAND,  OREGON. 

10.  CAST  OF  CHARACTERS  OF  THE  DRAMA,  "HANDCART  TRAILS,"  PRESENTED  IN  THE  FAIRBANKS 
BRANCH  M.  I.  A..  NORTHWESTERN  STATES  MISSION. 

11.  DIRECTOR    AND    CAST    OF    CHARACTERS    OF  THREE-ACT  COMEDY  "THE  LOVELY  DUCKLING," 
PRESENTED  BY  THE  NEPHI   SOUTH  WARD,  JUAB  STAKE. 

12.  VINEYARD  WARD,  SHARON  STAKE,   HONOR  BEE-HIVE  GIRLS. 

13.  FOUR  HONOR  BEE-HIVE  GIRLS  OF  ETNA  WARD,  STAR  VALLEY  STAKE.     THE  FIRST  TO   HAVE 
COMPLETED   BEE-HIVE  WORK. 

14.  "HANDCART  TRAILS"— A  DRAMA   PRESENTED  BY  THE  PAROWAN  STAKE. 

15.  MISSIONARIES  OF  MAIN  AND  VERMONT,   NEW  HAMPSHIRE  DISTRICTS  OF  THE  NEW  ENGLAND 
MISSION. 


626 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Mutual  Messages 


— a> 


txppjHs 


M.  Elmer  Christensen,  chairman;  Mark  H.  Nichols, 
Axel  A.  Madsen,  Elwood  G.  Winters,  Floyed  G. 
Eyre,  John  D.  Giles,  Dr.  L.  A.  Stevenson. 

CLIMBING  THE  EXPLORER 
TRAIL 

HPhe  General  Board  has  made  avail- 
able  for  the  first  time  a  handbook 
for  the  Explorer  himself.  Previous 
publications  on  the  Explorer  program 
have  been  intended  primarily  for  use 
by  the  Explorer  leader.  Now,  how- 
ever, the  Explorer  can  find  out  for 
himself  what  his  program  contains, 
thereby  making  the  task  of  his  leader- 
ship much  easier.  The  handbook  is 
called  "Climbing  the  Explorer  Trail" 
and  sometimes  referred  to  as  the  "Trail 
Book."  Since  the  cost  is  only  ten 
cents  it  is  felt  that  every  Explorer  can 
acquire  a  copy  and  should  be  urged  to 
do  so  by  Explorer  leaders.  The  size 
is  a  decided  advantage,  being  small 
enough  to  be  carried  in  a  shirt  or 
trouser  pocket. 

The  Trail  book  is  divided  into  three 
parts;  ( 1 )  Guideposts;  which  include 
Gospel  gems  and  character-building 
items  which  every  boy  of  Explorer 
age  should  know;  (2)  the  Explorer 
program,  written  in  concise  form,  easily 
understandable  by  any  young  man,  and 
(3)  a  personal  record  section  where 
the  Explorer  may  keep  a  record  of  his 
advancement  in  Exploring  as  well  as 
other  Church  activities. 

Every  attempt  should  be  made  to 
place  a  copy  of  the  Trail  Book  in  the 
hands  of  every  Explorer. 

TOOLS  FOR  THE  LEADER 

T  og  No.  10  is  the  official  handbook 
^  for  M.  I.  A.  Explorer  leaders  this 
season.  Although  it  was  published  in 
1940,  it  will  unquestionably  remain  the 
basic  leader's  guide  for  several  years. 
No  leader  should  attempt  to  assume 
direction  of  an  Explorer  troop  without 
first  having  studied  this  handbook, 
which  is  replete  with  methods  for  oper- 
ating the  program. 

A  supplement  to  Log  No.  10  has  been 
published  for  the  current  year  which 
should  be  used  along  with  Log  No.  10. 
The  most  important  features  it  con- 
tains consist  of  the  joint  Explorer- 
Junior  program  suggestions  and  the 
Explorer  Healthman  Plan  which  is  a 
new  program  feature  this  year. 

ARROWHEAD  AWARD 
CHANGES 

HTwo  Arrowhead  award  requirements 
change  each  year,  namely  No.   2 
and  5  which  refer  to  the  reading  course 
and  theme  projects. 

The  reading  course  book  for  this 
year    is    The   Latter-day    Prophet   by 


.     ■■■     .  ..-*■ 

■:■■:■■ 
......  ■       :■:  ■         ■   .      ■ 

i     '"■.,..  . 


George  Q.  Cannon.  The  theme  project 
for  1941-42  is:  Every  Explorer  a 
Healthman.  The  Healthman  Title 
Plan  is  fully  described  in  the  Supple- 
ment to  Log  No.  10  and  in  Climbing 
the  Explorer  Trail. 

LOGAN  TEMPLE  SAWMILL 
MONUMENT  ERECTED 

"Dorty  Explorers,  Scout  leaders,  and 
old  timers  of  the  Cache  Valley 
Council  erected  and  dedicated  a  monu- 
ment on  the  Logan  Temple  sawmill  site 
Saturday,  July  26. 

The  building  of  the  monument  be- 
gan early  Saturday  morning  and  con- 
tinued throughout  the  day.  It  was 
completed  by  4:20  p.  m.  The  monu- 
ment is  constructed  of  rock  taken  from 
the  fireplace  and  chimney  of  the  old 
sawmill  mess  hall.  Also,  incorporated 
in  it  are  a  slip-scraper  and  a  wagon 
wheel  that  were  used  at  the  mill  while  it 
was  in  operation  from  1 877  to  1 886.  In 
a  copper  box  deposited  in  the  monument 
are  a  complete  history  of  the  Temple 
Sawmill,  an  issue  of  various  news- 
papers and  many  miscellaneous  articles 
contributed  by  the  members  of  the 
group  present. 

A  plaque  is  placed  on  the  face  of  the 
slip-scraper  and  inscribed  with  the  fol- 
lowing : 

1877-1886  Monument  to  Temple  Saw- 
mill. The  men  called  were  :  C.  O.  Card, 
Superintendent,  Paul  Cardon,  Bishop  T.  X. 
Smith,  George  Batt,  Joseph  Foster,  Ed. 
Clark,  B.  M.  Lewis.  First  tree  felled  by 
Paul  Cardon.  First  board  sawed  by  C.  O. 
Card.  Erected  by  Cache  Valley  Council 
Boy  Scouts  of  America,  7-26-41. 


The  old  timers  present  were:  John 
Q.  Adams,  Magnus  Holm,  C.  C.  Cres- 
sall,  Mark  H.  Preece,  John  Cardon, 
Emil  Moser,  R.  A.   Perkes,  and  Lola 

Jorgensen. 

Explorer  boys  participating  were: 
Omar  Hansen,  Lynn  Jensen,  William 
Cook,  Welden  Perkes  and  Varnell 
Perkes  of  Troop  117,  Hyde  Park.  Ted 
Stanford  and  Joseph  Lawrence  of 
Troop  105,  Logan  Fifth  Ward.  Lee 
Allen  of  Cove,  Elden  Hendricks,  Lavon 
Anderson,  Russell  Mauchley,  Earl  Nel- 
son, Keith  Crocket,  LaMar  George  of 
Nibley.  Hyrum  District  and  Alwyn 
D.  Sessions  of  Watsonville,  California. 

Scouters  participating  were:  John 
Q.  Adams  (Dan  Beard  of  the  Cache 
Valley  Council.)  Rudgar  H.  Daines, 
Sol  Allen,  Fred  Duce,  Earl  A.  Fred- 
rickson,  Owen  Kirby,  Amos  Gerber, 
Lola  Jorgensen,  and  Albert  Kirby. 

The  dedicatory  prayer  was  offered 
at  the  monument  by  Joseph  B.  Daines 
of  the  Logan  Temple  presidency. 

Pioneer  experiences  were  related  by 
John  Q.  Adams,  Mark  H.  Preece,  C. 
C.  Cressall,  and  Magnus  Holm,  men 
who  were  sawmill  workers.  Also 
speaking  were,  Joseph  E.  Cardon  of 
Logan  and  Oscar  A.  Kirkham,  Deputy 
Regional  Scout  Executive  from  Salt 
Lake  City. 


ATTENTION! 

WARD    BISHOPRICS   AND   M.    I.    A. 

OFFICERS!      Within  Salt  Lake  Valley! 

Open  ior  Engagement.    A  Colored  Sound 

Motion  Picture  Travelogue  Entitled 

"AUSTRALIA  BOUND" 

Showing  Scenes  of  a  Camera  Trip  From 
Salt  Lake  City  to  Australia  via  San  Fran- 
cisco, Hawaii,  Tahiti,  Samoa,  Fiji,  and 
New     Zealand.        One     Hour's      Unique 

Entertainment.     Apply 
Ben  Alward,  121   1st  Ave.,  Salt  Lake  City 
Phone  4-2431 — Evening  Performance  $5.50 


MEXICO 

Extensive  archaeological  tour  leaving 
by  train  ior  Mexico  City  in  January 
.  .  .  and  January  is  Springtime  in 
Mexico  1  See  the  pyramids;  ancient 
Mayan  cities;  a  bull  tight;  and  enjoy 
a  boat  ride  in  the  flower  gardens  oi 
Xcilimilco.      An    unusual    opportunity! 

Very  Reasonable  Rate. 
Phone  3-0946 

Farnsworth  Mexico  Tours 


P.  O.  Box  1584 


Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 
627 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Su&iafc  Odol&  Tyiak.  ChftoUL 


'T'he  Gustaf  Adolf  Male  Chorus,  the 
■*■  Swedish  male  chorus  of  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah  recently  returned  from 
an  extended  trip  to  Bellingham,  Wash- 
ington, where  a  convention  of  the  Pa- 
cific Coast  Division  of  the  American 
Union  of  Swedish  Singers  was  held 
from  July  30th  to  August  3rd. 

The  purpose  of  the  American  Union 
of  Swedish  Singers  is  to  keep  alive  the 
beautiful  Scandinavian  folk  Melodies 
and  the  continuation  of  traditional 
Swedish  male  chorus  singing  and  ac- 
tivities.      The    American     Union     of 


the  singers  present  at  the  Bellingham 
convention  enthusiastically  accepted 
the  invitations  of  the  Salt  Lake  chorus 
to  hold  the  Swedish  Singers'  conven- 
tion in  Salt  Lake  City  during  the  Cen- 
tennial Celebration  to  be  held  in  1947. 
The  next  convention  will  be  held  in 
Los  Angeles  in  1943. 

After  the  passing  of  Axel  B.  C.  Ohl- 
son  in  November,  1936,  the  chorus  was 
under  the  direction  of  Joseph  P. 
Fernelius,  who  was  succeeded  by  Rider 
C.  Waring  as  director  in  January,  1941. 
Miss    Beatrice    Davies,    accomplished 


THE  GUSTAF  ADOLF    MALE  CHORUS 

In  front:     Rider  C.  Waring,  conductor;  Beatrice   Davies,   accompanist. 

First  row,  left  to  right:  Rudolf  D.  Lindgren,  Nils  A.  Carlson,  Knute  T.  Borg,  Franz  E.  Johnson,  J.  Arthur 
Johnson,  Edwin  Hansen,  Elof  L.  Peterson,  Hyrum  W.  Swenson. 

Back  row:  Michael  Froisland,  John  J.  Erickson,  Edward  N.  Rosenberg,  C.  B.  Olson,  Olof  L.  Olausen,  C.  C. 
Anderson,  Nils  E.  Sanders,  Alvin  R.  Erikson,  and  Emil  C.  Ottesen.  Not  in  the  picture:  Geo.  A.  Hazelgren, 
Curtis  Norling,   Roland  Sahleen,  Carl  F.  Johanson,  Oscar  Olson,  Conrad  Soder,  Eric  Sholund,  Axel  Soderberg. 


Swedish    Singers   was   organized   No- 
vember 25,  1892. 

During  the  early  part  of  1926,  notice 
was  given  that  the  Crown  Prince  of 
Sweden,  Gustaf  Adolf,  would  visit  Salt 
Lake  City  during  that  summer.  It  was 
suggested  that  a  group  of  male  singers 
from  the  Swedish  people  organize  a 
male  chorus  to  sing  for  the  enjoyment 
of  the  party  accompanying  the  Swedish 
Crown  Prince.  The  late  Axel  B.  C. 
Ohlson  was  chosen  as  their  director. 
Under  his  direction  the  organization 
was  led  to  an  outstanding  position  as  a 
worthy  representative  of  the  Swedish 
people  and  of  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 
The  chorus  sang  for  the  Crown  Prince 
and  his  wife  and  party,  and  on  that  oc- 
casion the  Crown  Prince  personally 
named  the  chorus  the  Gustaf  Adolf 
Male  Chorus,  after  himself.  This  honor 
has  never  been  extended  any  other 
chorus  within  the  United  States.  Formal 
organization  of  the  group  was  com- 
pleted the  19th  day  of  July,  1926. 

In  1932,  the  chorus  became  affiliated 
with  the  Pacific  Coast  Division  of  the 
American  Union  of  Swedish  Singers 
and  attended  the  Singers'  Convention 
held  in  San  Francisco  that  year.  The 
Salt  Lake  Chorus  played  host  to  the 
Singers'  Convention  held  in  Salt  Lake 
City  during  the  summer  of  1934.  All 
pianist  and   choral   director,  has  been 

628 


the    accompanist    of    the    organization 
since  its  beginning. 

The  present  officers  of  the  chorus 
are  as  follows:  Rider  C.  Waring,  di- 
rector; Beatrice  Davies,  accompanist; 
Knute  T.  Borg,  president;  Rudolf  D. 
Lindgren,  manager,  George  A.  Hazel- 
gren, secretary;  Alvin  R.  Erikson,  treas- 
urer; and  Roland  Sahleen,  librarian. 


The  Church  Moves  On 

{Continued  from  page  605) 

August  4,  1941 

Death  came  to  James  B.  Morrison, 
80,  pioneer  settler  and  early  political 
figure  of  Sevier  County,  in  Alhambra, 
California,  where  he  had  lived  for  a 
year.  As  a  youth  he  became  engaged 
in  railroad  construction  work,  helping 
build  the  old  Atlantic  and  Pacifi^Bail- 
road  ( now  the  Santa  ?C^  wfefKJh 
northern  Arizona  in  the  early  eighties. 
He  had  been  a  member  of  the  Sevier 
Stake  High  Council  and  stake  superin- 
tendent of  Sunday  Schools.  Burial 
was  in  Richfield,  Utah. 

August  9,   1941 

Joseph  L.  Townsend,  the  only  living 
composer  whose  work  appears  in  the 


Deseret  Sunday  School  Song  Book, 
celebrated  his  ninety-second  birthday 
at  his  home  in  Payson,  Utah. 

August  10,   1941 

Mrs.  Mary  Eleanor  Watson  Silver, 
85,  wagon-train  pioneer  of  1863,  died 
in  Salt  Lake  City,  after  a  life  devoted 
to  Church  work,  notably  the  Relief  So- 
ciety where  she  had  served  in  the  Can- 
non Ward  presidency  for  seventeen 
years. 

August  12,  1941 

Mrs.  Mary  Ann  Soffe  Shields,  85, 
well  known  early  day  nurse,  and  former 
matron  at  the  state  school  for  the  blind 
and  deaf,  died  in  Ogden.  She  was 
born  at  St.  Joseph,  Missouri,  in  1856, 
while  her  parents  were  making  the  pio- 
neer trek  to  Utah.    . 

August  13,  1941 

Olof  Ignatius  Pedersen,  76,  former 
bishop  of  the  Logan  Sixth  Ward,  and 
prominent  civic  worker,  was  killed  as 
he  fell  from  a  roof  that  he  was  repair- 
ing in  Logan. 

August   17,   1941 

Bishop  M.  O.  Ashton  of  the  Presid- 
ing Bishopric  dedicated  the  new  Alpine 
Ward  Chapel  and  Recreation  Hall,  at 
Alpine  Arizona.  Constructed  of  na- 
tive stone  and  timber,  the  building  cost 
$20,000.  More  than  five  hundred  per- 
sons were  present  at  the  dedicatory 
services. 

August  17,  1941 

Mrs.  Anna  H.  Lambson  Vincent  of 
Park  City,  who  was  101  September  14, 
was  feted  by  members  of  her  family  at 
a  reunion  in  Provo  Canyon.  In  remi- 
niscing she  recalled  that  during  the  con- 
struction of  the  Salt  Lake  Temple  she 
used  to  carry  vegetables  from  her  own 
garden  to  the  workmen  employed  on 
the  building. 

August  24,   1941 

Presiding  Bishop  LeGrand  Richards, 
turned  the  first  official  spade  of  earth  in 
the  ground  breaking  ceremonies  in  the 
construction  of  a  combination  Driggs 
Ward  chapel  and  Teton  Stake  house, 
at  Driggs,  Idaho. 

August  26,  1941 

F.  D.  Higginbotham,  72,  first  bishop 
of  Wells  Ward,  and  Wells  Stake 
patriarch  died  in  Salt  Lake  City. 

L.  D.  S.  Boys  in 

Northern  California  Camps 

{Concluded  /rom  page  605) 

there  are  twenty-two  regularly  organ- 
ized wards  and  branches  in  this  part  of 
California.  If  you  have  space  to  print 
the  directories  of  these  two  stakes,  per- 
haps we  may  reach  many  boys  who 
have  no  knowledge  of  the  opportunities 
within  their  reach  for  wholesome 
amusement  and  proper  contacts. 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Oakland  Stake 

Alameda  Ward  meets  at  Odd  Fellows 
Hall,  Park  and  Santa  Clara  Sts.,  Alameda, 
Cal. 

Berkeley  Ward  meets  at  Berkeley  Chapel 
— Walnut  and  Vine  Sts.,  Berkeley,  Cali- 
fornia. 

Claremount  Ward  meets  in  hall  at  2980 
Adeline  St.,  Berkeley,  California. 

Diamond  Ward — chapel,  3618  Diamond 
Avenue,   Oakland,   California. 

Elmhurst  Ward — chapel,  9658  Thermal 
Street,   Oakland. 

Hay  ward  Ward  meets  in  a  hall,  1070 
B  Street,  Hayward,  California. 

Martinez  Chapel,  east  end  of  Arch  Street, 
Martinez,  California. 

Maxwell  Park — Hall,  corner  Mason  and 
Foothill  Boulevard,  Oakland,  California. 

Napa  Branch — Chamber  of  Commerce 
Building,  corner  Clay  and  Brown  Sts., 
Napa,  California. 

Oakland — Chapel,  corner  of  Moss  and 
Webster  St.,  Oakland. 

Pittsburg  Branch  Veterans'  Memorial 
Hall,  9th  and  East  Streets,  Pittsburg,  Cal- 
ifornia. 

Richmond — Chapel,  corner  28th  St.  and 
Nevin  Ave.,  Richmond,  California. 

Vallejo— Hall,  2010  Marin  Street.  Vallejo, 
California. 

Mrs.  S.  F.  Patton,  1915  Rose  Street, 
Berkeley,  hostess  for  Oakland  Stake. 

In  and  around  San  Francisco  are 
the  following  wards: 

Balboa  Ward,  Ashton  St.  and  Ocean 
Ave.,    San  Francisco. 

Burlingame  Ward,  Bayswater  and  Lor- 
ton  Aves. 

Mission  Ward,  1234  Valencia  Street,  San 
Francisco. 

Palo  Alto  Ward,  771  Addison  Ave., 
Palo  Alto. 

San  Francisco  Ward,  1649  Hayes  Street, 
San  Francisco. 

San  Jose  Ward,  34  Cleaves  Ave.,  San 
Jose,  California. 

Sunset  Ward,  22nd  Ave.  and  Lawton 
St.,  San  Francisco. 

Redwood  City  Branch,  Foresters'  Hall, 
Redwood  City. 

San  Rafael  Branch,  1036  "C"  Street,  San 
Rafael. 

Mrs.  Theodore  Martin,  1451  37th  Avenue, 
San  Francisco,  California.  Hostess  for 
San  Francisco  Stake. 

Thanking  you  for  your  cooperation 
in  this  matter  I  am 

Sincerely  yours, 

(Mrs.)  S.  F.  Patton. 

Missionaries  Released  in  July 

( Concluded  from  page  605 ) 

ville,  Utah;  Gilbert  R.  Hunter,  Lewisville, 
Idaho;   John  R.    Carlston,  Ephraim,   Utah. 

Eastern  States:  Nolan  R.  Taylor,  Farr 
West,  Utah;  C.  G.  Williams,  Pingree,  Ida- 
ho; Milan  D.  Smith,  Clearfield,  Utah;  Char- 
les J.  Skidmore,  Salt  Lake;  Walter  G  Lind- 
say, Stockton,  California;  Karl  C.  Klingler, 
Rexburg,  Idaho;  Edith  Dunn,  Logan,  Utah; 
Jay  L.  Chatterley,  Cedar  City,  Utah;  George 
L.  Merrill,  Thatcher,  Arizona. 

New  England:  Clinton  F.  Larson,  Salt 
Lake;  John  N.  Eldredge,  Salt  Lake;  Keith 
Hyrum  Bates,  Salt  Lake. 

North  Central  States :  Wendell  R.  West- 
over,  Aberdeen,  Idaho;  Edsel  M.  Tenney, 
Humbolt,   Arizona;   Freeman    M.    Stewart, 


THE  CHURCH  MOVES  ON 

Safford,  Arizona;  Craig  A.  Decker,  Kirtland, 
New  Mexico;  Roscoe  B.  Denham,  Prescott 
Arizona;  Clifford  A.  Aamodt,  Murray, 
Utah. 

Northern  States:  Albon  L.  Smith,  Idaho 
Falls,  Idaho;  Grant  B.  Shaw,  Ogden,  Utah; 
Donald  G.  Poulton,  Salt  Lake;  James  Arlo 
Nuttall,  Ephraim,  Utah;  K.  Edward  Ling- 
wall,  Salt  Lake;  William  J.  Kesler,  Beaver 
City,  Utah;  Norma  Jensen,  Ogden,  Utah; 
Wilford  L.  Bruderer,  Salt  Lake;  Willard 
H.  Bruderer,  Salt  Lake;  Lois  B.  Olson, 
Idaho  Falls,  Idaho. 

Northwestern  States:  Helen  E.  Pyper, 
Salt  Lake;  Oliver  O.  Liechty,  Salt  Lake; 
Harold  W.  Goddard,  Salt  Lake;  Stanley 
R.  Fuller,  Pine,  Arizona;  Earl  L.  Francom, 
Payson,  Utah. 

Spanish-American  Mission:  Helen  Pierce, 
Salt  Lake;  J.  Roe  Armstrong,  Salt  Lake; 
Dale  G.  King,  Grace,  Idaho;  Rex  D.  Terry, 
St.  George,  Utah. 

Texas  Mission:  George  L.  Romney, 
Salt  Lake;  Stanley  B.  Nance,  Sandy,  Utah; 
Max  V.  Murdock,  Kyle,  South  Dakota; 
Melvin  Hurst,  Blanding,  Utah;  Mary  L. 
Christensen,  Salt  Lake. 

Western  States:  President  and  Mrs. 
William  W.  Seegmiller,  Salt  Lake;  Clara 
Morrill,  Tridell,  Utah. 

Southern  States:  Carlos  A.  Yeates, 
Logan,  Utah;  J.  Lenard  Warner,  Salt  Lake; 
Leon  K.  Stevens,  Montpelier,  Idaho;  Mary 
Campbell,  San  Diego,  California;  Chad  M. 
Bertelson,  Ephraim,  Utah;  Carrie  H. 
Bounds,  Mt.  Shasta,  California;  Elizabeth 
Brinkerhoff,  Glendale,  Utah. 

Hawaiian  Mission:  Robert  T.  Johns, 
Ogden,  Utah;  Dunford  F.  Greene,  Salt  Lake. 


Missionaries  Released  in  August, 
1941  and  Others  not  Previously 
Reported 

California:  Ann  Lyman,  Salt  Lake; 
Raymond  G.  O.  Burton,  Baltimore,  Mary- 
land; Marjory  T.  Kuehner,  Ontario,  Can- 
ada; Mary  D.  L.  Groves,  Salt  Lake;  Albert 
L.  Taylor,  Jr.,  Salt  Lake;  Raymond  H. 
Walton,  Salt  Lake;  Mary  Duke,  Vernal, 
Utah;  La  Verne  Burningham,  Sandy,  Utah; 
ORyan  Gull,  Brigham  City,  Utah;  Mar- 
wood  W.  Bawden,  Salt  Lake. 

Canadian:  LaVerna  Ackroyd,  Magrath, 
Alberta,  Canada;  Kirkham  Vard  Grabb, 
Lehi,  Utah. 

Central  States:  Wilford  K.  Wegener, 
Salt  Lake;  Arend  H.  DeBoer,  Ogden,  Utah; 
Raymond  L.  Barlow,  Richfield,  Utah;  Elaine 
M.  Mack,  Riverside,  California. 

East  Central:  John  A.  Gardner,  Ogden, 
Utah;  Paul  A.  Martin,  Ogden,  Utah;  Sarah 
L.  Howard,  Woods  Cross;  William  H.  Dale- 
bout,  Salt  Lake;  Jack  A.  Hartvigsen,  Poca- 
tello,  Idaho;  Gladys  Henriksen,  Salt 
Lake;  Paul  R.  Merrell,  Brigham  City,  Utah; 
Ralph  J.  Lauper,  Oakland,  California. 

Eastern  States:  Alva  C.  Snow,  St. 
George,  Utah;  Adelia  Bayless,  Blanding, 
Utah;  Ida  L.  Whitaker,  Salt  Lake. 

Mexican:  Harlem  F.  Johnson,  Colonia 
Pacheco,  Mexico;  William  E.  Beecraft, 
Colonia  Chuichupa;  John  A.  Davis,  Colonia 
Chuichupa;  Ernestine  Hatch,  Colonia 
Juarez;  Hannah  V.  Taylor,  Colonia  Dublan; 
Marvin  B.  Judd,  Colonia  Chuichupa. 

iVeif  England:  Mary  J.  Darrington, 
Burley,  Idaho;  Sterling  C.  Larson,  Ririe, 
Idaho;  Marjorie  Smith,  Draper,  Utah;  Es- 
tella  Palmer,  Kirtland,  New  Mexico;  F. 
Lant  Haymore,  Douglas,  Arizona;  Donald 
A.  Purdy,  Sparks,  Nevada;  Anna  Letha 
Fugal,    Pleasant   Grove,    Utah;    Eldred    L. 


Dance,  Blackfoot,  Idaho;  Maude  Redd, 
Monticello,  Utah. 

Northern  States:  Margaret  Meeks,  Bick- 
nell,  Utah;  James  A.  Nuttall,  Ephraim, 
Utah,  Reed  P.  Larson,  Preston,  Idaho; 
Frederick  K.  Fechser,  Downey,  Idaho;  Beth 
M.  Nielsen,  Sandy,  Utah;  Lilly  P.  Spencer, 
Logan,  Utah;  Margaret  Mackay,  Murray, 
Utah;  Blair  W.  Archibald,  Rexburg,  Idaho; 
L.  Wayne  Redd.  Blanding,  Utah;  Fred- 
erick T.  Aldrich,  Amity,  Missouri;  Melda 
Christensen,  Hinckley,  Utah;  Julia  Smith, 
Winslow,  Arizona. 

North  Central  States:  Olive  Parker, 
Draper,  Utah;  Genevieve  Hatton,  Fillmore, 
Utah;  William  E.  Read,  Jr.,  Ogden,  Utah; 
Faye  Brown,  Monroe,  Utah;  Stanford  F. 
Johnson,  Holden,  Utah;  John  P.  Dalby,  Salt 
Lake. 

Northwestern  States:  Wilford  R.  Thorn- 
ack,  Ogden,  Utah;  Elvira  H.  Jensen,  Aetna, 
Canada;  Arthur  J.  Record,  Salt  Lake  City; 
John  D.  Butler,  Eagar,  Arizona;  Helen 
Bringham,  Ogden,  Utah;  Maurine  Ander- 
son, Tremonton,  Utah;  Roberta  Lindsay, 
Midvale,  Utah;  Hermoine  Tracy,  Ogden, 
Utah;  Carrie  Samuelson,   Sandy,  Utah. 

Southern  States:  Florence  M.  Williams, 
Hamer,  Idaho;  Roba  Jardine,  Menan,  Idaho; 
Erven  E.  Brundage,  Mesa,  Arizona;  David 
L.  Haymore,  Douglas,  Arizona;  Joseph 
Loertscher,  Salt  Lake  City,  Orville  Webb, 
Lordsburg,  New  Mexico;  Lloyd  F.  Gunther, 
Lehi,  Utah;  Hazel  J.  Nalder,  Layton,  Utah. 

Spanish  American:  Elizabeth  A.  Mc- 
Kenzie,  Ogden,  Utah;  Karl  G.  Buckmiller, 
Rexburg,  Idaho;  Herman  C.  Fails,  Boise, 
Idaho;  Elmo  Elison,  Malta,  Idaho. 

Hawaiian:  Izetta  North,  Salt  Lake; 
Raymond  H.  Shaw,  Logan,  Utah;  Robert 
L.  Worley,  Baker,  Oregon;  Glen  Walton, 
Salt  Lake. 

Japanese:     George  T.  Willis,  Salt  Lake. 

Brazilian:  James  D.  Davis,  Provo,  Utah; 
Paul  R.  Merrill,  Brigham  City,  Utah;  Ed- 
ward C.  Beck,  Spanish  Fork,  Utah;  Mirl 
Blake  Hymas,  Ovid,  Idaho;  Ray  H.  Crane, 
Riverton,  Utah;  Howard  R.  Taylor,  Lehi, 
Utah;  J.  W.  Turner,  Heber  City,  Utah; 
John  P.  Rich,  Salt  Lake. 

New  Equipment  Added  To 
Tabernacle  and  Organ 

/Conference  attenders  this  month  will 
enjoy  the  Tabernacle's  new  ven- 
tilating system  which  utilizes  the  two 
large  light  wells  in  the  ten-foot-thick 
ceiling  as  a  means  of  exhausting  stag- 
nant air. 

A  year  has  been  spent  to  complete 
an  overhauling  of  the  Tabernacle  or- 
gan, replacing  worn  parts  and  adding 
new  equipment. 

Also,  new  on  Temple  Square  this 
October  will  be  a  seventy-two  foot  steel 
flag  pole  erected  immediately  east  of 
the  statues  of  Joseph  and  Hyrum  Smith. 

Relief  Society  Will 
Plant  Memorial  Trees 

Dlans  for  the  planting  of  a  hardwood 
tree  by  each  ward  and  stake  to  be 
known  as  the  "Relief  Society  Centen- 
nial Tree"  have  been  announced  by  the 
general  board  of  Relief  Society.  Each 
ward  and  stake  has  been  asked  to  plan 
impressive  ceremonies  as  the  trees  are 
planted  on  all  chapel  and  stake  house 
grounds  on  or  near  March  17,  1942. 

629 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


THOU  SHALT  HAVE  LONG  LIFE 


(Concluded  from  page  593) 
the  first  rendered  us  much  assistance, 
invited  us  to  take  Brother  Snow  to  his 
house.  There  being  no  Saints  in  the 
place,  we  gladly  accepted  his  kind  offer. 
Every  possible  attention  was  given  for 
Brother  Snow's  comfort." 

I  will  now  give  my  father's  own 
account  of  the  upsetting  of  the  boat 
and  of  his  sensations  in  being 
drowned  and  then  coming  to  life 
again. 

"As  we  were  moving  along,  prob- 
ably more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from 
where  we  expected  to  land,  my  atten- 
tion was  suddenly  arrested  by  Captain 
Fisher  calling  to  the  oarsmen  in  a  voice 
which  denoted  some  alarm,  'Hurry  up, 
hurry  up!'  I  immediately  discovered 
the  cause  of  the  alarm.  A  short  dis- 
tance behind  us,  I  saw  an  immense 
surf,  thirty  or  forty  feet  high,  rushing 
towards  us  swifter  than  a  race  horse. 
We  had  scarcely  a  moment  for  reflec- 
tion before  the  huge  mass  was  upon  us. 
In  an  instant  our  boat,  with  its  contents, 
as  though  it  were  a  feather,  was  hurled 
into  a  gulf  of  briny  waters,  and  all  was 
under  this  rolling,  seething  mountain 
wave.  It  took  me  by  surprise.  I  think, 
however,  that  I  comprehended  the  situ- 
ation— in  the  midst  of  turbulent  waves — 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  with- 
out much  probability  of  human  aid. 

"I    felt    confident,    however,    there 


would  be  some  way  of  escape;  that 
the  Lord  would  provide  the  means,  for 
it  was  not  possible  that  my  life  and 
mission  were  thus  to  terminate.  This 
reliance  on  the  Lord  banished  fear, 
and  inspired  me  up  to  the  last  moment 
of  consciousness.  In  such  extreme 
cases  of  excitement,  we  seem  to  live 
hours  in  a  minute,  and  a  volume  of 
thoughts  crowd  themselves  into  one 
single  moment.  It  was  so  with  me  in 
that  perilous  scene. 

"Having  been  somewhat  subject  to 
faint,  I  think  that  after  a  few  moments 
in  the  water  I  must  have  fainted,  as  I 
did  not  suffer  that  pain  common  in  the 
experience  of  drowning  persons.  I 
had  been  in  the  water  only  a  few  mo- 
ments, until  I  lost  consciousness.  The 
first  I  knew  afterwards,  I  was  on  shore, 
receiving  the  kind  and  tender  atten- 
tions of  my  brethren. 

"The  first  recollection  I  had  of  re- 
turning consciousness,  was  that  of  a 
very  small  light — the  smallest  im- 
aginable. This  soon  disappeared,  and 
I  was  again  in  total  darkness.  Again 
it  appeared  much  larger  than  before, 
then  sank  away  and  left  me,  as  before, 
in  forgetfulness.  Thus  it  continued  to 
come  and  go,  until,  finally,  I  recognized, 
as  I  thought,  persons  whispering,  and 
soon  after,  I  asked  in  a  feeble  whisper, 
'What  is  the  matter?'  I  immediately 
recognized  the  voice  of  Elder  Cluff  as 
he  replied,  'You  have  been  drowned; 


the  boat  upset  in  the  surf.'  Quick  as 
lightning  the  scene  of  our  disaster 
flashed  upon  my  mind.  I  immediately 
asked,  'Are  you  brethren  all  safe?'  The 
emotion  that  was  awakened  in  my  bos- 
om by  the  answer  of  Elder  Cluff,  will 
remain  with  me  as  long  as  life  con- 
tinues :  'Brother  Snow,  we  are  all  safe.' 
I  rapidly  recovered,  and  very  soon  was 
able  to  walk  and  accompany  the  breth- 
ren to  our  lodgings." 

Brother  Cluff  resumes  the  nar- 
rative : 

"As  soon  as  Brother  Snow  was  out 
of  danger,  it  occurred  to  me  that  I  had 
better  return  to  the  vessel.  As  I  reached 
the  deck  by  the  rope  ladder  over  its 
side,  I  saw  at  a  glance  that  Brother 
Smith  was  under  great  anxiety  of  mind. 
We  both  were  under  an  intensity  of 
feeling  which  men  usually  experience 
only  a  few  times  in  their  lives.  Brother 
Smith  had  been  informed  by  a  native 
that  the  captain  and  an  elderly  white 
man  were  drowned.  The  latter  he  sup- 
posed to  be  Brother  Benson,  hence  his 
great  anxiety.  My  own  nervous  sys- 
tem was  strung  up  to  an  extreme  tension 
by  the  events  of  the  past  two  hours. 
When  I  told  Brother  Smith  that  all  were 
safe,  the  sudden  revulsion  of  feeling 
almost  overcame  him.  We  rejoiced  to- 
gether that  through  a  merciful  Provi- 
dence, and  the  faith  that  had  been  be- 
stowed upon  us,  we  were  all  alive." 


THE  DOCTRINE  AND  COVENANTS 


{Continued  from  page  587) 

have  a  complete  volume  made  up 
entirely  of  latter-day  revelations 
and  beliefs,  which  would  supplement 
and  complement  the  other  two  vol- 
umes of  scripture.  It  might  have 
been  concluded  that  to  take  a  verse, 
chapter,  or  chapters  from  the  Bible 
or  the  Book  of  Mormon,  away  from 
the  setting  in  which  it  is  placed 
would,  in  a  measure,  result  in  con- 
fusion. 

The  1835  edition  of  the  Doctrine 
and  Covenants  was  the  last  one  to 
be  printed  in  the  lifetime  of  the 
Prophet.  (If  there  are  others  the 
present  writer  has  not  been  able  to 
locate  them.) 

The  1844,  1876,  and  1921  Editions 

Tn  1844,  an  enlarged  volume  of  one 
hundred  eleven  sections,  printed 
after  the  death  of  the  Prophet,  was 
issued.  This  volume  remained  the 
same  except  for  dates,  place  of  pub- 
lication, and  persons  publishing  it, 
until  1 876,  when  the  number  of  sec- 
tions was  increased  to  136.  One 
article  or  section,  the  one  labeled 
"Marriage,"  was  omitted  in  1876. 

The  seven  "Lectures  on  Faith" 
630 


were  included  in  all  editions  of  the 
Doctrine  and  Covenants  from  1835 
to  1921.  They  were  omitted  in  the 
1921  edition,  and  do  not  appear  in 
any  later  edition. 

The  book  of  Doctrine  and  Cove- 
nants from  1835  to  1921  was  printed 
in  single  column.  Since  1921  all  edi- 
tions have  been  in  double  column. 

Changes  in  Section 
Arrangements 

HPhe  arrangement  of  sections  dur- 
ing the  history  of  the  book  has 
also  undergone  change.  For  ex- 
ample, Section  89  containing  the 
revelation  known  as  the  Word  of 
Wisdom  was  not  printed  in  A  Book 
of  Commandments,  although  it  was 
received  in  February  of  the  same 
year,  1 833,  in  July  of  which  year  A 
Book  of  Commandments  was 
printed.  This  same  revelation  was 
listed  as  Section  80  in  the  1 835  edi- 
tion and  as  Section  81  in  all  subse- 
quent editions  to  1876,  when  it  be- 
came Section  89.  In  fact,  all  the 
sections  were  re-numbered  and  re- 
arranged when  the  1876  edition  of 
the  Doctrine  and  Covenants  was 
printed. 


The  verse  numbers  were  also 
changed  when  the  1876  edition  came 
off  the  press;  for  example,  using  the 
same  section  89  we  find  that  before 
1876,  it  contained  only  an  introduc- 
tion and  three  verses.  No  words, 
sentences,  or  thoughts  have  been 
altered  in  the  contents  since  then, 
but  the  existing  verses  were  broken 
up,  and  they,  together  with  the  in- 
troduction, now  make  twenty-one 
verses.  This  was  probably  done  to 
make  the  revelation  more  easily  read 
and  easier  to  understand. 

That  part  which  now  constitutes 
the  first  three  verses  of  section  89 
was  incorporated  into  the  revelation 
itself  beginning  with  the  1876  edi- 
tion of  the  Doctrine  and  Covenants. 
Before  1876  these  three  verses  ap- 
peared only  as  an  introductory 
paragraph  preceding  the  revelation 
on  the  Word  of  Wisdom. 

Introductions 

HThe  changes  that  have  taken  place 
in  the  introductions  to  the  sec- 
tions during  the  development  of  the 
Doctrine  and  Covenants  are  very 
noticeable;  for  example,  Section  100 
in  the  1835  edition,  which  becomes 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


THE  DOCTRINE  AND  COVENANTS 


Section  108  in  all  editions  from  1844 
to  1876,  has  only  one  word  which 
introduces  the  section,  the  word 
"Appendix." 

In  the  1876  edition  there  appears 
in  the  corresponding  Section  133, 
the  following: 

Revelation,  called  the  Appendix,  given 
through  Joseph,  the  Seer,  at  Hiram,  Portage 
Co.,   Ohio. 

The  introduction  to  the  same  sec- 
tion, 133,  in  the  1921  and  all  sub- 
sequent editions  appears  as  follows: 

^  REVELATION  given  through  Joseph 
Smith  the  Prophet,  at  Hiram,  Ohio,  No- 
vember 3,  1831.  Prefacing  this  revelation 
the  Prophet  wrote:  At  this  time  there  were 
many  things  which  the  Elders  desired  to 
know,  relative  to  preaching  the  Gospel  to 
the  inhabitants  of  the  earth,  and  concerning 
the  gathering;  and  in  order  to  walk  by  the 
true  light,  and  be  instructed  from  on  high, 
on  the  3rd  of  November,  1831,  I  inquired 
of  the  Lord  and  received  the  following  im- 
portant revelation,  which  has  since  been 
added  to  the  book  of  Doctrine  and  Cove- 
nants and  called  the  Appendix. — A  proc- 
lamation to  be  carried  by  the  Elders  to  the 
peoples  of  the  world — Zion  and  Jerusalem 
both  to  be  established — The  voice  of  the 
Lord  to  issue  from  each  of  these  centers — 
The  Lost  Tribes  to  be  remembered  by  the 
Lord  and  to  be  brought  forth  from  the 
north  countries — These  to  receive  their 
blessings  at  the  hand  of  Ephraim — Graves 
of  the  Saints  to  be  opened  at  the  coming 
of  the  Lord— The  doom  of  those  who  reject 
the  Lord's  message. 

Similar  changes  have  occurred  in 
all  the  introductions,  the  greatest 
change  being  made  in  1921.  These 
changes,  in  the  writer's  opinion,  have 
been  highly  desirable.  One  has 
only  to  compare  them  to  see  that 
they  have  resulted  in  a  clearer  under- 
standing of  the  place,  purpose,  and 
contents  of  each  one  of  the  revela- 
tions. 

Sections  Added  in  1876 

TThe  addition  of  sections  has  al- 
ready been  mentioned.  There 
were  twenty-six  sections  added  to 
the  Doctrine  and  Covenants  in  the 
year  1876:  2,  13,  77,  85,  87, 108,  109, 
110,  111,  113,  114,  115,  116,  117, 
118, 120,  121, 122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 
130,  131,  132,  and  136.  All  of  these 
sections  were  received  by  the 
Prophet  except  Section  136,  which 
was  received  by  Brigham  Young. 

Synopses  of  the  contents  of  some 
of  the  above  sections  follow  and  form 
an  invitation  to  the  reader  to  read 
these  and  other  sections  that  have 
been  added.  Points  on  the  doctrines 
of  the  Church  are  found  in  some  of 
the  above-listed  sections,  which 
were    not    easily    available    to    the 


members  of  the  Church  as  a  whole 
before  1876. 

( 1 )  Section  2  is  a  record  of  the 
Angel  Moroni's  visit  to  Joseph  Smith 
and  the  quotation  of  the  Prophet 
Malachi's  words  when  he  ( Moroni ) 
appeared  to  the  young  Joseph 
Smith  on  the  evening  of  September 
21,  1823. 

(2)  Section  13  records  the  ap- 
pearance of  John  the  Baptist.  It 
also  records  the  words  used  by  him 
when  he  conferred  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood  upon  Joseph  Smith  and 
Oliver  Cowdery  on  the  1 5th  of  May, 
1829. 

(3)  Section  110  records  the  vis- 
ions in  the  Kirtland  Temple,  April  3, 
1836,  when  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
Moses,  Elias,  and  Elijah  appeared 
to  Joseph  Smith  and  Oliver  Cow- 
dery. 

(4)  Section  130  records  among 
other  things  a  prophecy  on  the 
Civil  War,  which  states  that  the  war 
would  begin  in  South  Carolina,  and 
would  probably  arise  over  the  slave 
question.  That  section  also  con- 
tains information  that  the  Father 
and  Son  are  personages  of  flesh  and 
bone  while  the  Holy  Ghost  is  a 
personage  of  spirit. 

(5)  Section  131  records  the  in- 
formation that  there  are  three 
heavens  or  degrees  in  the  celestial 
glory  and  that  in  order  to  attain  to 
the  highest  one,  a  person  must  enter 
into  the  new  and  everlasting  cove- 
nant of  marriage.  This  section  also 
has  in  it  the  statement:  "It  is  im- 
possible for  a  man  to  be  saved  in 
ignorance." 

( 6 )  Section  1 32  contains  the  reve- 
lation on  the  eternity  of  the  mar- 
riage covenant  and  the  doctrine  of 
plurality  of  wives. 

(7)  Section  136  contains  the 
"Word  and  the  Will  of  the  Lord" 
to  Brigham  Young,  and  it  deals 
mainly  with  the  organization  of  the 
Camp  of  Israel  in  the  Journey  west- 
ward to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It 
also  contains  the  information  that 
it  was  needful  for  the  Prophet  to 
seal  his  testimony  with  his  blood. 

Another  addition  to  the  Doctrine 
and  Covenants  was  the  inclusion  of 
the  "Official  Declaration"  or  what 
is  commonly  known  as  the  "Mani- 
festo." This  item  was  first  bound 
in  the  same  volume  with  the  other 
revelations  in  1908.  According  to 
Elder  John  A.  Widtsoe  of  the 
Council  of  the  Twelve,  the  teaching 
included  in  the  "Manifesto"  was 
received  by  revelation."  It  was  given 

^John  A.  Widtsoe,  The  Improvement  Bra.  Novem- 
ber. 1940.  p.  673. 


when  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  declared  Mormon  plural  mar- 
riage illegal.  It  instructs  all  mem- 
bers of  the  Church  to  abide  by  the 
law  of  the  land  in  the  matter  of  mar- 
riage. 

The  omission  of  the  seven  "Lec- 
tures on  Faith"  has  been  briefly  men- 
tioned. These  were  not  received 
by  revelation.  The  same  might  be 
said  of  the  article  on  "Marriage." 
It  was  not  received  by  revelation  but 
was  an  "article"  which  was  voted 
upon  to  be  placed  in  the  1835  edi- 
tion of  the  Doctrine  and  Covenants. 
When  the  revelation,  Section  132, 
was  incorporated  in  the  book,  which 
was  the  will  of  the  Lord  on  the  sub- 
ject of  marriage,  the  section  or  ar- 
ticle on  the  same  subject  was 
omitted. 

It  is  well  to  state  here  that  not  all 
the  sections  in  the  Doctrine  and 
Covenants  of  today  are  revelations 
as  such.  However,  they  are  lofty  in 
thought  and  are  not  in  disagreement 
with  any  of  the  sections  which  are 
listed  as  revelations.  Section  121, 
that  great  masterpiece  on  the  rights 
of  the  Priesthood,  is  one  not  listed 
as  a  revelation.  But  in  the  writer's 
opinion  it  was  received  by  the  spirit 
of  revelation,  and  is  in  fact  a  reve- 
lation though  not  designated  as  such. 

Textual  Changes 

HThe  changes  so  far  mentioned  are, 
for  the  most  part,  mechanical. 
No  alterations  of  words  in  the  reve- 
lations themselves,  from  one  edition 
to  another,  have  been  shown.  Let 
us  now  consider  this  matter  of  tex- 
tual changes  in  the  development  of 
the  book  of  Doctrine  and  Covenants. 
In  verse  4,  Chapter  II,  in  A  Book 
of  Commandments,  printed  in  1833, 
we  read: 

.  .  .  therefore  repent  of  that  which  thou 
hast  done  and  he  will  only  cause  thee  to  be 
afflicted  for  a  season  and  thou  art  still 
chosen  and  wilt  again  be  called  to  the 
work:   .  .  . 

In  the  corresponding  section  and 
verse  in  the  1835  edition  of  the  Doc- 
trine and  Covenants,  we  read: 

.  .  .  ;  therefore  repent  of  that  which 
thou  hast  done  which  is  contrary  to  the 
commandments  which  I  gave  you  and  thou 
art  still  chosen  and  art  again  called  to  the 
work; 

Chapter  VI  in  A  Book  of  Com- 
mandments reads  as  follows: 

1.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  me,  John  my 

beloved,   what  desirest    thou?   and   I   said, 

Lord  give  unto  me  power  that  I  may  bring 

souls  unto  thee. — And  the  Lord  said  unto 

{Concluded  on  page  632) 

631 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


THE  DOCTRINE  AND  COVENANTS 


( Concluded  from  page  63 1 ) 

me,  Verily,  verily  I  say  unto  thee,  because 
thou  desirest  this,  thou  shalt  tarry  till  I 
come  in  my  glory: 

2.  And  for  this  cause,  the  Lord  said  unto 
Peter: — If  I  will  that  he  tarry  till  I  come, 
what  is  that  to  thee?  for  he  desirest  of  me 
that  he  might  bring  souls  unto  me:  but  thou 
desirest  that  thou  might  speedily  come  unto 
me  in  my  kingdom:  I  say  unto  thee,  Peter, 
this  was  a  good  desire,  but  my  beloved  has 
undertaken  a  greater  work. 

The  corresponding  section  in  the 
1835  edition  of  the  Doctrine  and 
Covenants,  issued  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Prophet,  reads: 

1.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  me:  John, 
my  beloved,  what  desirest  thou?  For  if 
you  shall  ask  what  you  will,  it  shall  be 
granted  unto  you.  And  I  said  unto  him: 
Lord,  give  unto  me  power  over  death,  that 
I  may  live  and  brings  souls  unto  thee.  And 
the  Lord  said  unto  me:  Verily,  verily  I  say 
unto  thee,  because  thou  desirest  this  thou 
shalt  tarry  until  I  come  in  my  glory,  and 
shalt  prophesy  before  nations,  kindreds, 
tongues  and  people. 

2.  And  for  this  cause  the  Lord  said  unto 
Peter:  If  I  will  that  he  tarry  till  I  come, 
what  is  that  to  thee?  For  he  desired  of  me 
that  he  might  bring  souls  unto  me,  but  thou 
desirest  that  thou  mightest  speedily  come 
unto  me  in  my  kingdom.  I  say  unto  thee, 
Peter,  this  was  a  good  desire,  but  my  be- 
loved has  desired  that  he  might  do  more, 
or  a  greater  work  yet  among  men  than  what 
he  has  before  done.  Yea,  he  has  under- 
taken a  greater  work:  therefore  I  will  make 
him  as  flaming  fire  and  a  ministering  angel; 
he  shall  minister  for  those  who  shall  t>e  heirs 
of  salvation  who  dwell  on  the  earth.  And  I 
will  make  thee  to  minister  for  him  and  for 
thy  brother  James;  and  unto  you  three  I  will 
give  this  power  and  the  keys  of  this  min- 
istry until  I  come. 

This  revelation  is  designated  Sec- 
tion 7,  in  the  1876  and  all  subsequent 
editions.  It  contains  the  same  word- 
ing as  the  1835  edition,  but  the  num- 
ber of  verses  has  been  increased  to 
eight. 

Differences  of  the  wording  in  cer- 
tain revelations  received  by  the 
Prophet  Joseph  Smith  and  altered 
by  others  and  accepted  by  the 
Church  after  his  death  are  also  in- 
teresting, as  the  following  shows: 

In  Section  4  in  the  1835  edition 
we  find  in  verse  12  a  phrase  that 
reads  as  follows : 

"...  are  not  baptized  by  water  in  my 
name.  .   .  ." 

The  corresponding  Section  84,  in 
the  1921  edition,  in  verse  74  the 
phrase  reads: 


In   Section   102,  verse   10    (1835 
edition),  a  phrase  reads: 


ship." 


and    withdraw  .  from    their    fellow- 


The  same  phrase  in  the  corres- 
ponding section,  134,  in  verse  10,  in 
the  1921  edition,  reads: 

"...  and  withdraw  from  them  their  fel- 
lowship." 

These  are  but  a  few  examples  illus- 
trating the  type  of  changes  between 
the  various  volumes  containing  the 
revelations,  usually  grammatical,  or 
corrections  of  printing  errors.16 

Summary 

HHhe  writer's  conclusions  regarding 
the  differences  or  changes  that 
have  occurred  in  the  Doctrine  and 
Covenants  during  its  history  are  as 
follows: 

The  mechanical  differences,  such 
as  versification,  double  column  pages, 
longer  and  more  complete  introduc- 
tions, and  footnotes  are  all  placed 
there  to  help  the  reader  and  have 


16For  a  more  complete  record  of  such  changes  the 
reader  is  referred  to  the  writer's  unpublished  Master's 
Thesis.  It  is  in  the  library  of  Brigham  Young 
University,    Provo,    Utah. 


and  are  not  baptized  in  water  in 


my  name. 


Another  example  follows: 
632 


DESERT  GRACES 
By   Gertrude   Perry  Stanton 

Where  shall  we  search  for  virtues  that 
abide — ■ 
In  haunts  of  wealth,  of  luxury  and  pride, 
Or  in  the  simple  homes  of  humbler  clay? 
If  I  could  show  you  what  I  saw  today — 
A  tiny  cabin,  stripped,  unpainted,  old, 
One  wondered  how  it  could  be  made  to  hold 
The  bed,  stove,  table,  and  a  chair  or  two; 
No  towering  tree  a  grateful  shadow  threw 
Upon  the  dusty  and  forsaken  plain; 
On  one  side,  scant  sagebrush,  dwarfed  and 

dry; 
The  other,  plowed  ground  white  with  alkali, 
No  trace  of  pasture  or  of  growing  grain. 
A  man  and  woman,  bent  with  years  of  toil; 
She  had  a  washing  flapping  on  a  line, 
He  slowly  dug  a  cave  of  crude  design, 
Merely  a  hollow  in  the  crumbling  soil; 
Not  one  thing  there  of  beauty  or  of  grace 
That  makes  a  home  from  out  a  barren  place! 
Not  one?     Nay,  verily,  I  show  you  three: 
Faith,  in  a  ditch  that  yet  was  dry  as  dust; 
Hope,  in  a  square  of  slender  saplings  thrust 
In  earth,  around  a  building-spot  to  be; 
And  there  was  love;  there  must  be  love  to 

hold 
A  pair  together  while  they  had  grown  old, 
For  nothing   else   would  have  strength   to 

suffice 
Through  labor,  penury,  and  sacrifice; 
So  still   abideth   Faith,   Hope,   Love,   these 

three — 
The  graces  desert  homes  have  shown  to  me. 


resulted  in  a  better  understanding 
of  the  revelations  themselves.  Of 
course  these  helps  were  not  there 
when  the  revelations  were  given  to 
the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith. 

The  added  sections  are  a  distinct 
advantage.  Added  light  on  Church 
doctrine  is  made  available  to  the 
people  of  the  Church  and  the  world. 
Why  they  were  not  placed  in  the 
book  of  Doctrine  and  Covenants  be- 
fore 1 876  can  be  explained  by  ( 1  ) 
the  fact  that  printing  facilities  in  the 
west  were  very  limited,  that  all  edi- 
tions of  the  Doctrine  and  Covenants 
printed  from  1846  to  1876  were 
printed  in  England  and  that  the  same 
stereotyped  plates  were  used.  Only 
the  date  of  printing  and  address  was 
changed  during  that  time  with  the 
added  change  of  the  name  of  the  per- 
son authorizing  the  new  edition. 
These  changes  are  unimportant  so 
far  as  the  book  itself  is  concerned. 

(2)  Another  reason:  probably 
the  Church  as  a  whole  was  not  pre- 
pared to  receive  the  added  revela- 
tions until  they  were  included  in  the 
Doctrine  and  Covenants.  There  is 
a  strong  point  here.  During  the  life 
of  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith  only 
certain  revelations  were  selected 
"as  were  deemed  proper  for  pub- 
lication." We  naturally  draw  the 
conclusion  that  God  may  reveal 
truths  to  His  prophets  which  the 
world  could  not  receive  at  the  time. 
Later,  by  obedience  and  diligence 
the  people  would  receive  them. 

Concerning  the  differences  in 
wording  that  have  taken  place  dur- 
ing the  history  of  the  Doctrine  and 
Covenants,  it  is  clear  that  no  change 
has  been  made  in  wording  that  has 
altered  or  changed  a  fundamental 
doctrine. 

The  changes  that  occurred  be- 
tween chapters  and  verses  in  A  Book 
of  Commandments  and  the  corres- 
ponding sections  and  verses  in  the 
1835  edition  of  the  Doctrine  and 
Covenants  were  doubtless  made  by 
the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith  himself 
( 1 )  to  correct  errors  made  by  the 
printers,  (2)  to  give  added  light  to 
revelations  that  were  not  complete 
when  first  printed. 

The  writer's  study  during  a  year 
and  a  half  of  the  growth  and  devel- 
opment of  the  Doctrine  and  Cove- 
nants leaves  him  more  convinced 
than  ever  as  to  its  divine  authen- 
ticity. He  stands  convinced  of 
the  fact  that  Joseph  Smith  was  and  is 
a  Prophet  whose  testimony  concern- 
ing the  Father  and  the  Son  we  may 
believe  and  know  to  be  true. 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


Justice? 

(Concluded  from  page  589) 

counts   with   Windy.      I'll   bet   she 
killed  him." 

"I'll  bet  it  was  old  Davvy,"  an- 
other replied.  "He  had  a  right  to 
be  the  one  to  end  Windy  more  than 
anyone  else." 

"Think  he  did  it,  Port?"  said  an- 
other. 

"Ask  him.  Here  he  comes  down 
the  road." 

The  gloves  were  delivered,  paid 
for,  and  the  Indian,  still  carrying  his 
bow  and  arrows,  in  search  of  a  rab- 
bit for  supper,  was  well  on  his  way 
to  camp  before  anyone  spoke. 

Some  days  later  Port  showed  up 
at  the  main  office  of  the  Overland 
Stage  in  Salt  Lake.  Those  men  plied 
him  with  questions  from  every  side. 
They  demanded  action.  When  a 
man  was  killed  they  wanted  to  know 
who  did  it,  the  reason,  and  why  he, 
or  she,  had  not  been  brought  to  jus- 
tice. Some  demanded  he  arrest  the 
woman;  others  had  different  ideas, 
and  still  others  just  waited  for  Port 
to  tell  what  he  knew.  Finally  he 
said,  "Windy  came  to  his  death  by 
a  lightning  stroke." 

What  a  commotion  this  caused. 
Lightning  on  a  clear,  starlit  night 
without  a  cloud  in  sight?  One  de- 
manded the  body  of  the  dead  man. 
Where  was  it? 

"Thought  something  like  this 
might  happen,  so  I  knew  the  only 
place  I  could  keep  Windy  was  down 
the  dry  well  at  Dugway.  We,  just  me 
and  you,  could  go  out  there  and  I 
could  let  you  down  on  a  rope.  Might 
not  be  able  to  pull  you  back  up,  but 
when  you  had  finished  investigating 
you  might  climb  back  up  that  rope. 
When  will  we  be  a  leaving?" 

No  one  wanted  to  go,  so  Port  took 
a  piece  of  paper  and  wrote,  "Windy 
came  to  his  death  by  a  lightning 
stroke.  Port  Rockwell,  Investi- 
gator." 

"Why  not  call  it  a  'Streak  of 
Lightning?"  asked  one. 

"Either  way  suits  me,"  replied 
Port,  leaving. 

As  he  walked  down  the  street  he 
wondered  how  long  Davvy  had 
practiced  to  know  the  exact  pull  to 
put  on  his  bow  so  an  arrow,  shot  just 
under  the  short  ribs,  on  the  right  side, 
and  passing  through  the  heart,  would 
stop  with  just  the  tip  pricking  the 
skin  under  the  left  arm  pit,  leaving 
not  over  one  inch  of  the  feathered 
end  sticking  out. 


LOOK  AROUND 


You'll  see  "Caterpillar"  machinery  doing 
national  defense  everywhere  throughout 
the  nation,  and  particularly  in  this  territory. 
And  you'll  also  see  "Caterpillars"  construct- 
ing roads,  on  farms,  at  mines  and  smelters 
and  other  industrial  uses — everywhere.  In- 
deed, "Caterpillar"  is  the  popular  choice 
whenever  power  or  earth  moving  machin- 
ery is  needed. 


LAMDES 


TRACTOR       and 
EQUIPMENT      CO. 

SALT        LAKE        CITY 


Distributor  of  "Caterpillar"  Diesel  Engines,  Track-Type  Tractors,  Road  Machinery 


KRESS  PARADE 

or 

ZodkJL!  Hik,  cl  SUIT  YEAR 

These  suits  arrived  irom  the  style  centers  of  Hollywood 
See  them  while  in  for  Conference. 


100%  VIRGIN  WOOL 

SUITS 

Costume  style  contrast- 
ing Jacket  and  Skirt. 
New  colors 


T 


Monotone    Wool 

SUITS 

Flannels.  Suede  Fin- 
i  s  h  ,  Herringbone, 
Trim    Tailored     Lines 


$|  J95 


SALT   LAKE   KNITTING  STORE    j^r3l 


36 


SOUTH    MAIN  —  36 


PAY   OUR    NEW   STORE   A   VISIT 


633 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


TRAVELER'S  MOTOR  LODGE 

1481    SOUTH  STATE 

SALT  LAKE'S    OUTSTANDING  MOTOR   COURT 

New  and  Strictly  Modern 

Air  Conditioned  in  Summer  —  Automatically 
Heated  in  Winter — Beautifully  Furnished  With 
Carpeted    Floors    and    Colored    Tile    Showers, 

Radios  Free 
BETTER  THAN   THE  BEST  HOTELS— FOR  LESS 


_DELICIDUS 

TlatwiaL  Qh&sidJL 

PIMENTO 

AGED  CHEDDAR 

DUTCH  LUNCH 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  TELESCOPE 


| TAYLOR  | 

p  This  is  the  time  to  think  of  n 

U  School  Rings  and  Pins.    We  \ 

n  can  furnish  you  with  these 

U  articles.     Refinement  of  de-  5 

fl  sign  and  quality  makes  us 

o  an     outstanding     Manufac-  9. 

{]  hirer.  [) 


0 

o 

<io 


162  So.  Main  St.,  Phone  4-8554 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


0 

o 


IN   LOS  ANGELES 


^IfXANDM  Horn. 

5th  at  Spring 

Tariff  from  $2.50 


Recognized  Utah  Headquarters  in 
Los  Angeles 

CLAYTON  V.   SMITH,   Managing  Director 
Formerly  of  Salt  Lake  City 


BOOKS 

BOUGHT  -  SOLD  -  TRADED 

HIGHEST  CASH  PRICES  for  books  in 
lots  oi  1  or  1,000.  Particularly  inter- 
ested in  private  libraries.  Mormon 
and  Western  Historical  items. 
Let  us  help  you  locate  the  books  you 
want.  20,000  new  and  old  books 
in  stock  ...  all  kinds  ...  or  will 
order    for   you. 

Drop   in   and  browse   or  write.     Ref- 
erences   gladly   furnished. 

WILSON'S 
BOOK  EXCHANGE 

113  E.  2nd  South  St. 
Salt  Lake  Cit\ 


634 


(Continued  from  page  594) 

At  first  the  telescope  was  more  or 
less  a  plaything.  The  first  man 
to  glimpse  the  wonderful  possibil- 
ities that  lay  in  this  instrument  was 
the  great  Italian  Galileo,  who  all  his 
life  regarded  the  heavens  even  as  the 
Psalmist  David,  with  reverence  and 
awe,  rejoicing  in  the  glory  of  God's 
work. 

Galileo  was  away  from  his  native 
Padua  in  the  city  of  Venice  when  he 
first  heard  of  this  strange  invention 
for  "viewing  afar"  (the  name  "tele- 
scope," taken  from  two  Greek  words, 
means  just  that).  He  rushed  back 
to  Padua  and  visited  every  optical 
store  to  find  the  very  best  lenses. 
But  none  of  them  proved  satisfactory, 
and  so  he  ground  his  own — which 
was  anything  but  a  simple  process 
in  those  days  when  there  were  no 
tools  such  as  we  have  now. 

After  many  experiments  Galileo 
produced  the  world's  finest  telescope 
and  presented  it  to  the  Doge  and 
other  high  officials  of  Venice,  a  very 
great  republic  in  those  days.  These 
gentlemen  were  amazed  when,  look- 
ing through  that  first  simple  tube, 
they  saw,  as  if  close  by,  the  won- 
derful bell  tower  of  the  great  Cathe- 
dral of  Saint  Mark. 

This  first  real  telescope  seems 
very  crude  beside  the  great  instru- 
ments of  today,  but  through  it  Gali- 
leo was  able  to  see  much  more  of 
the  heavens  than  his  generation 
thought  possible.  He  glimpsed  the 
wonder  of  a  lunar  sunset,  craters  on 
the  moon,  the  bright  satellites  of 
Jupiter,  and  set  down  these  striking 
words:  "The  number  of  small  stars 
is  quite  beyond  determination."  It 
is  a  wise  man  who  will  acknowledge 
his  own  limitations,  and  the  true  stu- 
dent of  the  stars,  the  honest  astron- 
omer, has  always  been  humble  in 
spite  of  great  achievements.  He 
has  also  been  endowed  with  an  im- 
mense patience  and  persistence. 

Galileo,  like  many  other  great 
men,  was  ahead  of  his  time  and  in- 
curred the  wrath  of  certain  important 
people  who  were  convinced  that  our 
earth  was  the  center  of  all  God's  uni- 
verse. One  hundred  years  before 
the  invention  of  the  telescope,  a  wise 
man  of  Poland,  Copernicus,  had  put 
forth  the  humbler  theory  that  our 
earth  was  but  a  small  part  of  the 
starry  world  and  by  no  means  the 
center. 

In  those  days  one  had  to  agree 
with  the  important  people  or  go  to 
jail,  or  perhaps  even  lose  one's  life. 
Galileo  suffered  imprisonment  and 


torture,  but  we  know  that  he  never 
really  gave  up  the  truth  which  he 
believed  he  had  discovered,  and 
which  has  since  been  proved. 

The  next  great  astronomer  was 
John  Kepler,  whose  three  great  laws 
governing  the  known  planets  and 
other  heavenly  matters  still  stand 
undisputed.  After  Kepler  there 
seems  to  have  been  a  lull  in  things 
telescopic  and  then  another  enter- 
prising Dutchman  comes  on  the 
scene.  This  was  Christian  Huy- 
gens,  to  whom  the  telescope  was 
"the  noblest  thing  that  ever  came 
out  of  Holland."  He  realized  that 
about  the  most  important  part  of  the 
telescope  was  the  lens,  so  he  and  his 
good  brother  set  to  work  and  man- 
aged to  produce  finer  ones  than  had 
ever  been  made  before. 

On  March  5,  1655,  Christian 
Huygens,  looking  through  one  of 
their  own  telescopes  saw,  so  far  as 
is  recorded  for  the  first  time  in  his- 
tory, the  rings  which  surround  the 
planet  Saturn,  nine  hundred  million 
miles  away  from  the  earth — a  dis- 
tance which  the  human  mind  can 
scarcely  grasp. 

This  new  celestial  discovery  swept 
through  the  world  like  wildfire  and 
everybody  wanted  a  telescope.  For 
some  reason  people  got  the  idea  that 
the  longer  the  tube,  the  better  the 
view,  and  so  the  instruments  grew 
longer  and  longer.  Johannes  Heve- 
lius  made  one  150  feet  long  and  this 
so  excited  the  scientists  of  Britain 
that  one  of  them  produced  a  giant 
600  feet  in  length.  These  "bean 
poles"  had  to  be  operated  with  rope 
and  pulley  and  Hevelius  wistfully 
dreamed  of  some  wealthy  nobleman 
who  would  build  a  permanent  home 
for  these  unwieldy  instruments  so 
that  they  would  not  have  to  be  taken 
down  and  put  up.  His  dream  was 
to  come  true  some  hundreds  of  years 
hence  in  the  shape  of  marvelous  lab- 
oratories built  to  house  such  instru- 
ments as  Christian  and  his  brother 
had  never  dreamed  of. 

'  Tp  to  this  time  there  had  been 
only  one  kind  of  telescope,  the 
refractor  with  two  lenses,  convex 
and  concave.  With  these  there  was 
always  an  annoying  blur  and  color 
fringe  around  the  object  viewed.  It 
was  an  Englishman,  John  Hadley, 
who  found  a  way  to  improve  on  the 
bean  pole  and  to  get  rid  of  the  colored 
fringe.  He  also  invented  the  mod- 
ern sextant  which  took  the  place  of 
the  astrolabe  and  other  ancient 
mariner's  guides. 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


When  Hadley  presented  his  neat 
six-foot  portable  refractor  telescope 
to  the  Royal  Society  of  England, 
they  were  delighted.  John  Hadley 
was  a  modest  man,  and,  like  our  own 
good  and  equally  brilliant  and  help- 
ful Benjamin  Franklin,  he  refused  to 
take  out  any  patent  for  any  of  his 
inventions  but  was  content  to  share 
the  fruits  of  his  labor  with  all  men. 

Another  famous  Englishman,  Sir 
Isaac  Newton,  famous  for  his  ob- 
servations of  the  law  of  gravity,  spe- 
cialized in  the  new  reflector  type  of 
telescope.  He  borrowed  the  idea 
from  a  canny  Scotsman  and  did 
much  to  make  the  reflector  or  mirror 
telescope  popular. 

We  find  next  an  eminent  German 
coming  into  the  story.  This  was 
William  Herschel,  who  started  out 
as  a  musician  and  very  fine  organist, 
but  wanted  a  larger  field.  He  ar- 
rived in  England  during  the  year 
1757  and  found  himself  something 
of  a  social  success,  the  talk  of  the 
fashionable  town  of  Bath,  and  re- 
garded as  a  very  handsome  and  in- 
teresting young  man. 

William  had  a  sister  Catherine 
who  also  had  ambitions  and  found 
ample  room  to  use  them  when  her 
good  brother  suddenly  gave  up  his 
career  as  a  fashionable  musician  and 
turned  all  his  attention  to  the  tele- 
scope. Like  Huygens  and  his  good 
brother,  Herschel  and  his  devoted, 
intelligent  sister  Catherine  worked 
day  and  night.  William's  specialty 
was  the  grinding  of  mirrors,  and  he 
often  worked  all  twenty-four  hours 
while  his  sister  brought  him  food. 
He  experimented  with  the  mirror 
type,  or  reflector  telescope,  which 
requires  an  almost  superhuman  ac- 
curacy. His  equally  famous  and 
handsome  son  John  set  down  in  his 
notes:  "The  total  thickness  to  be 
abraded  from  the  edge  of  a  spherical 
speculum  ...  is  only  1/21333  of 
an  inch."  Just  as  the  laws  which 
govern  the  heavens  are  accurate  to 
the  nth  degree,  so  man's  measure- 


ments of  them  must  be — or  as  close 
to  it  as  is  humanly  possible. 

By  1775,  William  Herschel  had 
completed  a  seven-foot  reflector 
telescope  better  than  anything  yet 
invented,  but  he  was  still  not  satis- 
fied, and  kept  right  on.  His  reward 
was  an  instrument  of  forty  feet 
through  which  he  discovered  the 
planet  Uranus. 

Next  came  an  Irishman,  John  Par- 
sons, later  Lord  Rosse,  who  in  1 828 
produced  a  fifty-eight-foot  telescope 
which  brought  the  moon  closer  to 
men's  eyes  than  ever  before.  One 
of  the  most  remarkable  things  about 
this  achievement  is  the  fact  that  Lord 
Rosse  trained  his  own  mechanics 
and  engineers,  using  his  own  farm- 
hands, who  went  to  work  for  him 
with  a  will  and  proved  just  as  intelli- 
gent as  he  expected  them  to  be. 

It  is  now  soon  expected  that  the 
Big  Eye  with  its  two  hundred-inch 
mirror  will  be  completed  on  Mount 
Palomar  in  Southern  California, 
with  funds  provided  for  this  purpose 
thirteen  years  ago.  The  great  tele- 
scope itself,  the  world's  largest,  is 
mounted  in  the  dome  and  the  drive 
and  control  mechanisms  are  being 
completed  and  installed. 

The  work  of  figuring  the  200-inch 
mirror  has  continued  for  about  five 
years  at  the  optical  shop  on  the  Cali- 
fornia Institute  of  Technology  cam- 
pus. During  this  process  more  than 
four  tons  of  glass  have  been  removed 
by  grinding.  All  the  world  is  wait- 
ing to  see  the  wonders  which  this 
Titan  Eye  will  reveal. 

Yet  while  we  give  credit  to  the 
scientists  of  today  who  have  made 
the  big  eye  possible  and  given  us  an 
opportunity  to  see  further  into  the 
glory  of  God's  heavens,  let  us  re- 
member those  who  went  before.  It 
was  they,  brave  and  patient,  pains- 
taking and  persistent,  filled  with  rev- 
erent wonder  at  the  handiwork  of 
God,  who  wrote  the  first  fascinating, 
all-important  pages  of  the  story  of 
the  telescope. 


MORMONISM  AND  AN  IDEAL  SOCIETY 


(Continued  from  page  588) 

children,  exalts  the  human  person- 
ality, and  in  all  and  through  all,  pro- 
motes individual  growth  through 
countless  opportunities  and  mar- 
velous institutions.  It  is,  in  fact,  the 
Lord's  restored  plan  for  building  a 
better  world. 

A  number  of  years  ago  Pres.  J. 
Reuben  Clark,  Jr.  and  Preston  D. 
Richards  were  government  attorneys 
in  Washington,  D.  C.  At  a  banquet 
one  evening,  the  fact  that  they  did 


not  indulge  in  the  cocktails  or  cig- 
arettes was  noted  by  the  then  Secre- 
tary of  State,  Knox.  The  next  day 
Secretary  Knox  found  occasion  to 
mention  the  matter  to  Preston  D. 
Richards,  and  at  the  close  of  the 
conversation  said,  "When  you  re- 
turn to  your  home  in  Utah  I  want 
you  to  carry  this  message  to  your 
young  people;  tell  them  for  me,  that 
if  they  will  but  live  the  Word  of 
Wisdom,  they  will  in  a  few  genera- 
(Conctuded  on  page  636) 


Complete 
dSanhin 


9 


The  general  forward  move- 
ment in  business  finds  this 
strong,  conservative  bank 
cooperating  with  its  clients 
in  every  possible  way.  Our 
service  includes  Commer- 
cial and  Savings  Accounts, 
Trust  Department — acting 
as  Administrator,  Executor, 
Guardian  and  Trustee, — 
Abstract  Department  and 
Safety    Deposit    Boxes. 


IT  T  71  U  SAVINGS  & 
U   1  /Til  TRUST  CO. 

235  South  Main  Street 

Member  Federal  Reserve  System 

Member  Federal  Deposit 

Insurance  Corporation 


Nobody  Can 
Stop  LOSS— 

Everybody  Can 
Avoid  It  Through 
INSURANCE 


When  you  come 
here  f  o  r  insurance 
you  get  it,  coupled 
with  attentive,  expe- 
rienced service.  This 
is  an  agency  of  the 
Utah  Home  Fire  In- 
surance Co. 


UTAH  HOME  FIRE 
INSURANCE  CO. 

Heber  J.  Grant  &  Co. 

General  Agents 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


635 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


&«*M,t 


MORMONISM  AND  AN  IDEAL  SOCIETY 


Stap-Kist 
Tuna 


THE  TOP  GRADE  PACKED  2  WAYS: 
FANCY  SOLID  PACK  or  READY  GRATED 
IN  STARKIST'S  MODERN  SUNLIT  PLANT 


THE  ADVERTISERS 

and  Where  You  Will  Find 

Their  Messages 

Alexandria  Hotel  634 

Alward,  Ben 627 

Beesley  Music  Company 623 

Beneficial  Life  Insurance  Co 

Back  Cover 

Bertillion,  Lee  637 

Bluhill  Cheese  -634 

Borden's  Evaporated  Milk 611 

Brigham  Young  University 582 

Continental  Oil  Co 579 

Daynes  Music  Co. -614,  623 

Deseret  Book  Co.  607 

Deseret  News  Press  638 

Farnsworth    ..627 

Glade  Candy  Co ....580 

Glen  Brothers  Music  Co 623 

Globe  Grain  &  Milling  Co 610,  614 

Hall's  Canker  Remedy  614 

House  of  McDonald,  The 611 

KSL  Radio  Station 

Inside  Back  Cover 

L.  D.  S.  Business  College  637 

Landes  Tractor  6  Equipment  Co.._633 

Levi  Strauss   581 

Mountain  Fuel  Supply  Co 612 

Mountain  States  Implement  Co.. .581 

National  Cash  Register  Co 636 

Par  Soap  611 

Purity  Biscuit  Co 577 

Quish  School  of  Beauty  Culture..615 

Rancho  Soups 613 

Royal  Baking  Co 610 

Safeway  Stores,  Inc.- 

Inside  Front  Cover 

Salt  Lake  Knitting  Store 633 

Standard  Brands  of  California.. ..614 

Standard  Oil  of  California 639 

Star-Kist   Tuna 636 

Sugar  House  Lumber  &  Hardware 

Company  ._ 637 

Taylor  Jewelry  Company  634 

Traveler's  Motor  Lodge 634 

Union  Pacific  Stages  577 

Utah  Engraving  Company 637 

Utah  Home  Fire  Insurance  Co 635 

Utah  Oil  &  Refining  Co 583 

Utah  Poultry  Prod.  Coop.  Assoc...615 
Utah  Savings  Bank  &  Trust  Co..... 635 

Vano  Household  Cleaner  580 

Wasatch    Chemical    Co 582 

Wheeler,  Reynolds,  6  Stauffer.... 582 
Wilson's  Book  Exchange  634 


WELCOM  i 

Conference  Visitors 

- — <$» — 

THE   NATIONAL    CASH    REGISTER    CO. 

J.  L.  Purvis,  Sales  Agent 

132-134  E.  2nd  South 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


(Concluded  from  page  635) 

tions,  become  the  greatest  people, 
mentally  and  physically,  that  the 
world  has  ever  known." 

Here  was  a  man  of  high  station, 
a  keen  student  of  human  affairs, 
making  the  striking  observation  that 
Mormonism  has  within  it  a  philos- 
ophy of  such  power  and  concern  for 
the  betterment  of  the  individual  that 
— if  lived — will  produce  a  race  of 
super  men  and  women. 

Indeed,  according  to  Brigham 
Young,  the  day  is  not  far  distant 
when  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of 
Latter-day  Saints  will  produce  the 
most  renowned  educators,  musicians, 
and  dramatists,  the  most  astute 
statesmen  and  capable  leaders  of 
the  age.  That  is  our  destiny — if  we 
obey  the  revealed  word  of  God. 

It  is  well  to  know  that  the  world 


is  beginning  to  recognize  the  divine 
attributes  of  this  great  work.  It  is 
very  well,  indeed,  to  hear  and  be 
thrilled  by  the  news  that  Mormonism 
is  being  lauded  by  great  men  in  high 
places  of  the  earth;  but  we  must  not 
allow  ourselves  to  be  lulled  by  these 
things  into  a  complacent,  self-satis- 
fied sense  of  false  security.  We 
have  done  well  in  the  past,  but  we 
are  now  on  the  threshold  of  a  new- 
era,  a  new  age,  indeed  a  new  civ- 
ilization. Ours  is  the  responsibility 
of  helping  make  that  civilization  a 
more  ideal  society  through  the  Lord's 
divine  plan  of  building  sturdier, 
nobler  men  and  women.  Ours  is  the 
"opportunity  of  demonstrating  the 
strength  of  the  Gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ.  Ours  is  the  challenge: 
"Arise  and  shine  forth,  that  thy 
light  may  be  a  standard  for  the  na- 
tions." 


CYCLE 


(Concluded  from  page  590) 

tially,   the   greatest  relief   program 
ever  started. 

Physically:  The  "Word  of 
Wisdom,"  which  experience  has 
shown  will  make  physical  leaders 
for  us. 

Spiritually:  The  general  Church 
plan  including  the  Priesthood.  The 
moral  training  in  the  home  and  the 


Church.  Missionary  work  to  bring 
these  things  before  the  eyes  of  the 
world. 

The  Pioneers  had  a  job  to  do,  and 
they  did  it  so  well  that  the  world 
today  marvels,  admires,  is  amazed 
at  it.  They  did  this  work  well,  but 
they  gave  us  an  even  harder  job  to 
do.  This  is  our  responsibility:  to 
carry  on  the  traditions  and  ideals  of 
the  Pioneers. 


SAGA  OF  THE  HANDCART  PIONEERS 


(Continued  from  page  595) 

an  impressiveness  which  the  smaller 
statue  can  only  suggest. 

Torleif  Knaphus  is  a  "man's  man" 
of  an  artist.  His  robust  physique, 
ruddy  complexion,  clear  eyes,  and 
vigorous  good  health  are  attributed 
to  a  sturdy  physical  inheritance  and 
to  his  observance  of  the  laws  of 
health;  to  his  enjoyment  of  out- 
door sports,  ( a  swim  in  the  buoyant 
Great  Salt  Lake  is  one  of  his  favorite 
summer  recreations);  and  to  long 
hikes  through  the  nearby  canyons 
and  hills,  where  he  searches  for  un- 
usual scenes  for  his  paintings. 

Or  Knaphus'  early  life  was 
crowded  with  adventure,  for, 
true  to  the  tradition  of  his  Viking 
ancestors,  he  sailed  before  the  mast 
as  a  sailor.  He  has  studied  in  the 
art  institutes  of  Paris  and  New  York 
and  has  made  extensive  voyages  and 
trips  in  connection  with  his  work. 


Torleif  Soviren  Knaphus  was 
born  December  14,  1881,  in  the  little 
Old  World  town  of  Vats,  Stavanger, 
Norway.  As  a  five-year-old,  he 
carved  birds  and  heads  in  wood. 

When,  at  about  ten  years  of  age, 
he  boyishly  experimented  with  his 
first  painting  work  in  the  typical 
Norwegian  home  of  his  parents  in 
the  little  district  in  western  Norway 
near  the  fjords,  his  father,  himself 
interested  in  art  decoration,  encour- 
aged the  boy  with  instruction  in 
decorative  designing. 

Then  at  fourteen,  still  with  the 
art  desire  uppermost,  young  Torleif 
was  apprenticed,  through  the  agency 
of  his  father,  with  a  paint  and  deco- 
rating establishment.  And  at  sixteen 
the  youthful  decorator  branched 
out  for  himself  in  this  field. 

It  was  natural  enough  that  at  some 
period  of  his  young,  adventurous 
years  this  active  son  of  Norse  par- 
entage should  heed  the  urge  to  "go 
down  to  the  sea  in  ships,"  for  the 


636 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


surge  of  the  sea  has  ever  been  strong 
in  Scandinavian  blood.  So,  it  is  not 
surprising  that  we  find  him  serving 
as  a  sailor,  in  which  exciting  though 
hazardous  occupation  he  worked  on 
the  ships  of  Norwegian  merchant 
lines  for  about  two  years. 

His  sailing  ventures  were  given 
up,  however,  because  of  the  wishes 
of  his  mother,  who  desired  him  to 
return  home.  On  his  return,  Torleif 
again  turned  his  talents  to  decorative 
art,  finishing  his  apprenticeship,  with 
the  intention  of  later  becoming  an 
artist. 

There  was  another  interval  in 
which  young  Torleif  was  actively 
engaged  in  athletics,  competing  fa- 
vorably with  district  athletes  at 
many  of  the  track-meets  held  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  western  Norway;  a 
favorite  event  was  the  spear-throw. 
But  these  interludes  seem  to  have 
been  only  the  demands  of  a  healthy 
young  body  to  throw  off  excess  en- 
ergy. The  art  impulse  was  ever 
there  in  his  mind  and  fingers,  too 
strong  to  be  denied,  awaiting  only 
time  to  reassert  itself. 

It  was  on  the  very  night  of  a  ban- 
quet tendered  some  hundred  athletes 
at  Stavanger,  Norway,  among  whom 
was  Torleif  Knaphus,  that  art  won 
out  over  athletics  in  young  Torleif 's 
mind.  And  at  that  time  he  an- 
nounced his  intention  of  devoting 
himself  henceforth  to  the  art  work 
which  he  had  temporarily  aban- 
doned. Suiting  the  action  to  the 
word,  he  sailed  that  same  night  for 
Oslo.  Literally,  Torleif  Knaphus 
was  thus  embarked  upon  his  career 
of  art — a  career  that  has  placed  his 
numerous  works  in  their  rightful 
niches  among  contemporary  art 
pieces. 

At  Oslo,  through  the  recommenda- 
tions of  a  Professor  Dietrich  of 
that  city,  Torleif  received  a  permit 
to  paint  and  copy  the  old  masters  in 
the  National  Gallery  of  Oslo.  It 
was  there  that  he  met  the  famous 
Harriet  Backer  of  the  Harriet  Backer 
Art  School,  who  invited  Torleif  to 
become  her  student  at  the  school, 
under  her  personal  instruction. 

Along  with  these  two  years  of 
study  at  the  Harriet  Backer  School, 
the  young  Mr.  Knaphus  also  re- 
ceived an  invitation  to  study  with 
Lars  Utne,  professor  and  sculptor 
at  the  King's  Art  School  in  Oslo. 
Under  this  tutelage,  Torleif  pro- 
gressed rapidly,  working  in  the 
medium  which  seemed  to  suit  his  tal- 
ents well.  He  had  now  decided  to 
devote  his  art  entirely  to  becoming 
.a  sculptor,  planning  to  spend  several 
(Concluded  on  page  639) 


Smi%  *  PMkct  you /I  HOME 


#* 


0ȣ 


as 


•si] 


Enjoy  your  home  more  by  periodically 
planning  some  improvement  to  keep  it 
up-to-date  and  avoid  the  costly  results 
of  neglect.  Dollars  invested  now  in 
modernization  can  be  made  to  pay 
double  dividends  in  increased  value  and 
livability.  Call  us  today  .  .  .  informa- 
tion and  estimates  are  free  of  cost  and 
obligation. 


Invest  In 

Better  Living . . . 
Modernize 

WITH 

•  Weyerhauser     Premium      Ce- 
dar Shingles. 

•  U.   S.   Rockwool  Insulation. 

•  Acme    Quality   Paint. 

•  4-Square    Lumber. 

•  Douglas    Fir    Plywood. 

•  Curtis   Kitchens. 

•  Silentite   Windows. 

•  Curtis        Period        Doorways, 
and  China   Closets. 

Modernize — including  labor  and 

materials  for         CJC   Cf| 

as  little  as  M>*J.OU  month. 

Your  4-Square  Lumber  Dealer 


Sup-  House  Lumber 

'&  Hardware  Co. 


117*  E.  21  SO. 


DIAL  6*601 


HERE'S  PRACTICAL  PROOF  that 


(t 


L.  D.  S.  TRAinmG  PAYS" 


VERDA    IPSON 
Panguitch 


Miss  Verda  Ipson,  who  came  to  us  from  Panguitch, 
Utah,  expresses  her  opinion  about  the  school: 

"The  L.  D.  S.  Business  College  cannot  be  sur- 
passed for  spiritual  guidance,  technical  training, 
and  good  fellowship.  The  training  has  helped  me  a 
great  deal  with  my  stenographic  work  at  the  Capi- 
tol." 


Miss  Marie  Western,  re- 
cently of  Deseret,  Utah,  en- 
rolled here  January  2,  1941. 
Seven  months  later  she  re- 
ceived a  permanent  posi- 
tion. Here  is  what  she 
says: 


"Without  the  excellent  training  I  received  at  the 
L.  D.  S.  Business  College,  I  would  have  been  unable 
to  fill  the  position  that  now  brings  me  security,  sat- 
isfaction, and  happiness." 

Multiply  these  examples  by  hundreds  every  year 
and  you  will  understand  why  L.  D.  S.  is  the  choice 
of  an  increasing  number  of  high  school  and  college 
graduates  of  the  Intermountain  territory. 


MARIE    WESTERN 
Deseret 


PLAN  TO  BEGIN  YOUR  BUSINESS  CAREER  NOW1 

L.  D.  S.  BUSINESS  COLLEGE 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


WE  OrfER  .  .  . 

A   COMPLETE 
ENGRAVING   SERVICE 

From    Missionary    Portraits    to    the    Largest 

Catalogues 

Mail  Orders  Given  Prompt  Attention 

UTAH  ENGRAVING  CO. 

113  Regent  St.  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


RARE  DECORATION 


STEER 
HORNS 


For  Sale,  over  six  foot  spread,  Polished  and 
mounted,  Fine  decoration  for  Home  or  Office, 
Rare  opportunity,  Texas  Longhorn  cattle  now- 
extinct,  Free  Photo.  Lee  Bertillion,  Mineola, 
Texas. 


637 


SOLUTION  OF  SEPTEMBER  PUZZLE 


^ 


w 


I* 


-R 


M 


H 


2" 


T 


8* 


^ 


^ 


T 


J^l. 


V 


K 


E^ 


R 


R 


--. 


y  & 


E 


5^ 


0 


T 


PI 


A 


N 


H 


M^ 


B 


?s 


A 


T 


H 


T 


"R 


W 


0 


"R 


^>^ 

>&^ 


A 


•R 


'M 


M 


L22 


N 


A 


^ 


A 


R 


T 


N 


w 


6f  OW  to  tke 
£/all  Jjriue 

Be  sure  to  see  our  beautiful,  in- 
expensive line  of  Wedding  An- 
nouncements and  Invitations. 
Here  you  wiN  &&&  a  complete 
assortment  of  wedding  station- 
ery, the  latest  and  smartest.  — 

PROMPT,  COURTEOUS 
ATTENTION 


Call  or  write  today 


Cskt  JJeseret  OXt 


ews 


ress... 

29  Richards  Street 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Pioneer  printers  and  binders  of  the 
West 


638 


Scriptural  Crossword  Puzzle— The  Apostles  at  Pentacost 

"But  Peter,  standing  up  with  the  eleven,  lifted  up  his  voice,  and  said  unto 
them,  Ye  men  of  Judcea,  and  all  ye  that  dwell  at  Jerusalem,  be  this  known  unto 
you,  and  hearken  to  my  words." — Acts  2:  14. 


ACROSS 


2  ".  .  .  when   the   day   of   Pentecost 

was  fully  come" 
4  "and    with  .  .  .  other    words    did 

he  testify" 
8  Capital  of  Norway 

10  "And     your     feet  .   .   .  with      the 

preparation    of    the    gospel     of 
peace" 

11  Vessel  used  by  the  early  Christians 
13  Protective   covering   made  by   ani- 
mals 

15  "and  ...  is  the  way" 

17  "I  will  shew  .  .  .  in  heaven  above" 

19  "Silver  .  .  .  gold  have  I  none" 

20  "I    know   them,    and    they   follow 

21  Northwestern  state 

22  Austrian  river;  rise  (anag.) 

24  Abraham's  old  home 

25  Weight  of  Korea 

26  "and,   .   .   .  ,  I  am  with  you  alway" 

27  "and  ...  in  the  earth  beneath" 


30  "they  ...  all  with  one  accord  in 
one  place" 

33  British  India 

or  thrust  through  with  a  .  .  ." 
a  feast  of  .  .  .  things" 
none  of  his  steps  shall  .  .  ." 
a  notable  miracle  hath  been  .  .  ." 


35 
37 
39 
40 
42 
43 


which  God  did  .  .   .  him" 
'and  it  filled  all  .  .  .  house" 

45  Keystone  State 

46  "they  were  not  ...  to  resist" 
48  Adam  named  her 

50  Christ  appeared  to  two  disciples 
who  were  on  their  way  to  .  .  . 

53  "Who  made  thee  a  .  .  .  and  a 
judge  over  us?  " 

55  "And  he  [Matthias]  was  numbered 

with  the  eleven  ..." 

56  Canadian  province 

Our  Text  from  Acts  is  2,  4,  17,  19, 
27,  30,  40,  42,  43,  and  55  com- 
bined 


DOWN 


1  Fabulous  bird;   reversed,  a  Jewish 

measure  Ezek.  45:  14 

2  Dog  of  tropical  America 

3  Midday  rest 

4  Town  in  Massachusetts 

5  Feminine  name 

6  "the  king's  merchants  received  the 

linen  ...  at  a  price"  (pi.) 

7  "sue  thee  at  the  .  .  ." 

9  "give  seed  to  the  ...  ,  and  bread 

to  the  eater"  (pi.) 
10  Acts  cowardly 
12  Worker  in  plastic  art 
14  Strange 

16  "this  Jesus  hath  God  .  .  .up" 
18  Greek  letter 
20  Another  Greek  letter 
23  Proposed  language 

28  "they    went    up    ...    an    upper 

room" 

29  "put  my  hook  in  thy  ..." 


31  Wife    of    Jacob    and    mother    of 

Joseph 

32  ".  .  .  any  man  will  do  his  will" 

33  Bibcock 

34  Pastoral  poem 

36  "And  the  Lord  added  .  .  .  tue 
church  daily  such  as  should  be 
saved" 

38  "For  as  in  .  .  .  all  die" 

41  Low  tide 

44  ".  .  .  as    many    as    the   Lord    our 

God  shall  call" 

45  "but  I  will  not  with  ink  and  .  .  . 

write  unto  thee" 

46  Jesus  rode  on  one 

47  "And  ...  the  lamp  of  God  went 

out" 
49  Bitter  vetch 

51  Mother 

52  Under  officer 

54  "for  he  was  numbered  with  .  .  ." 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    OCTOBER,    1941 


SAGA  OF  THE  HANDCART  PIONEERS 


(Concluded  from  page  637) 
years  in   southern   Europe   for  the 
continuance    and    finishing    of    his 
studies. 

A  stronger  influence  even  than 
art,  however,  was  to  shape  the  course 
of  his  travels  at  this  time.  At  Oslo, 
Mr.  Knaphus  made  his  first  acquaint- 
ance with  Latter-day  Saint  mission- 
aries, and  so  impressed  was  he  with 
the  Gospel  they  preached,  that  al- 
though quite  familiar  with  the  teach- 
ings of  various  other  religious  sects, 
he  found  himself  favoring  the  plain 
and,  to  him,  sincere  theology  of 
Mormonism  above  all  doctrines 
which  he  had  heard.  Not  long 
afterward,  in  February  of  1902,  Mr. 
Knaphus  joined  the  L.  D.  S. 
Church.  He  sailed  for  the  United 
States  in  January  of  1906,  coming 
to  Utah  in  the  same  year,  where  he 
continued  his  Church  work  and  es- 
tablished his  home  at  Salt  Lake  City, 
now  blessed  with  a  goodly  group  of 
children  and  flaxen-haired  grand- 
children, a  typical  happy,  healthy 
Mormon  family. 

In  1912,  Torleif  Knaphus  returned 
to  Europe,  where,  in  Paris,  he 
studied  at  the  Julian  Academy,  at 


which  institution  he  was  awarded  a 
first  mention  in  his  sculpture  work 
after  a  year's  time.  On  his  return 
to  the  States,  he  spent  another  half 
year  at  the  Art  Students'  League  in 
New  York.  One  of  the  first  com- 
missions received  by  him  from  the 
Church  was  the  making  of  the  hand- 
cart statue.  The  inspiration  for  this 
remarkable  piece  of  sculpture  was 
attained  largely  through  his  contact 
and  conversations  with  many  of  the 
pioneers  in  the  valley  who  had  made 
the  immortal  trip  across  the  western 
plains  in  this  manner. 

The  handcart  statue  was  com- 
pleted and  placed  in  the  Bureau  of 
Information  Building  in  1926,  where 
it  has  since  remained,  admired  by 
the  tens  of  thousands  of  visitors  who 
have  passed  through  the  display 
rooms  of  the  building  since  that  time. 

Besides  the  handcart  statue, 
among  the  best  known  works  of  Tor- 
leif Knaphus  are  the  celebrated  Hill 
Cumorah  monument  in  New  York 
state,  overlooking  the  site  where 
Joseph  Smith  found  the  golden 
plates  from  which  the  Book  of  Mor- 
mon was  translated;  the  baptismal 


font  in  the  L.  D.  S.  temple  at  Card- 
ston,  Alberta,  Canada,  heralded  at 
the  time  of  its  placement  as  a  piece 
of  symbolical  statuary  of  high  order 
and  distinction;  and  a  similar  font  of 
terra  cotta  at  the  Mesa,  Arizona, 
temple.  Around  the  exterior  of  the 
Arizona  temple  are  also  eight  friezes 
by  Mr.  Knaphus,  representing  the 
various  nations  of  today  in  their  re- 
sponse to  the  Gospel  message.  He 
is  now  working  on  the  oxen  for  the 
baptismal  font  for  the  Idaho  Temple. 

Every  Salt  Lake  school  child  is 
familiar  with  the  patriotic  statue 
erected  a  few  years  ago  on  the 
grounds  of  the  City  and  County 
building,  depicting  an  American  boy 
and  girl  with  eyes  upraised  to  the 
flag.  This  is  also  one  of  Mr.  Knap- 
hus' fine  conceptions. 

The  Handcart  Monument  alone 
would  be  well  worth  a  visit  to  famous 
Temple  Square.  In  the  detail  of  this 
statue  a  masterpiece  has  been  made. 
There  is  a  realism  and  a  flowing 
rhythm  of  movement  in  the  group 
which  takes  one  along  with  it  on  that 
great  trek  of  the  Mormon  handcart 
pioneers. 


Greatest  motor  oil 
development  so  far 


No  other  motor  oil,  Penn- 
sylvania, Mid-Continent  or 
Western,  can  equal  all  the 
advantages  of  Thermo- 
Charged  "RPM" 

A  STANDARD  OIL  PRODUCT 


"JfafoHO- 

Cttmaed 


UNEQUALED 
AT  ANY  PRICE 

\J\j  a  quart 


ii 


NOW  MORE  THAN  EVER  "AMERICA'S  PREMIER  MOTOR  OIL" 


639 


LET'S  SAY  IT  CORRECTLY 

AT  times  persons  wishing  to  emphasize  bad  situations  feel 
that  the  words  "very  much"  are  not  strong  enough.  They 
make  an  error  by  using  the  expression,  "the  worst  way." 
In  a  sentence  like  this,  "He  needs  help  in  the  worst  way,"  it 
would  be  correct  to  say,  "He  needs  help  very  much." 

<$> 


September  4,  1941. 
Dear  Brethren 

DURING  our  recent  trip  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  we  had  the 
privilege  of  visiting  the  lepers  settlement  at  Kaulapapa, 
Molokai,  T.  H.,  where  President  David  O.  McKay  dedicated 
a  recreation  hall.  We  have  in  this  settlement  some  fifty-two 
members  of  the  Church,  who  are  afflicted  with  this  terrible 
disease,  but  they  are  full  of  faith  and  devotion  to  the  Church, 
and  exemplify  the  plan  of  the  Gospel  in  their  lives  in  such  a 
wav  that  they  set  a  splendid  example  for  the  rest  of  the  Church. 

Their  banishment  to  Kaulapapa  is  virtually  life  imprisonment, 
as  few,  if  any,  of  these  people  ever  recover  from  leprosy.  Con- 
sequently, the  physical  world  that  they  live  in  is  comparatively 
small,  the  village  being  fronted  by  the  ocean  and  at  the  rear 
precipitous  cliffs  rise  to  a  height  of  2,000  feet.  As  I  listened  to 
their  testimonies  I  wondered  what  we  could  do  to  exhibit  our 
interest  in  them,  and  so  I  asked  Brother  Koni  what  he  thought 
would  be  most  helpful  to  the  members  of  the  branch;  and  he 
indicated  that  if  more  copies  of  the  Era  could  be  forwarded  to 
them,  as  well  as  some  of  the  other  Church  periodicals,  they 
would  bring  them  in  direct  contact  with  what  is  transpiring 
in  the  Church.  With  that  suggestion  in  mind,  it  would  be 
deeply  appreciated  if  the  Era  could  forward  four  or  five  copies 
each  month  to  these  stricken  people. 

The  dedicatorial  exercises  at  Honolulu  were  most  inspiring. 
Without  a  doubt  the  Church  has  the  finest  edifice  of  its  kind 
on  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  The  people,  both  in  and  out  of  the 
Church,  have  taken  a  keen  pride  in  the  erection  of  this  building; 
and  it  stands  as  a  monument  to  the  integrity  and  the  devotion 
of  the  members  of  the  Church. 


Wishing  you  every  success,  and  with  all  kind  'wishes,  we  are 
Sincerely  your  brethren, 

THE  PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC. 
By  Joseph  L.  Wirthlin. 

$ 


PALMYRA  PILGRIMAGE 

THE  following  excerpts  are  from  a  letter  written  by  David  R. 
Pingree,  Jr.,  formerly  of  the  Twenty-seventh  Ward  of 
Salt  Lake  City.  This  young  man  did  most  of  his  undergraduate 
work  at  the  University  of  Utah,  went  to  Stanford  University 
for  a  year  and  there  received  a  bachelor's  degree,  and  was 
later  graduated  from  the  Harvard  School  of  Business  Admin- 
istration. He  is  now  employed  by  the  Erwin-Wasey  Company 
of  New  York  City. 

"The  trip  to  Palmyra  was  one  of  the  highlights  of  my  life. 
The  pageant  was  truly  the  most  remarkable  and  wonderful 
thing  I  have  ever  seen.  .  .  .  Two  hours  before  the  program 
started  there  was  not  a  seat  left  and  cars  were  jammed  for  half 
a  mile  down  the  road  in  both  directions  waiting  to  get  in.  .  .  . 
The  audience  was  simply  spell-bound  by  the  performance. 
No  one  seemed  to  move  even  so  much  as  an  inch  during  the 
whole  two  hours. 

"Two  information  booths  were  maintained  and  after  the 
performance  was  over,  there  was  not  one  piece  of  this  literature 
left  on  the  ground. 

"This  pageant  not  only  does  a  great  deal  for  the  outsiders 
but  it  also  certainly  builds  up  a  lot  of  enthusiasm  in  the  mis- 
sionaries. And  let  me  add  that  perhaps  most  important  of  all, 
it  stimulates  the  interest  of  members  like  mvself  who  have  never 
really  known  what  our  religion  is  and  what  it  is  based  on.  .  .  . 

"And  besides  seeing  this  marvelous  pageant,  it  was  a  great 
inspiration  to  me  to  see  the  Hill  Cumorah,  Joseph  Smith's  home, 
the  Sacred  Grove,  Palmyra,  the  Martin  Harris  home,  etc. 
Seeing  these  sights  makes  one  feel  that  one  can  easily  see  how 
the  events  that  took  place  one  hundred  twenty  years  ago  on  this 
sacred   ground  were  possible." 


DOUBLE  FEATURE 

Yes,  sir,  the  best  way  to  get  the  most  out  of  life  is  to  fall  in 
love  with  a  great  problem  or  a  beautiful  woman. 
Why  not  choose  the  last  one  and  get  both? 

APPROPRIATE 

Rastus:  "Did  you-all  have  a  special  celebration  foh  yo' 
wooden  weddin'?" 

Mose:  "Yassah,  we  did,  in  a  way.  She  hit  me  on  de  haid 
wid  a  rollin'  pin,  'cause  Ah  wouldn't  split  no  kindlin'  foh  her." 

UPSIDE  DOWN 

Mrs.  Newlywed  entered  a  store  and   asked   for  some  floor 

wax. 

Salesman:      "Sorry,  ma'am.     We  only  have  sealing  wax." 
Mrs.   Newlywed:      "Don't   be  silly!     Who   ever  heard   of 

waxing  the  ceiling?" 

DUDE,  DUDE 

In  the  prosperous  1920's,  a  Britisher  arrived  at  a  western 
ranch  and  decided  to  try  horseback  riding  over  the  mesa. 

"Which  do  you  want,  an  English  saddle  or  a  Western?" 
asked  the  cowboy. 

"And  what  is  the  difference?"  replied  the  Britisher. 

"The  Western  saddle  has  a  horn." 

"I  think  I  won't  need  the  horn,"  said  the  visitor.  "I  don't 
plan   to   ride  in  heavy   traffic." 

SOUNDS  LIKE  A  MENU 

The  lady  from  Kalamazoo  was  touring  South  America. 
Ordering  dinner,  she  pointed  to  the  menu  and  said,  "Waiter, 
bring  me  some  of  this." 

"Madam."  replied  the  waiter,  "the  orchestra  is  playing  that 
now." 

YOU  ASKED  FOR  IT 

"Upper  or  lower  berth,"  inquired  the  would-be  traveler, 
"what's  the  difference?" 

"Well,"  replied  the  ticket  agent,  "the  difference  is  $2.  But 
that  is  not  all.  The  lower  is  higher  than  the  upper  one.  The 
higher  price  is  for  the  lower.  If  you  want  it  lower,  you  have 
to  go  higher.  We  sell  the  upper  lower  than  the  lower.  Most 
people  don't  like  the  upper,  although  it's  lower  on  account 
of  being  higher.  When  you  occupy  an  upper  you  go  up  to 
bed  and  get  down  to  get  up." 

BLOOD  WILL  TELL 

First  girl:  "Oh,  Jack,  is  so  romantic!  Poetic,  too.  When 
he  speaks  to  me,  he  always  calls  me  'Fair  Lady.'  " 

Second  girl:  "Simply  force  of  habit,  dear.  Jack's  a  street- 
car conductor." 

WHAT'S  IN  A  NAME 

Seeing  her  former  suitor  at  a  party,  a  girl  decided  to  snub  him. 

"So  sorry,"  she  murmured  when  the  hostess  introduced  him, 
"but  I  didn't  get  your  name." 

"I  know  you  didn't,"  said  the  unabashed  f.  s.,  "but  you 
certainly  tried  hard  enough." 


SPEED,    NOT   METHOD 


H 


ow  can 


I 


Patient:     "Doctor,  I'm  sure  you  saved  my  life, 
repay  you  for  all  you've  done?" 

Doctor:  "Well,  I'm  not  particular  about  the  method,  but 
if  you  can  repay  me  about  three  years  quicker  than  the  last 
time,  I'd  appreciate  it." 


640 


SUNDAY     IN     RADIO 


Hundreds  of  the  world's  finest  artists — a  day  rilled  with  complete  listening  enjoyment.  Not  one 
program  to  remember,  or  several,  but  a  full  day — the  Biggest  Sunday  in  Radio.  The  following 
are  representative  Sunday  programs  on  KSL: 

j{      VUorfd  3amou5  Dabernacte  Choir       10:30  to  11:00  A.  M. 
300  voices  and  organ — from  historic  Salt  Lake  Tabernacle. 

7T      fjew  IJorL  Pliitkarmonic  Orckedra      .     1:00  to  2:30  P.  M. 

America's  best  known  and  best  loved  symphony  orchestra. 

^     Oke  Pause  Oliat  f^efredliet       .      .       .       .  2:30  to  3:00  P.  M. 
Andre  Kostelanetz  and  Orchestra,  Violinist  Albert  Spalding  and  Guests. 


Jhe  f^rudential  ZJ-atnilu  J^roar 

Musical  favorites — Gladys  Swarthout,  Deems  Taylor,  Ross  Graham. 


.       .        3:00  to  3:45  P.  M. 


^     Olre  Stiver  Dkeatre 4:00  to  4:30  P.  M. 

Outstanding  stars  of  stage  and  screen  in  outstanding  plays. 

ZJhe  ZJ-ord  landau  C^venlna  J^roar      .      7:00  to  8:00  P.  M. 
Ford  Symphony  Orchestra,  Ford  Chorus  and  guest  artists. 

^     Dake  3t  or  jCeave  3t       .       .       .       .  8:00  to  8:30  P.  M. 

America's  Number  1  Quiz  Show  with  Bob  Hawk  and  Guests. 

^     .Melen  J4aue6  ZjLeatre 8:30  to  9:00  P.  M. 

America's  Number  1  Radio  Actress  in  a  different  play  each  Sunday. 

^      Wuslc  at  CioSe  of  Sbau       .       .       .     10:00  P.  M.  to  Sign-off 

t(Z.  C.  M.  I.  String  Ensemble,"  "Sunday  Evening  on  Temple  Square," 
KSL  Salon  Orchestra,  "Sabbath  Reveries,"  and  Budapest  String  Quartette. 


C.  B.  S.  -  116©   ON   YOUR    DIAL 


FROM  THE  HOME  OFFICE 

Established  in  Salt  Lake  City  in  1905,  this  strong  company  has  since 
spread  its  activities  to  more  than  a  dozen  western  states  and  its  benefits 
to  practically  all  parts  of  the  nation  .  .  .and  beyond.  To  this  beautiful 
city  come  each  year  hundreds  of  thousands  of  visitors:  tourists,  students, 
men  and  women  in  commercial  and  governmental  pursuits,  and  church 
members  on  sacred  pilgrimage  bent.  Most  of  these  visit  the  famous 
Mormon  Temple  Grounds  through  its  wide  hospitable  gates  where  the 
"welcome"  sign  always  beckons.  Directly  across  the  street  are  our  home 
offices  where  the  same  friendly  welcome  awaits. 


-«•■■" 

r/smftr 


J.   GRANT.  Pm(